BUILDING MATERIALS CORP OF AMERICA
S-4, 1998-12-24
ASPHALT PAVING & ROOFING MATERIALS
Previous: MERRILL LYNCH MUNICIPAL STRATEGY FUND INC, NSAR-B, 1998-12-24
Next: PRI AUTOMATION INC, S-3, 1998-12-24




<PAGE>

   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON DECEMBER 24, 1998
 
                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                            ------------------------
 
                                    FORM S-4
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                            ------------------------

                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>                                       <C>
                DELAWARE                                    2952                                   22-3276290
    (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF             (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL                    (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
     INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)             CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)                  IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
                                 1361 ALPS ROAD
                            WAYNE, NEW JERSEY 07470
                                 (973) 628-3000
           (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
       INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)

                            ------------------------
 
                           RICHARD A. WEINBERG, ESQ.
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
                                 1361 ALPS ROAD
                            WAYNE, NEW JERSEY 07470
                                 (973) 628-3000
           (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                   INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

                            ------------------------
 
                                With a copy to:
                            STEPHEN E. JACOBS, ESQ.
                           WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP
                                767 FIFTH AVENUE
                         NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10153-0119
                                 (212) 310-8000

                            ------------------------
 
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. / /

                            ------------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               PROPOSED             PROPOSED
          TITLE OF EACH CLASS              AMOUNT TO BE    MAXIMUM OFFERING    MAXIMUM AGGREGATE        AMOUNT OF
     OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED        REGISTERED(1)    PRICE PER UNIT       OFFERING PRICE     REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                        <C>             <C>                 <C>                  <C>
Series B 8% Senior Notes due 2008.......   $155,000,000         99.457%           $154,158,350           $42,856
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY
NOT SELL OR OFFER THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN
OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND WE ARE NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE
SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.


                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 24, 1998
 
PROSPECTUS
 
                                   OFFER FOR
                    ALL OUTSTANDING 8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008
               IN EXCHANGE FOR SERIES B 8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008
                                       OF

                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
 
                 THIS EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M.,
                   NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON             , 1999.
 
                            ------------------------
 
THE REGISTERED NOTES
 
     o The terms of the notes to be issued are substantially identical to the
       outstanding notes that we issued on December 3, 1998, except for certain
       transfer restrictions, registration rights and liquidated damages
       provisions relating to the outstanding notes.
 
     o Interest on the notes accrues at the rate of 8% per annum, payable
       semi-annually on each June 1 and December 1, commencing June 1, 1999.
 
     o The notes are senior, unsecured obligations of the Company and will rank
       equally with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated obligations,
       including our 11 3/4% Senior Deferred Coupon Notes due 2004 (the
       "Deferred Coupon Notes"), 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2005 (the "2005
       Notes"), 8 5/8% Senior Notes due 2006 (the "2006 Notes"), 8% Senior Notes
       due 2007 (the "2007 Notes") and our $75 million credit facility (the
       "Credit Agreement").
 
MATERIAL TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     o Expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on              , 1999, unless
       extended.
 
     o Not subject to any condition other than that the Exchange Offer not
       violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the Staff of
       the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
     o All outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn
       will be exchanged for an equal principal amount of notes which are
       registered under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
     o Tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the
       expiration of the Exchange Offer.
 
                            ------------------------
 
     CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 13 OF THIS
PROSPECTUS.
 
                            ------------------------
 
   NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
  COMMISSION HAS APPROVED THE NOTES TO BE DISTRIBUTED IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER,
    NOR HAVE ANY OF THESE ORGANIZATIONS DETERMINED THAT THIS PROSPECTUS IS
                 ACCURATE OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO
                     THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                            ------------------------
 
               THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS             , 1999.

<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                                              ----
 
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
Where You Can Find More Information........................................................................      1
Forward-Looking Statements.................................................................................      1
Prospectus Summary.........................................................................................      2
  The Exchange Offer.......................................................................................      5
  Terms of the New Notes...................................................................................      9
  Summary Financial Data...................................................................................     11
Risk Factors...............................................................................................     13
Capitalization.............................................................................................     17
Selected Financial Data....................................................................................     18
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations......................     20
Business...................................................................................................     25
Management.................................................................................................     35
Executive Compensation.....................................................................................     37
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.............................................     40
Certain Relationships......................................................................................     41
The Exchange Offer.........................................................................................     43
Description of the New Notes...............................................................................     49
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations..................................................................     71
Plan of Distribution.......................................................................................     71
Legal Matters..............................................................................................     72
Experts....................................................................................................     72
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................    F-1
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
     We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, and, in accordance with these rules, we file annual,
quarterly and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You
may read and copy the reports and other information that we file with the
Commission at the Commission's public reference facilities at Room 1024, 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain information
about the Company from the following regional offices of the Commission: Seven
World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and Citicorp Center,
500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60601-2511. Copies of
these materials also can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the
Commission, Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. Our filings with the
Commission are also available to the public on the Commission's home page on the
Internet at http://www.sec.gov.
 
     We have filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the
"Registration Statement") with respect to our Series B 8% Senior Notes due 2008.
This Prospectus, which is a part of the Registration Statement, omits certain
information included in the Registration Statement. Statements made in this
Prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are
not necessarily complete. With respect to each such contract, agreement or other
document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, we refer you to such
exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved, and each such
statement is deemed qualified in its entirety to such reference.
 
                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
     This Prospectus contains both historical and forward-looking statements.
These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but only predictions
and generally can be identified by use of statements that include phrases such
as "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "intend," "plan," "foresee" or other words
or phrases of similar import. Similarly, statements that describe our
objectives, plans or goals also are forward-looking statements. Our operations
are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results
to differ materially from those contemplated by the relevant forward-looking
statement. You are urged to consider these factors carefully in evaluating the
forward-looking statements, including the factors described below under "Risk
Factors." The forward-looking statements included herein are made only as of the
date of this Prospectus and we undertake no obligation to publicly update such
forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances. We
cannot assure you that projected results or events will be achieved.
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     This summary highlights selected information from this Prospectus, but does
not contain all information that may be important to you. This Prospectus
includes specific terms of the Exchange Offer, as well as information regarding
our business and detailed financial data. We encourage you to read the detailed
information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
Except if the context requires otherwise, references in this Prospectus to "we,"
"us," "our," or "Company" refer to Building Materials Corporation of America and
its consolidated subsidiaries. Building Materials Corporation of America was
incorporated in 1994. Any information regarding the Company in this Prospectus
that relates to information prior to this date retroactively reflects the
formation of the Company. The term "Old Notes" refers to the 8% Senior Notes due
2008 that were issued on December 3, 1998. The term "New Notes" refers to the
Series B 8% Senior Notes due 2008 offered pursuant to this Prospectus. The term
"Notes" refers to the Old Notes and the New Notes collectively.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     We are a leading national manufacturer of a broad line of asphalt roofing
products and accessories for the residential and commercial roofing markets. Our
products are produced at 26 manufacturing facilities. We believe that we hold
the number one or two market position in each of the asphalt roofing product
lines in which we compete (based on unit sales), including leadership of the
fast growing, premium laminated residential shingle market. Our
Timberline(Registered) product is the leading brand in the residential roofing
market, and our Ruberoid(Registered) product is the leading brand in the
modified bitumen market, the latter being the fastest growing segment in the
commercial roofing industry.
 
     We have registered, through 1997, ten consecutive years of increases in
operating income. During the five-year period ended December 31, 1997, our net
sales and operating income have increased at average annual compound rates of
approximately 13.2% and 15.2%, respectively, and our operating income margin has
increased from 6.8% to 7.4%. We believe that our growth is primarily
attributable to (i) improvement in our product mix, driven by a business
strategy which emphasizes our higher-margin products; (ii) our low cost
manufacturing operations; (iii) substantial capital spending programs for new
property, plant and equipment that have enabled us to expand capacity and reduce
manufacturing costs; (iv) the strength of our national distribution system; and
(v) broadening our product lines through niche-type acquisitions.
 
                               INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
     The United States residential roofing industry comprises manufacturers of
asphalt, tile, wood, slate and metal roofing materials, with asphalt roofing
representing approximately 93% of industry residential roofing unit sales in
1997. Residential asphalt roofing materials consist of strip shingles and higher
margin, premium laminated shingles, which represented approximately 69% and 31%,
respectively, of industry asphalt roofing unit sales in 1997. While total
asphalt residential roofing unit sales grew during the past five years (from
January 1, 1993 through December 31, 1997) at an average annual compound rate of
approximately 2%, unit sales of laminated shingles grew at an average annual
compound rate of approximately 12%. During the same period, sales of strip
shingles declined at a compound annual rate of approximately 1%. While we
believe that the growth of laminated shingle sales will continue to exceed the
growth of the overall residential asphalt roofing market, we have experienced
increased competition in this product line.
 
     The United States commercial roofing industry comprises manufacturers of
asphalt built-up roofing, modified bitumen, single-ply polymer and other roofing
products. Approximately 70% of commercial roofing industry membrane unit sales
utilize asphalt built-up roofing and modified bitumen products, both of which we
manufacture. Over the past five years, commercial roofing industry membrane unit
sales experienced a compound annual increase of 4%, while unit sales of modified
bitumen products grew at a compound annual rate of approximately 9%.
 
     Over the past five years, approximately 80% of industry sales, as well as
those of the Company, of both residential and commercial asphalt roofing
products were for re-roofing, as opposed to new construction. As a result, the
exposure of both the Company and the industry to cyclical downturns in the new
construction market is substantially lower than for other building material
manufacturers which produce, for example, gypsum, wood and cement. We expect
that demand for re-roofing will continue to increase as the existing housing
stock ages and as homeowners upgrade from standard strip roofing shingles to
premium laminated shingles for enhanced aesthetics and durability.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
RESIDENTIAL ROOFING
 
     We are a leading manufacturer of a complete line of premium residential
roofing products, with residential roofing product sales representing
approximately 65% of our net sales in 1997. We have improved our sales mix of
residential roofing products in recent years by increasing our emphasis on our
laminated products which generally are sold at higher prices with more
attractive profit margins than our standard strip shingle products. We believe
that we are the largest manufacturer of laminated residential roofing shingles
and the second largest manufacturer of strip shingles in the United States. We
produce two principal lines of shingles, the Timberline(Registered) series and
the Sovereign(Registered) series, as well as certain specialty shingles
principally for regional markets.
 
     Our sales of laminated shingles represented approximately 38% of our
residential sales in 1997, with sales of laminated shingles having grown during
the five years ended December 31, 1997 at an average annual compound rate of
approximately 9%. The Timberline(Registered) series offers a premium laminated
product line that adds dramatic shadow lines and substantially improves the
appearance of a roof. The series includes the Timberline(Registered) 25 shingle,
a mid-weight laminated shingle which serves as an economic trade-up for
consumers; the Timberline(Registered) shingle, offering a natural random wood
shake appearance with superior fire resistance and durability; and the
Timberline Ultra(Registered) shingle, a super heavyweight laminated shingle with
the same design features as the Timberline(Registered) shingle, together with
added durability.
 
     Our sales of strip shingles have grown at an average annual compound rate
of approximately 5% during the past five years, representing approximately 44%
of our residential sales in 1997. The Sovereign(Registered)series includes the
standard 3-tab Sentinel(Registered) shingle, our residential volume leader; the
Royal Sovereign(Registered) shingle, a heavier weight 3-tab shingle; and the
Marquis(Registered) shingle, a super heavyweight 3-tab shingle.
 
     All of our asphalt roofing shingles have a Class A fire rating and are made
from glass fiber mat, coated with waterproofing asphalt on both sides and
surfaced with colored ceramic-coated mineral granules. Our other residential
roofing products include Timbertex(Registered) and Ridgetex(Trademark) Hip and
Ridge shingles, Shingle-Mate(Registered) underlayment, Weather
Watch(Registered) ice and water barrier, a waterproof underlayment,
Cobra(Registered) Ridge Vent, a ventilation system on a coil, soffit vents, and
gable and wall louvres, all of which enable us to offer a complete system of
residential roofing components.
 
COMMERCIAL ROOFING
 
     We manufacture a full line of modified bitumen products, asphalt built-up
roofing, liquid-applied membrane systems and roofing accessories. Commercial
roofing represented approximately 35% of our net sales in 1997. We believe that
we are the second largest manufacturer of asphalt built-up roofing and the
largest manufacturer of modified bitumen products in the United States. We also
market perlite roofing insulation products, which consist of low thermal
insulation products installed below the roofing membrane; isocyanurate foam as
roofing insulation; packaged asphalt; and accessories such as vent stacks, roof
insulation fasteners, cements and coatings.
 
                               BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
     The principal elements of our business strategy are the following:
 
INCREASE EMPHASIS ON HIGHER MARGIN, PREMIUM PRODUCTS
 
     One of our strategies to increase sales and profitability has been to
improve our product mix, with an increasing emphasis on laminated shingles and
longer-life, high performance premium strip and specialty shingles, which sell
at higher prices and profit margins than standard strip shingles. From
January 1, 1993 and through December 31, 1997, our sales of such premium
shingles have increased at an average annual compound rate of approximately 14%.
This growth has enabled us to increase our premium product mix of residential
sales. We expect to continue this strategy to improve our product mix by
increasing sales of premium shingles.
 
ENHANCE LOW COST MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS
 
     We believe that our plants are among the most modern in the industry. Since
1985 and through December 31, 1997, we have invested almost $300 million in new
property, plant and equipment, principally in order to increase capacity and
implement process improvements to reduce manufacturing costs. As part of this
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
capital program, we have installed efficient in-line lamination equipment in a
number of our roofing plants, as well as modernized our glass mat facilities.
 
CAPITALIZE ON OUR NATIONAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
 
     We have one of the industry's largest sales forces, which is supported by a
staff of technical professionals who work directly with architects, consultants,
contractors and building owners. We market our roofing products through our own
sales force of approximately 250 full-time employees and independent sales
representatives. A major portion of our roofing product sales are to wholesale
distributors who resell our products to roofing contractors and retailers. We
believe that the wholesale distribution channel offers the most attractive
margins of all roofing market distribution channels and represents the principal
distribution channel for professionally installed asphalt roofing products, and
that our nationwide coverage has contributed to our roofing products being among
the most recognized and requested brands in the industry.
 
BROADEN PRODUCT LINES THROUGH NICHE-TYPE ACQUISITIONS
 
     Our acquisition strategy is focused on niche-type acquisitions, designed to
either complement existing product lines, further the geographic reach of our
business or increase our market share. We are primarily interested in acquiring
businesses which can benefit from our strong national distribution network,
manufacturing technology and marketing expertise. Effective June 1, 1998, we
acquired substantially all of the assets of Leslie-Locke, Inc., a subsidiary of
Leslie Building Products, Inc. which manufactures and markets specialty building
products and accessories for the professional and do-it-yourself remodeling and
residential construction industries. We also recently acquired the assets of the
Leatherback Industries division of Hollinee Corporation, which is engaged in the
manufacture and sale of asphalt-saturated roofing felts and other felt and
construction paper products; the assets of Major Group, Incorporated, the
manufacturer of the TOPCOAT(Registered) Roofing System, a liquid-applied polymer
membrane system designed to protect and waterproof existing metal roofing; and
U.S. Intec, Inc. ("USI"), a leading national manufacturer of commercial roofing
products.
 
                               RECENT DEVELOPMENT
 
     Effective December 1, 1998, we sold our perlite insulation manufacturing
assets to Johns Manville Corporation. The net proceeds of this sale were
approximately $29.0 million. As part of the transaction, we entered into a
long-term agreement with Johns Manville to supply us with perlite insulation
products, which will enable us to continue to serve our commercial roofing
customers.
 
                                     * * *
 
     On January 1, 1997, GAF Corporation ("GAF"), our indirect parent, completed
a series of transactions (collectively, the "Separation Transactions") involving
its subsidiaries pursuant to which, among other things, (1) we transferred our
glass fiber manufacturing facility located in Nashville, Tennessee (and certain
related assets and liabilities) to GAF Fiberglass Corporation ("GFC"), a
subsidiary of GAF, and (2) USI, an indirect subsidiary of GAF, became one of our
subsidiaries. In connection with the Separation Transactions, GFC entered into a
long-term supply agreement with us pursuant to which GFC agreed to produce glass
fiber for the Company. See "Certain Relationships." Unless stated otherwise, the
financial and statistical data regarding the Company presented in this
Prospectus reflect the results of USI from and after October 20, 1995, the date
on which a subsidiary of GAF acquired USI.
 
                                     * * *
 
     The Company's executive offices are located at 1361 Alps Road, Wayne, New
Jersey 07470 and our telephone number is (973) 628-3000. Industry information is
based upon our estimates and data from the Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers
Association, F.W. Dodge, Drucker Research Co. Inc. or Single Ply Roofing
Institute.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     The Exchange Offer relates to the exchange of up to $155 million aggregate
principal amount of Old Notes in exchange for an equal aggregate principal
amount of New Notes. On December 3, 1998, we issued and sold $155 million in
aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes in a private placement (the
"Offering"). The form and terms of the New Notes are substantially the same as
the form and terms of the Old Notes, except that the New Notes have been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").
As a result of this registration, the New Notes will not bear legends
restricting their transfer. We issued the Old Notes under an indenture (the
"Indenture") which, among other things, grants the holders of the Old Notes
certain rights. The New Notes also will be issued pursuant to the Indenture and
the holders of the New Notes will have the same rights under the Indenture as
the holders of the Old Notes. See "Description of the New Notes."
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
The Exchange Offer........................  We are offering to exchange $1,000 principal amount of New Notes
                                            which have been registered under the Securities Act for each $1,000
                                            principal amount of Old Notes which were issued on December 3, 1998
                                            in the Offering. In order to be exchanged, an Old Note must be
                                            properly tendered and accepted. All Old Notes that are validly
                                            tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged.
 
                                            As of this date, there are $155 million aggregate principal amount of
                                            Old Notes outstanding.
 
                                            We will issue the New Notes promptly after the expiration of the
                                            Exchange Offer.
 
Resales of the New Notes..................  We believe that New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer may
                                            be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you
                                            without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
                                            provisions of the Securities Act if:
 
                                                 (i) the New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of your
                                                 business;
 
                                                 (ii) you are not engaging in and do not intend to engage in a
                                                 distribution of such New Notes;
 
                                                 (iii) you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any
                                                 person to participate in the distribution of such New Notes; and
 
                                                 (iv) you are not an "affiliate" of ours.
 
                                            If you do not meet all of the above conditions and you transfer any
                                            New Note issued to you without delivering a prospectus meeting the
                                            requirements of the Securities Act or without an exemption from
                                            registration of your Notes from such requirements, you may incur
                                            liability under the Securities Act. We do not assume or indemnify you
                                            against such liability. Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes
                                            for its own account in exchange for Old Notes which were acquired by
                                            such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other
                                            trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a
                                            prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in
                                            connection with any resales of such New Notes. A broker-dealer may
                                            use this Prospectus for an offer to resell or otherwise transfer the
                                            New Notes.
</TABLE>
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Registration Agreement....................  You are entitled under a registration agreement entered into in
                                            connection with the Offering of the Old Notes to exchange your Old
                                            Notes for New Notes with substantially identical terms. The Exchange
                                            Offer is intended to satisfy these rights. After the Exchange Offer
                                            is complete, except in very limited circumstances described in this
                                            Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer," you will no longer be entitled
                                            to any exchange or registration rights with respect to your Notes.
 
Expiration Date...........................  The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
                                                      , 1999, unless we decide to extend the Exchange Offer. We
                                            do not intend to extend the Exchange Offer, although we reserve the
                                            right to do so.
 
Withdrawal................................  You may withdraw the tender of your Old Notes at any time prior to
                                            5:00 p.m., New York City time, on           , 1999. We will return to
                                            you any Old Notes not accepted for exchange for any reason without
                                            expense to you as promptly as practicable after the expiration or
                                            termination of the Exchange Offer.
 
Interest on the New Notes and
  Old Notes...............................  The Notes will pay interest in cash at the rate of 8% per annum,
                                            payable on June 1 and December 1 each year, commencing on June 1,
                                            1999 to the persons who are registered holders on the immediately
                                            preceding May 15 and November 15. See "Description of the New
                                            Notes--Principal, Maturity and Interest."
 
Conditions to the Exchange Offer..........  The Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary conditions, each
                                            of which may be waived by us. The Exchange Offer is not conditioned
                                            upon any principal amount of Old Notes being tendered for exchange
                                            pursuant to the Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange Offer--Conditions."
 
Procedures for Tendering Old Notes........  If you wish to tender your Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer
                                            you must transmit to The Bank of New York, as the Exchange Agent, by
                                            5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date:

                                                 o a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal,
                                                   which accompanies this Prospectus, or a facsimile of the
                                                   Letter of Transmittal, including all other documents required
                                                   by the Letter of Transmittal, to the Exchange Agent at its
                                                   address set forth on the cover page of the Letter of
                                                   Transmittal and one or more outstanding certificated Old
                                                   Notes, or

                                                 o an Agent's Message transmitted by means of The Depository
                                                   Trust Company's ("DTC") Automated Tender Offer Program system
                                                   and received by the Exchange Agent and forming part of a
                                                   confirmation of book-entry transfer in which you acknowledge
                                                   and agree to be bound by the terms of the Letter of
                                                   Transmittal,
                                                   and either:
</TABLE>
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                                 o a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of your Old Notes
                                                   into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC, pursuant to the
                                                   procedure for book-entry transfers described in this
                                                   Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer--Book-Entry Transfer," or

                                                 o the documents necessary for compliance with the guaranteed
                                                   delivery procedures set forth below.
 
                                            By executing the Letter of Transmittal, you will represent to us
                                            that, among other things, (i) the New Notes acquired pursuant to the
                                            Exchange Offer are being obtained in the ordinary course of your
                                            business, (ii) you are not engaging in and do not intend to engage in
                                            a distribution of such New Notes, (iii) you do not have an
                                            arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the
                                            distribution of such New Notes, and (iv) you are not our "affiliate,"
                                            as defined under Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.
                                            Pursuant to the Registration Agreement, we are requred to file a
                                            registration statement for a continuous offering pursuant to
                                            Rule 415 under the the Securities Act in respect of the Old Notes of
                                            any holder that would not receive freely tradeable New Notes in the
                                            Exchange Offer or is ineligible to participate in the Exchange Offer
                                            and indicates that it wishes to have its Old Notes registered under
                                            the Securities Act. See "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for
                                            Tendering."
 
Book-Entry Transfer.......................  The Exchange Agent will make a request to establish an account with
                                            respect to the Old Notes at DTC for purposes of the Exchange Offer
                                            within two business days after receipt of this Prospectus. Any
                                            financial institution that is a participant in DTC's systems may make
                                            book-entry delivery of Old Notes by causing DTC to transfer such Old
                                            Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC in accordance with
                                            DTC's procedures for transfer. However, although delivery of Old
                                            Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at the Book-Entry
                                            Transfer Facility, in order to properly tender Old Notes in the
                                            Exchange Offer, you must deliver the Letter of Transmittal (or a
                                            facsimile of the Letter of Transmittal or an Agent's Message), with
                                            any required signature guarantees and any other required documents,
                                            to, and such documents must be received by, the Exchange Agent at its
                                            address set forth herein on or prior to the Expiration Date. In lieu
                                            of these procedures you may choose to comply with the guaranteed
                                            delivery procedures described below in order to properly tender Old
                                            Notes in the Exchange Offer.
</TABLE>
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Special Procedures for
  Beneficial Owner........................  If you are the beneficial owner of Old Notes and your Old Notes are
                                            registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust
                                            company, or other nominee (each, a "Registered Holder") and you wish
                                            to tender such Old Notes, you should contact the Registered Holder
                                            promptly and instruct such Registered Holder to tender on your
                                            behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to
                                            completing and executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering
                                            your Old Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register
                                            ownership of the Old Notes in your name or obtain a properly
                                            completed bond power from the Registered Holder. The transfer of
                                            registered ownership may take considerable time. See "The Exchange
                                            Offer--Procedures for Tendering."
 
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures............  If you wish to tender your Old Notes and the Old Notes are not
                                            immediately available, or time will not permit your Old Notes or
                                            other required documents to reach the Exchange Agent before the
                                            Expiration Date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be
                                            completed on a timely basis, you may tender your Old Notes according
                                            to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in "The Exchange
                                            Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."
 
Acceptance of Old Notes and Delivery of
  New Notes...............................  Subject to certain conditions (as described more fully under "The
                                            Exchange Offer--Conditions"), we will accept for exchange any and all
                                            Old Notes which are properly tendered in the Exchange Offer prior to
                                            5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The New Notes
                                            issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be delivered promptly
                                            following the Expiration Date. See "The Exchange Offer--Terms of the
                                            Exchange Offer."
 
Exchange Agent............................  The Bank of New York is serving as the Exchange Agent in connection
                                            with the Exchange Offer.
 
Consequences of Failure to
  Exchange................................  If you do not participate in the Exchange Offer, upon completion of
                                            the Exchange Offer, the liquidity of the market for your Old Notes
                                            could be adversely affected. See "The Exchange Offer--Consequences of
                                            Failure to Exchange."
 
Federal Income Tax Consequences...........  The exchange of the Old Notes should not be a taxable event for
                                            federal income tax purposes. See "Certain Federal Income Tax
                                            Considerations."
</TABLE>
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
                             TERMS OF THE NEW NOTES
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Issuer....................................  Building Materials Corporation of America, a direct 97% owned
                                            subsidiary of GAF Building Materials Corporation ("GAFBMC"), which is
                                            an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of GAF.
 
Issue.....................................  $155 million aggregate principal amount of 8% Senior Notes due 2008.
 
Maturity..................................  December 1, 2008.
 
Interest Payment Dates....................  The Notes will pay interest in cash at a rate of 8% per annum,
                                            payable on June 1 and December 1, commencing June 1, 1999.
 
Change of Control Put and Call............  Upon a Change of Control (as defined), you will have the right to
                                            require us to repurchase your Notes at a purchase price equal to 101%
                                            of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
                                            any, to the repurchase date. After the expiration of such right, we
                                            will have the option to purchase all of the outstanding Notes at a
                                            purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus
                                            the Applicable Premium (as defined), together with any accrued and
                                            unpaid interest to the repurchase date. We cannot otherwise redeem
                                            the Notes. See "Description of the New Notes--Certain Definitions"
                                            for the definitions of Change of Control and Applicable Premium.
 
Ranking...................................  The Notes are senior, unsecured obligations of the Company. The Notes
                                            will rank equally with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated
                                            obligations, including the Deferred Coupon Notes, the 2005 Notes, the
                                            2006 Notes, the 2007 Notes and the Credit Agreement. The Deferred
                                            Coupon Notes, the 2005 Notes, the 2006 Notes and the 2007 Notes are
                                            collectively referred to herein as the "Other Senior Notes." As of
                                            September 27, 1998, our outstanding indebtedness from borrowings was
                                            $576.0 million and our other outstanding liabilities, as reflected on
                                            our consolidated balance sheet, including trade payables and accrued
                                            expenses, were $211.5 million.
 
Certain Covenants.........................  The Indenture contains certain covenants which, among other things
                                            and subject to certain exceptions, restrict our ability to:

                                                 o incur indebtedness;

                                                 o make certain payments and dividends;

                                                 o issue capital stock of certain of our subsidiaries;

                                                 o issue guarantees;

                                                 o enter into transactions with stockholders and affiliates;

                                                 o create liens;

                                                 o sell assets;

                                                 o consolidate, merge with or sell all or substantially all of
                                                   our assets to another Person.
</TABLE>
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Registration Rights.......................  We have agreed to use our best efforts to cause to become effective
                                            by May 2, 1999, a registration statement with respect to the Exchange
                                            Offer. In the event that the Exchange Offer is not completed by
                                            June 1, 1999, we will use our best efforts to cause to become
                                            effective a shelf registration statement with respect to the resale
                                            of the Old Notes and to keep such shelf registration statement
                                            effective until two years after the date of original issuance of the
                                            Old Notes.
 
                                            If by June 1, 1999, (i) the Exchange Offer is not completed and
                                            (ii) no shelf registration statement with respect to the resale of
                                            the Old Notes is declared effective, additional interest will accrue
                                            on the Old Notes from and including June 1, 1999 but excluding the
                                            earlier of (i) the completion of the Exchange Offer and (ii) the
                                            effective date of such shelf registration statement. Such additional
                                            interest will be payable in cash semiannually in arrears on June 1
                                            and December 1 at a rate per annum equal to 0.50% of the principal
                                            amount of the Old Notes. See "Description of New Notes--Principal,
                                            Maturity and Interest" and "The Exchange Offer--Purpose and Effect."
 
Use of Proceeds...........................  The Company will not receive any cash proceeds from the exchange
                                            pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
 
Risk Factors..............................  You should carefully consider the specific factors set forth under
                                            "Risk Factors," as well as the other information and data included in
                                            this Prospectus.
</TABLE>
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The following table presents our summary consolidated financial data which
are derived from our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1.
The results of any interim period do not necessarily show the results for the
full year. As of January 1, 1997, USI became a subsidiary of the Company through
a capital contribution to the Company by our parent, G-I Holdings Inc.
Accordingly, our historical consolidated financial statements include USI's
results of operations from the date of its acquisition by G-I Holdings
(October 20, 1995), including sales of $21.8 million and $99.0 million for the
years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and net income (loss) of
($0.5) and $1.3 million, respectively. See Note 1 to Consolidated Financial
Statements. The results for the year ended December 31, 1997 include the results
of the Leatherback business from its date of acquisition (March 14, 1997),
including sales of $30.2 million. The results for the nine months ended
September 27, 1998 include the results of the Leslie-Locke business from its
date of acquisition (June 1, 1998), including sales of $36.3 million.
 
     The pro forma financial information does not purport to project the
financial position or the results of operations for any future period or to
represent what the financial position or results of operations would have been
if the transactions given effect thereto had been completed at the dates
indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                             ------------------------------
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,          SEPTEMBER 28,    SEPTEMBER 27,   
                                                        ---------------------------------       1997             1998
                                                         1995      1996        1997          (UNAUDITED)      (UNAUDITED)
                                                        ------    ------    -------------    -------------    -------------
                                                                            (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                     <C>       <C>       <C>              <C>              <C>
OPERATING DATA:
  Net sales..........................................   $687.2    $852.0       $ 944.6          $ 723.6          $ 812.3
  Operating income(1)................................     45.9      61.4          70.1             59.8             31.5
  Interest expense...................................     24.8      32.0          42.8             30.5             37.7
  Income before income taxes and extraordinary
    item.............................................     16.5      27.9          42.8             38.2             14.7
  Income before extraordinary item...................     10.1      17.1          26.1             23.3              9.1
  Net income (loss)..................................     10.1      17.1          26.1             23.3             (0.3)
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              SEPTEMBER 27, 1998
                                                                                        -------------------------------
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,     ACTUAL         AS ADJUSTED(2)
                                                                          1997          (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
                                                                        ------------    ------------    ---------------
                                                                                         (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                                     <C>             <C>             <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and short-term investments....................................      $256.3          $205.7           $ 205.5
  Total working capital..............................................       284.8           234.7             235.6
  Total assets.......................................................       807.3           849.4             857.1
  Long-term debt less current maturities(3)..........................       555.4           569.6             588.6
  Total stockholders' equity.........................................        83.0            62.0              51.7
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,    ------------------------------
                                                                                           SEPTEMBER 28,    SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                                -----------------------      1997             1998
                                                                1995     1996     1997     (UNAUDITED)      (UNAUDITED)
                                                                -----    -----    -----    -------------    -------------
                                                                            (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT RATIO DATA)
<S>                                                             <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>              <C>
OTHER DATA:
  Depreciation...............................................   $20.3    $23.9    $22.9        $16.8            $19.3
  Goodwill amortization......................................     1.2      1.7      1.9          1.4              1.6
  Capital expenditures and acquisitions......................    54.1     25.6     77.7         56.7             95.4
  EBITDA(4)..................................................    62.8     85.4    110.4         86.9             73.3
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)......................     1.6x     1.8x     1.9x        2.1x             1.3x
  Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense(4).....................     2.5x     2.7x     2.6x        2.8x             1.9x
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                      YEAR ENDED      -------------------------------
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 28,    SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                                        1997             1997             1998
                                                                      ------------    -------------    --------------
                                                                             (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT RATIO DATA)
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                   <C>             <C>              <C>
PRO FORMA OPERATING DATA(6):
  Adjusted EBITDA(7)...............................................      $115.5          $  91.2           $ 75.4
  Interest expense.................................................        48.6             36.2             36.1
  Income before extraordinary item.................................        25.7             22.4             11.3
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)............................         1.8x             1.9x             1.4x
  Ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to interest expense(7)..................         2.4x             2.5x             2.1x
</TABLE>
 
                                                        (Footnotes on next page)
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
- ------------------
 
(1) Operating income for the nine-month period ended September 27, 1998 includes
    $27.6 million of nonrecurring charges. See Note 5 to Consolidated Financial
    Statements.
 
(2) The As Adjusted balance sheet data give effect to the issuance of the Notes
    and the purchase (and subsequent cancellation) of $147.1 million in
    aggregate principal amount at maturity of Deferred Coupon Notes pursuant to
    the Repurchase (as defined herein) as if such transactions had been
    completed as of September 27, 1998. Stockholders' equity, As Adjusted,
    reflects an extraordinary loss of $10.2 million (net of related income tax
    benefits) assuming the Repurchase had been consummated on September 27,
    1998, based on an accreted value of the Deferred Coupon Notes at that date
    of 91.8%. The Repurchase was consummated on December 3, 1998. The accreted
    value of the Deferred Coupon Notes on such date was 93.8%. As a result, an
    extraordinary loss of $8.6 million (net of related income tax benefits) was
    recorded in December 1998. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
    Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Financial
    Condition."
 
(3) See "Capitalization" and Note 10 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(4) EBITDA is calculated as income before income taxes and extraordinary items,
    increased by interest expense, depreciation and goodwill amortization. As an
    indicator of our operating performance, EBITDA should not be considered as
    an alternative to net income or any other measure of performance under
    generally accepted accounting principles.
 
(5) For purposes of these computations, earnings consist of income before income
    taxes plus fixed charges and extraordinary items. Fixed charges consist of
    interest on indebtedness (including amortization of debt issuance costs),
    plus that portion of lease rental expense representative of interest
    (estimated to be one-third of lease rental expense).
 
(6) The pro forma operating data give effect to the issuance of the Notes, the
    Repurchase, the issuances of the 2005 Notes and the 2007 Notes, the
    repurchase of $132.6 million principal amount at maturity of Deferred Coupon
    Notes in July 1998, and the acquisitions of the assets of Leslie-Locke,
    Inc., Major Group, Incorporated and the Leatherback Industries division of
    Hollinee Corporation (the "Acquisitions"), as if such transactions had been
    completed as of January 1, 1997. The net effect of such assumptions was to
    increase (decrease) our pro forma income before income taxes by $(0.7),
    $(1.4) and $3.7 million for the year 1997 and the first nine months of 1997
    and 1998, respectively. As a result, our pro forma provision for income
    taxes increased (decreased) by $(0.3), $(0.5) and $1.4 million for the year
    1997 and the first nine months of 1997 and 1998, respectively, based on an
    effective marginal income tax rate of 38.5%.
 
(7) The Adjusted EBITDA data are being presented because such data relate to
    debt covenants under the indentures governing our indebtedness. You should
    refer to these indentures for further information. Excluded from the
    Adjusted EBITDA calculation is $10.2 million in extraordinary charges (net
    of related income tax benefits) related to the Repurchase and $9.3 million
    in extraordinary charges (net of related income tax benefits) related to the
    repurchase of Deferred Coupon Notes in July 1998. The ratio of Adjusted
    EBITDA to interest expense for the nine months ended September 28, 1997 and
    September 27, 1998 has been calculated based on operating data for such
    nine-month periods rather than for the most recently completed four fiscal
    quarters ended on such date as contemplated in these indentures.
 
   The details of the calculations of Adjusted EBITDA are set forth below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              PRO FORMA
                                                                            ----------------------------------------------
                                                NINE MONTHS ENDED                           NINE MONTHS      NINE MONTHS
                                          ------------------------------    YEAR ENDED        ENDED            ENDED
                          YEAR ENDED      SEPTEMBER 28,    SEPTEMBER 27,     DEC. 31,       SEPTEMBER 28,    SEPTEMBER 27,
                          DECEMBER 31,       1997             1998             1997            1997             1998
                             1997         (UNAUDITED)      (UNAUDITED)      (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)      (UNAUDITED)
                          ------------    -------------    -------------    ------------    -------------    -------------
                                                                    (THOUSANDS)
<S>                       <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>
Income before income
  taxes and
  extraordinary
  item(a)..............     $ 42,771         $38,172          $14,739         $ 42,055         $36,797          $18,445
Add:
Interest expense.......       42,784          30,494           37,675           48,568          36,155           36,063
Goodwill
  amortization.........        1,891           1,421            1,573            1,891           1,421            1,573
Depreciation...........       22,936          16,796           19,347           22,936          16,796           19,347
                            --------         -------          -------         --------         -------          -------
Adjusted EBITDA........     $110,382         $86,883          $73,334         $115,450         $91,169          $75,428
                            --------         -------          -------         --------         -------          -------
                            --------         -------          -------         --------         -------          -------
</TABLE>
 
   (a) Pro forma income before income taxes includes EBITDA related to the
       Acquisitions.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     An investment in the New Notes is subject to a number of risks. You should
carefully consider the following factors, as well as the more detailed
descriptions elsewhere in this Prospectus in evaluating the Exchange Offer. The
factors set forth below, however, are generally applicable to the Old Notes as
well as the New Notes.
 
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE
 
     We have substantial consolidated debt outstanding. At September 27, 1998,
we had total outstanding consolidated long-term debt of $573.6 million and
stockholders' equity of $62.0 million. On a pro forma basis, assuming
consummation of the Offering and application of the net proceeds therefrom, we
would have had as of September 27, 1998, total outstanding consolidated
long-term debt of $592.7 million and stockholders' equity of $51.7 million. In
addition, subject to certain restrictions contained in the Credit Agreement, the
Indenture and the indentures relating to the Other Senior Notes, we may incur
additional indebtedness. Our leverage has important consequences, including the
risk that we may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to pay
principal and interest on our indebtedness or to invest in our businesses. While
we believe, based upon our historical and anticipated performance, that we
should be able to satisfy our obligations (including the Notes) from operations
and appropriate refinancings and otherwise, we cannot assure you of this
ability. While other measures to raise cash to satisfy obligations include
potential sales of assets or equity, our ability to raise funds by selling
either assets or equity is dependent on results of operations, market
conditions, restrictions contained in the indentures relating to the Other
Senior Notes, the Indenture and the Credit Agreement and other factors. In the
event that we are unable to refinance indebtedness or raise funds through sales
of assets or equity or otherwise, our ability to pay principal of and interest
on the Notes would be adversely affected.
 
PARENTS' DEPENDENCE UPON OUR CASH FLOW
 
     Our parent corporations are dependent upon the cash flow of their
subsidiaries in order to satisfy their obligations, including asbestos-related
claims and certain tax liabilities. Our parent corporations are GAF,
G-I Holdings, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of GAF, G Industries Corp. and
GAFBMC. Except for the stock of the Company, the only significant asset of our
parent corporations is the stock of GFC. If our parent corporations should
become unable to meet their cash requirements from sources other than the
Company, subject to the terms of the Indenture, they might take various actions,
including, among other things, (i) causing us to make distributions to our
stockholders by means of dividends or otherwise, (ii) causing us to make loans
to our parent corporations, or (iii) causing GAFBMC to sell our common stock.
 
     We cannot assure you that that any of the foregoing could be effected on
satisfactory terms or that they would be sufficient to enable such affiliates to
satisfy their obligations. In addition, creditors of the parent corporations
could seek to cause GAFBMC to sell our common stock or take similar action in
order to satisfy liabilities owed to such creditors. See "--Asbestos Claims
Filed Against GAF," "--GAF Group Federal Income Tax Liability" and Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
ASBESTOS CLAIMS FILED AGAINST GAF
 
     Bodily Injury Claims.  In connection with its formation, Building Materials
Corporation of America ("BMCA") contractually assumed and agreed to pay the
first $204.4 million of liabilities for asbestos-related bodily injury claims
relating to the inhalation of asbestos fiber ("Asbestos Claims") of its parent,
GAFBMC. As of March 30, 1997, BMCA had paid all of its assumed asbestos-related
liabilities. G-I Holdings and GAFBMC have jointly and severally agreed to
indemnify BMCA against any claims related to asbestos-related liabilities, other
than those contractually assumed by BMCA, in the event that claims in connection
with liabilities not assumed by BMCA are asserted against it.
 
     GAF has advised us that, as of September 27, 1998, it is defending
approximately 105,000 pending alleged Asbestos Claims (having received notice of
approximately 74,400 new Asbestos Claims during the first nine months of 1998)
and has resolved approximately 283,200 Asbestos Claims (including approximately
48,700 in the first nine months of 1998). GAF has advised us that it believes
that a significant portion of the claims filed in the first nine months of 1998
were already pending against other defendants for some period of time, with GAF
being added as a defendant upon the lifting in 1997 of the injunction relating
to the Georgine class action settlement. During 1997, GAF resolved approximately
11,000 Asbestos Claims, of which approximately 9,900
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
were resolved (including Asbestos Claims disposed of at no cost to GAF) for an
average cost of approximately $4,070 per claim. GAF's share of the costs with
respect to approximately 1,100 Asbestos Claims resolved during 1997 has not yet
been determined. We cannot assure you that the actual costs of resolving pending
and future Asbestos Claims will approximate GAF's historic average costs.
 
     GAF has stated that it is committed to effecting a comprehensive resolution
of Asbestos Claims, and that it is exploring a number of options, both judicial
and legislative, to accomplish such resolution. We cannot assure you that this
effort will be successful.
 
     We believe that we will not sustain any additional liability in connection
with asbestos-related claims. While we cannot predict whether any
asbestos-related claims will be asserted against us or our assets, or the
outcome of any litigation relating to such claims, we believe that we have
meritorious defenses to such claims. Moreover, we have been jointly and
severally indemnified by G-I Holdings and GAFBMC with respect to such claims.
Should GAF or GAFBMC be unable to satisfy judgments against it in
asbestos-related lawsuits, its judgment creditors might seek to enforce their
judgments against the assets of GAF or GAFBMC, including its holdings of our
common stock, and such enforcement could result in a change of control with
respect to the Company.
 
     For additional information regarding asbestos-related matters, see
"Business--Legal Proceedings" and Note 3 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
GAF GROUP FEDERAL INCOME TAX LIABILITY
 
     As a member of the GAF consolidated group for federal income tax purposes,
we are jointly and severally liable for federal income tax liabilities of the
GAF consolidated group (including with respect to the Separation Transactions
and tax liability relating to Rhone-Poulenc Surfactants and Specialties, L.P.
(the "surfactants partnership"), a partnership in which GFC holds an interest),
but we are indemnified under certain circumstances for such tax liabilities
principally by GAF and G-I Holdings. On September 15, 1997, GAF received a tax
assessment for the 1990 fiscal year relating to the surfactants partnership
which could result in GFC incurring liabilities significantly in excess of GAF's
deferred tax liability. GAF has advised us that it believes GFC will prevail in
this matter although there can be no assurance in this regard. We believe that
the ultimate disposition of this matter will not have a material adverse effect
on our financial position or results of operations. See "Certain
Relationships--Tax Sharing Agreement" and Note 6 to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
 
CONTROLLING STOCKHOLDER
 
     We are an indirect subsidiary of GAF, which is approximately 97%
beneficially owned (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934) by Samuel J. Heyman, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief
Executive Officer of GAF, G-I Holdings, and the Company and Chief Executive
Officer of GAFBMC. Accordingly, Mr. Heyman has the ability to elect the entire
Board of Directors of each such company and determine the outcome of any other
matter submitted to their respective stockholders for approval, including,
subject to the terms of the Indenture, mergers, consolidations and the sale of
all, or substantially all, of our assets. See "Security Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners and Management."
 
CHANGE OF CONTROL; ACCELERATION OF DEBT
 
     The Credit Agreement currently prohibits us from repurchasing any Notes.
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined), you will have the right
to require us to repurchase your Notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date. We cannot
assure you that we will have sufficient funds available or will be permitted by
our debt agreements to repurchase the Notes upon the occurrence of a Change of
Control. Our failure to repurchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of
Default (as defined) under the Indenture, which would in turn constitute a
default under the Credit Agreement and the indentures governing the Other Senior
Notes. See "Description of the New Notes--Change of Control Put and Call."
 
     The Credit Agreement provides us with a $75 million unsecured revolving
credit facility. The full amount of the credit facility is available for letters
of credit, provided that total borrowings and outstanding letters of credit
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
may not exceed $75 million in the aggregate. If a change of control as defined
in the Credit Agreement occurs, the credit facilities under the Credit Agreement
could be terminated and the loans thereunder accelerated by the lenders party
thereto. Such an event could also cause the Other Senior Notes and the Notes to
be accelerated (see "Capitalization"), which could have a material adverse
impact on us.
 
CERTAIN AGREEMENTS
 
     We purchase from International Specialty Products Inc. ("ISP") all of our
colored mineral granules requirements (except for the requirements of our
California roofing plant which are supplied by a third party) under a
requirements contract. USI purchases substantially all of its requirements for
colored roofing granules from ISP (except for the requirements of its Stockton,
California and Corvallis, Oregon plants which are supplied by a third party)
pursuant to a requirements contract. Each such contract was renewed in 1998 and
is subject to annual renewal unless terminated by either party to such
agreement. We presently have no intention to terminate these contracts at the
end of 1998. In 1997 and the first nine months of 1998, BMCA and USI purchased
in the aggregate approximately $51.1 million and $47.9 million, respectively, of
mineral products from ISP. Although we believe that, if necessary, we would be
able to secure alternative sources for colored granules, we cannot assure you
that we will be able to obtain sufficient quantities of such products in a
timely manner and upon acceptable terms. See "Certain Relationships--Certain
Purchases."
 
     As part of the Separation Transactions, we transferred to GFC our
Nashville, Tennessee facility. This facility manufactures a significant portion
of our glass fiber requirements. In addition, in connection with the Separation
Transactions, we entered into a supply contract with GFC under which GFC
produces glass fiber for us. In 1997 and the first nine months of 1998, we
purchased approximately $24.5 million and $19.3 million, respectively, of glass
fiber from GFC. See "Certain Relationships--Certain Purchases."
 
     ISP provides certain general management, administrative, legal,
telecommunications, information and facilities services to BMCA (including the
use of BMCA's headquarters in Wayne, New Jersey) pursuant to a management
agreement which expires December 31, 1998. ISP charged BMCA $4.8 million and
$3.2 million in 1997 and the first nine months of 1998, respectively, for such
services. As of January 1, 1997, BMCA entered into a management agreement with
GFC under which BMCA provides certain general management, administrative and
financial services to GFC. Under the management agreement which was renewed for
1998 and expires December 31, 1998, GFC is obligated to pay BMCA an annual
management fee of $1.0 million. We expect that the management agreements will be
renewed upon terms satisfactory to us. See "Certain Relationships--Management
Agreements."
 
     We have entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement (as defined) with GAF and
G-I Holdings with respect to the payment of federal income taxes and certain
related matters. See "Certain Relationships--Tax Sharing Agreement."
 
     See "Description of the New Notes--Certain Covenants--Limitations on
Transactions with Affiliates" for limitations that are imposed by the Indenture
on transactions with our affiliates.
 
RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE AND ABSENCE OF A PUBLIC MARKET
 
     Prior to the Exchange Offer, there has been no public market for any of the
Notes. We cannot assure you with respect to (i) the liquidity of any such market
that may develop, (ii) your ability to sell New Notes or (iii) the price at
which you will be able to sell your New Notes. If such market were to exist, the
New Notes could trade at prices that may be higher or lower than their principal
amount or purchase price, depending on many factors, including prevailing
interest rates, the market for similar notes, and our financial performance. We
do not intend to list the New Notes on any securities exchange or to seek
approval for quotations through any automated quotation system. No active market
for the New Notes is currently anticipated. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and Chase
Securities Inc., the initial purchasers of the Old Notes, have advised us that
they currently anticipate making a secondary market for the New Notes, but they
are not obligated to do so. We cannot assure you that an active or liquid public
trading market will develop for the New Notes.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
YEAR 2000 RISK
 
     We have implemented a formal Year 2000 program (the "Year 2000 Program"):
 
     (i) to address our Year 2000 issues (i.e., the inability by some
information technology (IT) and non-IT equipment, including embedded technology,
to accurately read and process certain dates in the Year 2000 and afterwards)
(the "Year 2000 Issues"),
 
     (ii) to investigate the Year 2000 Issues of third parties significant to
our business, and
 
     (iii) to establish contingency plans where appropriate.
 
     We do not believe that the costs of our Year 2000 Program will be material
to our financial position or results of operations. We cannot assure you that
this will be the case. The ability of third parties with whom we transact
business, or companies that we may acquire, to adequately address their Year
2000 Issues is outside of our control. At this time, we are in the process of
requesting information on the Year 2000 Issues of third parties significant to
our business. Notwithstanding these actions, we cannot assure you that all of
our Year 2000 Issues or those of our key suppliers, service providers or
customers will be resolved or addressed satisfactorily before the year 2000
commences, or that the failure to satisfactorily resolve or address such issues
will not have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations
or financial position. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Year 2000 Compliance."
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The following table presents our short-term debt and current maturities of
long-term debt and consolidated capitalization as of September 27, 1998 and as
adjusted to give effect to the issuance of the Notes and the purchase (and
subsequent cancellation) of $147.1 million in aggregate principal amount at
maturity of the Deferred Coupon Notes (the "Repurchase"). This table should be
read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             AS OF SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                                                                    1998
                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                           -----------------------
                                                                                            ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                           --------    -----------
                                                                                                 (THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                        <C>         <C>
Short-term Debt and current maturities of Long-term Debt:
  Short-term debt.......................................................................   $  2,388     $   2,388
  Current maturities of long-term debt..................................................      4,024         4,024
                                                                                           --------     ---------
       Total............................................................................   $  6,412     $   6,412
                                                                                           --------     ---------
                                                                                           --------     ---------
Long-term Debt (excluding current maturities)(1):
  11 3/4% Senior Deferred Coupon Notes due 2004.........................................   $162,887     $  27,810
  7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2005..........................................................    149,379       149,379
  8 5/8% Senior Notes due 2006..........................................................     99,592        99,592
  8% Senior Notes due 2007..............................................................     99,324        99,324
  8% Senior Notes due 2008..............................................................         --       154,158
  Borrowings under the Credit Agreement(2)..............................................         --            --
  Industrial revenue bonds..............................................................     11,125        11,125
  Obligations on mortgaged properties...................................................      2,668         2,668
  Obligations under capital leases......................................................     44,577        44,577
                                                                                           --------     ---------
       Total Long-term Debt (excluding current maturities)..............................   $569,552     $ 588,633
                                                                                           --------     ---------
                                                                                           --------     ---------
Stockholders' Equity:
  Series A Cumulative Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share;
     100,000 shares authorized, no shares issued........................................   $     --     $      --
  Common stock and additional paid-in capital...........................................     89,401        89,401
  Accumulated deficit(3)................................................................    (14,355)      (24,594)
  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).........................................    (13,092)      (13,092)
                                                                                           --------     ---------
       Total Stockholders' Equity.......................................................   $ 61,954     $  51,715
                                                                                           --------     ---------
                                                                                           --------     ---------
       Total Capitalization.............................................................   $631,506     $ 640,347
                                                                                           --------     ---------
                                                                                           --------     ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------
(1) For a description of long-term debt, see Note 10 to Consolidated Financial
    Statements.
 
(2) No borrowings were outstanding under the Credit Agreement as of
    November 24, 1998.
 
(3) On a pro forma basis, accumulated deficit reflects an extraordinary loss of
    $10.2 million (net of related income tax benefits) assuming the Repurchase
    had been consummated on September 27, 1998, based on an accreted value of
    the Deferred Coupon Notes at that date of 91.8%. The Repurchase was
    consummated on December 3, 1998. The accreted value of the Deferred Coupon
    Notes on such date was 93.8%. As a result, an extraordinary loss of
    $8.6 million (net of related income tax benefits) was recorded in December
    1998.
 
                                       17

<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The following table presents our selected consolidated financial data which
have been derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page
F-1. The results of any interim period do not necessarily show the results for
the full year. The historical financial information gives effect to our
formation as if it had occurred on January 1, 1993 and our financial statements
have been prepared on a basis which retroactively reflects our formation at the
beginning of the periods presented, except that our assumption of the first
$204.4 million of liability relating to pending and previously settled
asbestos-related bodily injury cases and related income tax benefits of
$79.7 million have been reflected as a charge of $124.7 million to stockholder's
equity upon our formation as of January 31, 1994. As of January 1, 1997, USI
became a subsidiary of the Company through a capital contribution to the Company
by G-I Holdings. Accordingly, our historical consolidated financial statements
include USI's results of operations from the date of its acquisition by G-I
Holdings (October 20, 1995), including sales of $21.8 million and $99.0 million
for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and net income
(loss) of $(0.5) and $1.3 million, respectively. See Note 1 to Consolidated
Financial Statements. The results for the year ended December 31, 1997 include
the results of the Leatherback business from its date of acquisition (March 14,
1997), including sales of $30.2 million. The results for the nine months ended
September 27, 1998 include the results of the Leslie-Locke business from its
date of acquisition (June 1, 1998), including sales of $36.3 million.
 
     The pro forma financial information does not purport to project the
financial position or the results of operations for any future period or to
represent what the financial position or results of operations would have been
if the transactions given effect thereto had been completed at the dates
indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                    -----------------------------------
                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   SEPTEMBER 28,       SEPTEMBER 27,
                             --------------------------------------------------        1997                1998
                              1993       1994       1995       1996       1997      (UNAUDITED)         (UNAUDITED)
                             ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ---------------     ---------------
                                                                (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>                 <C>
OPERATING DATA:
  Net sales..............    $559.2     $593.1     $687.2     $852.0     $944.6         $ 723.6             $ 812.3
  Operating income(1)....      41.5       44.7       45.9       61.4       70.1            59.8                31.5
  Interest expense.......       2.0       13.1       24.8       32.0       42.8            30.5                37.7
  Income before income
    taxes and
    extraordinary item...      33.0       27.8       16.5       27.9       42.8            38.2                14.7
  Income before
    extraordinary item...      20.4       16.7       10.1       17.1       26.1            23.3                 9.1
  Net income (loss)......      20.4       16.7       10.1       17.1       26.1            23.3                (0.3)
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             SEPTEMBER 27, 1998
                                                DECEMBER 31,                        -------------------------------------
                             --------------------------------------------------       ACTUAL             AS ADJUSTED(2)
                              1993       1994       1995       1996       1997      (UNAUDITED)          (UNAUDITED)
                             ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ----------------     ----------------
                                                                    (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>                  <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Total working
    capital..............    $  4.8     $ 36.2     $ 54.6     $247.3     $284.8          $234.7               $235.6
  Total assets...........     259.4      452.3      559.3      701.6      807.3           849.4                857.1
  Long-term debt less
    current
    maturities(3)........      38.7      229.2      310.3      405.7      555.4           569.6                588.6
  Total stockholders'
    equity (deficit).....      85.9      (28.9)      15.8      143.2       83.0            62.0                 51.7
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                    --------------------------------------
                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   SEPTEMBER 28,         SEPTEMBER 27,
                             --------------------------------------------------        1997                  1998
                              1993       1994       1995       1996       1997      (UNAUDITED)           (UNAUDITED)
                             ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     -----------------     ----------------
                                                           (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT RATIO DATA)
<S>                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>                   <C>
OTHER DATA:
  Depreciation...........    $ 14.5     $ 16.8     $ 20.3     $ 23.9     $ 22.9           $16.8                $ 19.3
  Goodwill
    amortization.........       0.6        1.1        1.2        1.7        1.9             1.4                   1.6
  Capital expenditures
    and acquisitions.....      19.0       54.3       54.1       25.6       77.7            56.7                  95.4
  EBITDA(4)..............      50.1       58.8       62.8       85.4      110.4            86.9                  73.3
  Ratio of earnings to
    fixed charges(5).....       8.6x       2.7x       1.6x       1.8x       1.9x            2.1x                  1.3x
  Ratio of EBITDA to
    interest
    expense(4)...........      24.5x       4.5x       2.5x       2.7x       2.6x            2.8x                  1.9x
</TABLE>
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         NINE MONTHS ENDED
                            YEAR ENDED          ------------------------------------
                            DECEMBER 31,        SEPTEMBER 28,       SEPTEMBER 27,
                               1997                1997                1998
                            ----------------    ----------------    ----------------
                                        (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT RATIO DATA)
                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                         <C>                 <C>                 <C>
PRO FORMA OPERATING
  DATA(6):
  Adjusted EBITDA(7).....        $115.5              $ 91.2              $ 75.4
  Interest expense.......          48.6                36.2                36.1
  Income before
    extraordinary item...          25.7                22.4                11.3
  Ratio of earnings to
    fixed charges(5).....           1.8x                1.9x                1.4x
  Ratio of Adjusted
    EBITDA to interest
    expense(7)...........           2.4x                2.5x                2.1x
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------
(1) Operating income for the nine-month period ended September 27, 1998 includes
    $27.6 million of nonrecurring charges. See Note 5 to Consolidated Financial
    Statements.
 
(2) The As Adjusted balance sheet data give effect to the issuance of the Notes
    and the purchase (and subsequent cancellation) of $147.1 million in
    aggregate principal amount at maturity of Deferred Coupon Notes pursuant to
    the Repurchase as if such transactions had been completed as of
    September 27, 1998. Stockholders' equity, As Adjusted, reflects an
    extraordinary loss of $10.2 million (net of related income tax benefits)
    assuming the Repurchase had been consummated on September 27, 1998, based on
    an accreted value of the Deferred Coupon Notes at that date of 91.8%. The
    Repurchase was consummated on December 3, 1998. The accreted value of the
    Deferred Coupon Notes on such date was 93.8%. As a result, an extraordinary
    loss of $8.6 million (net of related income tax benefits) was recorded in
    December 1998. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
    Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Financial Condition."
 
(3) See "Capitalization" and Note 10 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(4) EBITDA is calculated as income before income taxes and extraordinary items,
    increased by interest expense, depreciation and goodwill amortization. As an
    indicator of our operating performance, EBITDA should not be considered as
    an alternative to net income or any other measure of performance under
    generally accepted accounting principles.
 
(5) For purposes of these computations, earnings consist of income before income
    taxes plus fixed charges and extraordinary items. Fixed charges consist of
    interest on indebtedness (including amortization of debt issuance costs),
    plus that portion of lease rental expense representative of interest
    (estimated to be one-third of lease rental expense).
 
(6) The pro forma operating data give effect to the issuance of the Notes, the
    Repurchase, the issuances of the 2005 Notes and the 2007 Notes, the
    repurchase of $132.6 million principal amount at maturity of Deferred Coupon
    Notes in July 1998, and the Acquisitions, as if such transactions had been
    completed as of January 1, 1997. The net effect of such assumptions was to
    increase (decrease) our pro forma income before income taxes by $(0.7),
    $(1.4) and $3.7 million for the year 1997 and the first nine months of 1997
    and 1998, respectively. As a result, our pro forma provision for income
    taxes increased (decreased) by $(0.3), $(0.5) and $1.4 million for the year
    1997 and the first nine months of 1997 and 1998, respectively, based on an
    effective marginal income tax rate of 38.5%.
 
(7) The Adjusted EBITDA data are being presented because such data relate to
    debt covenants under the indentures governing our indebtedness. You should
    refer to these indentures for further information. Excluded from the
    Adjusted EBITDA calculation is $10.2 million in extraordinary charges (net
    of related income tax benefits) related to the Repurchase and $9.3 million
    in extraordinary charges (net of related income tax benefits) related to the
    repurchase of Deferred Coupon Notes in July 1998. The ratio of Adjusted
    EBITDA to interest expense for the nine months ended September 28, 1997, and
    September 27, 1998 has been calculated based on operating data for such
    nine-month periods rather than for the most recently completed four fiscal
    quarters ended on such date as contemplated in these indentures. See
    "Summary Financial Data" for the details of the calculations of Adjusted
    EBITDA.
 
                                       19

<PAGE>
               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The Company, an indirect subsidiary of GAF and G-I Holdings, was formed in
January 1994 to acquire the operating assets and certain liabilities of GAFBMC,
the Company's parent. As a result of the Separation Transactions consummated on
January 1, 1997, USI became our subsidiary through a capital contribution to the
Company by G-I Holdings. See Note 1 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Accordingly, the Company's historical consolidated financial statements include
USI's results of operations from the date of its acquisition by G-I Holdings
(October 20, 1995), including sales of $21.8 million and $99.0 million for the
years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and net income (loss) of
$(0.5) million and $1.3 million, respectively. In the Separation Transactions,
we also transferred our glass fiber manufacturing facility in Nashville,
Tennessee (and certain related assets and liabilities) to GFC, and G-I Holdings
contributed to the Company in December 1996 $82.5 million in cash and short-term
investments. In that connection, we entered into a long-term supply agreement
with GFC under which GFC has agreed to produce glass fiber for the Company. See
"Certain Relationships."
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  First Nine Months of 1998 Compared With First Nine Months of 1997
 
     For the first nine months of 1998, we recorded a net loss of $0.3 million
compared with net income of $23.3 million for the first nine months of 1997. The
net loss for the first nine months reflected the impact of $27.6 million of
pre-tax nonrecurring charges and an after-tax extraordinary charge of
$9.3 million. Excluding the effect of these charges, our results reflected
higher other income, partially offset by increased interest expense and lower
operating income.
 
     Net sales for the first nine months of 1998 were $812.3 million, a 12.3%
increase over net sales for the first nine months of 1997 of $723.6 million,
principally due to net sales gains in the residential product lines and the
acquisition of the Leslie-Locke business in June 1998 (see Note 4 to
Consolidated Financial Statements). The increase in net sales of residential
products resulted from higher unit volumes and selling prices.
 
     We recorded pre-tax nonrecurring charges in the third quarter of 1998
aggregating $27.6 million, of which $20.0 million related to the settlement of a
national class action lawsuit involving asphalt shingles manufactured between
January 1, 1973 and December 31, 1997. Under the terms of the September 1998
settlement, which has been granted preliminary approval by the court pending a
fairness hearing, we will provide property owners whose GAF shingles were
manufactured during this period and which suffer certain damages during the term
of their original warranty period, and who file a qualifying claim, with an
opportunity to receive certain limited benefits beyond those already provided in
their existing warranty. We agreed to the settlement, payments against which
will be made over a number of years, to avoid the expense required to defend
such litigation. In July 1998, the Company recorded a nonrecurring charge of
$7.6 million related to a grant to its President and Chief Operating Officer of
30,000 shares of restricted common stock of the Company and certain cash
payments to be made over a specified period of time to such officer in
connection with the termination by an affiliate of preferred stock options and
stock appreciation rights held by such officer.
 
     Operating income, before the impact of the nonrecurring charges, was
$59.1 million for the first nine months of 1998 compared with $59.8 million in
the first nine months of 1997. The decline in operating income was attributable
to higher distribution costs due to rail service problems and higher selling,
general and administrative expenses resulting from broader marketing efforts,
partially offset by an increase in sales volume and lower manufacturing costs.
 
     Interest expense increased from $30.5 million for the first nine months of
1997 to $37.7 million in the first nine months of 1998, primarily due to higher
debt levels, partially offset by lower average interest rates resulting from the
refinancing of $132.6 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the
Deferred Coupon Notes with a portion of the proceeds from the issuance of the
2005 Notes in July 1998. Other income, net, for the first nine months of 1998
was $20.9 million compared with $8.9 million in the first nine months of 1997,
with the improvement principally due to higher investment income and lower other
expenses.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
     On July 17, 1998, we issued $150 million in aggregate principal amount at
maturity of the 2005 Notes and used a portion of the net proceeds from such
issuance to purchase (and subsequently cancel) $132.6 million in aggregate
principal amount at maturity of the Deferred Coupon Notes. In connection with
this purchase, we recorded an after-tax extraordinary charge of $9.3 million.
 
  1997 Compared With 1996
 
     We recorded net income in 1997 of $26.1 million compared with net income of
$17.1 million in 1996. The 53% increase in net income was attributable to higher
operating and other income, net, partially offset by higher interest expense.
 
     Net sales for 1997 increased $92.7 million (11%) to $944.6 million compared
with $852.0 million in 1996. The sales growth reflected increased unit volumes
of both residential and commercial roofing products as well as the sales of the
Leatherback Industries business ($30.2 million), which we acquired in March
1997.
 
     Gross profit margin increased to 27.3% in 1997 from 27.0% in 1996,
resulting primarily from lower manufacturing costs and improved product mix.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 11% to $185.7 million in
1997 from $166.7 million in 1996, primarily reflecting increased costs of
distribution. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of
net sales increased slightly from 19.6% in 1996 to 19.7% in 1997.
 
     Operating income in 1997 was $70.1 million, an increase of $8.7 million
(14%) compared with $61.4 million in 1996. We attribute the increase in
operating income to the higher sales levels and improved margins.
 
     Interest expense was $42.8 million in 1997 compared with $32.0 million in
1996, due to higher debt levels, primarily resulting from the issuance in
December 1996 of $100 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the
2006 Notes and the issuance in October 1997 of $100 million in aggregate
principal amount at maturity of the 2007 Notes.
 
     Other income, net, was $15.5 million in 1997 compared with other expense,
net, of $1.5 million in 1996. This improvement was due principally to higher
investment income (up $20.0 million), partially offset by a $3.0 million
provision for estimated obligations related to product warranty claims for a
discontinued product.
 
  1996 Compared With 1995
 
     We recorded net income in 1996 of $17.1 million compared with net income of
$10.1 million in 1995. We attribute the 69% increase in net income to higher
operating income and lower other expense, net, partially offset by higher
interest expense.
 
     Net sales for 1996 increased $164.8 million (24%) to $852.0 million
compared with $687.2 million in 1995. The sales growth reflected a 13% increase
in our sales (excluding the effect of USI sales) due to increased unit volumes
of both residential and commercial roofing products and higher average
residential selling prices, and also reflected USI sales of $99.0 million for
the full year 1996 compared with $21.8 million for the period in 1995 after the
date of acquisition.
 
     Gross profit margin improved to 27.0% in 1996 from 26.4% in 1995, resulting
primarily from higher average residential selling prices, partially offset by
higher raw material costs. Selling, general and administrative expenses
increased 24% to $166.7 million in 1996 from $134.1 million in 1995, primarily
reflecting higher distribution and selling costs to support the increased level
of sales, and also reflecting $13.0 million in higher expenses as a result of
the inclusion of USI for the full year 1996. Selling, general and administrative
expenses as a percentage of net sales increased slightly from 19.5% in 1995 to
19.6% in 1996.
 
     Operating income in 1996 was $61.4 million, an increase of $15.5 million
(34%) compared with $45.9 million in 1995. The higher operating income was
attributable to the increased sales and improved gross profit margins and
included $4.3 million in operating income from USI.
 
     Interest expense was $32.0 million in 1996 compared with $24.8 million in
1995, principally reflecting higher debt levels. Other expense, net, decreased
to $1.5 million in 1996 from $4.5 million in 1995. The
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
improvement was primarily attributable to higher investment income (up
$4.8 million) partially offset by increased expenses related to the sale of our
receivables (up $0.6 million) and certain litigation costs.
 
LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
     Net cash inflow during the first nine months of 1998 was $36.1 million
before financing activities, and included $69.7 million of cash generated from
operations, the reinvestment of $36.3 million for capital programs, acquisitions
of $59.2 million, including the acquisition of the Leslie-Locke business for
$43.5 million (see Note 4 to Consolidated Financial Statements), and the
generation of $61.8 million from net sales of available-for-sale and
held-to-maturity securities.
 
     Cash invested in additional working capital totaled $29.3 million during
the first nine months of 1998, primarily reflecting a seasonal increase in
inventories of $17.8 million and a $55.8 million increase in receivables,
partially offset by a $44.7 million increase in accounts payable and accrued
liabilities. Accrued liabilities, including the reserve for product warranty
claims, increased by $41.1 million to $80.5 million as a result of additional
accrued interest payable, seasonal increases in accrued distribution costs and
other plant operating accruals and due to the $8.6 million short-term portion of
the $27.6 million of nonrecurring charges. Cash from operating activities also
reflected a $40.6 million cash inflow from related party transactions as a
result of repayments of advances by GAF, G-I Holdings and their subsidiaries
which were made by us in 1997, an $18.9 million cash outflow for net purchases
of trading securities and $21.7 million of cash inflow from other operating
activities, mainly reflecting $19.0 million of the nonrecurring charges.
 
     Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $2.1 million during the
first nine months of 1998, mainly reflecting the net proceeds of $149.4 million
from the issuance in July 1998 of the 2005 Notes, $43.6 million of net proceeds
from the sale of receivables, and $6.2 million of cash inflow from the repayment
of a loan by a related party. Offsetting such cash inflows was $135.4 million of
repayments of long-term debt, principally the repurchase of $132.6 million in
aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Deferred Coupon Notes, a $34.0
million paydown of borrowings under the Credit Agreement, and a $24.6 million
decrease in short-term borrowings.
 
     As a result of the foregoing factors, cash and cash equivalents increased
by $38.2 million during the first nine months of 1998 to $51.1 million
(excluding $154.6 million of trading, available-for-sale and held-to-maturity
securities and other short-term investments).
 
     In June 1998, we terminated interest rate swap agreements related to our
Deferred Coupon Notes with an aggregate ending notional principal amount of
$60.0 million, resulting in gains of $0.7 million. The gains have been deferred
and will be amortized as a reduction of interest expense over the remaining
original life of the swaps.
 
     On July 17, 1998, we issued $150 million in aggregate principal amount at
maturity of the 2005 Notes and used a portion of the net proceeds from such
issuance to purchase (and subsequently cancel) $132.6 million in aggregate
principal amount at maturity of the Deferred Coupon Notes.
 
     On December 3, 1998, we issued $155 million in aggregate principal amount
at maturity of the Old Notes and used substantially all of the net proceeds from
such issuance to purchase (and subsequently cancel) $147.1 million in aggregate
principal amount at maturity of the Deferred Coupon Notes.
 
     We used $10.3 million of cash for operations during 1997, reinvested
$77.7 million for capital programs and acquisitions, and invested $43.5 million
for net purchases of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, for a
net cash outflow of $131.5 million before financing activities. Cash used in
operations included a cash outflow of $68.1 million for net purchases of trading
securities and a $39.1 million outflow for related party transactions. See
Note 12 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
     Cash generated from a decrease in working capital totaled $17.9 million
during 1997. This amount primarily reflected a decrease in receivables of $7.8
million, a decrease in inventories of $8.0 million and a $5.1 million increase
in payables and accrued liabilities.
 
     We generated $19.9 million from financing activities in 1997. On
October 20, 1997, we issued $100 million in aggregate principal amount at
maturity of the 2007 Notes. Financing activities in 1997 also included
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
$34.0 million of borrowings under our bank revolving credit facility and
$26.9 million of short-term borrowings. The above cash flows were mostly offset
by $91.0 million of distributions to our parent, $35.3 million of repayments
related to our receivables financing program, a $6.2 million loan to our parent
and $3.5 million in repayments of long-term debt.
 
     As a result of the foregoing factors, cash and cash equivalents decreased
by $111.6 million during 1997 to $12.9 million (excluding $243.3 million of
trading, available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities and other short-term
investments).
 
     Our investment strategy is to seek returns in excess of money market rates
on our available cash while minimizing market risks. We cannot assure you that
we will be successful in implementing such a strategy. We invest primarily in
international and domestic arbitrage and securities of companies involved in
acquisition or reorganization transactions, including at times, common stock
short positions which are offsets against long positions in securities which are
expected, under certain circumstances, to be exchanged or converted into the
short positions. With respect to our equity positions, we are exposed to the
risk of market loss. See Note 2 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
     Our bank credit facilities were replaced on August 29, 1997 with a new
three-year, $75 million facility (the "Credit Agreement"), which provides us
with a $75 million unsecured revolving credit facility. The full amount of the
credit facility is available for letters of credit, provided that total
borrowings and outstanding letters of credit may not exceed $75 million in the
aggregate. As of September 27, 1998, no borrowings were outstanding under the
Credit Agreement, and $29.5 million of letters of credit were outstanding. Under
the terms of the Credit Agreement, we are subject to certain financial
covenants, including interest coverage and leverage ratios, and dividends and
other restricted payments are limited. We were in compliance with such covenants
as of September 27, 1998.
 
     Additional borrowings by us are subject to certain covenants contained in
the indentures relating to the Other Senior Notes and the Credit Agreement.
 
     Our objectives in utilizing interest rate swap agreements ("swaps") are to
lower funding costs, diversify sources of funding and manage interest rate
exposure. In the second quarter of 1998, all of our outstanding swaps were
terminated. By utilizing swaps, we reduced our interest expense by $1.5, $2.2,
$2.0, $1.5 and $1.5 million in 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the first nine months of
1997 and 1998, respectively. See Note 10 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
     See Note 10 to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information
regarding our debt instruments.
 
     Upon its formation on January 31, 1994, BMCA assumed the first
$204.4 million of GAFBMC's liabilities relating to then-pending cases and
previously settled asbestos-related bodily injury cases, all of which had been
paid as of March 30, 1997. See "Business--Legal Proceedings" for further
information regarding asbestos-related matters. At September 27, 1998, the
Company had total outstanding consolidated indebtedness of $576.0 million, of
which $4.0 million matures prior to September 30, 1999, and stockholders' equity
of $62.0 million. See "Risk Factors--Substantial Leverage." We anticipate
funding such obligations from our cash and investments, operations and/or
borrowings (which may include borrowings from affiliates).
 
     In March 1993, we sold our trade accounts receivable ("receivables") to a
trust, without recourse, pursuant to an agreement which provided for a maximum
of $75 million in cash to be made available to us based on eligible receivables
outstanding from time to time. In November 1996, we repurchased the receivables
sold pursuant to the 1993 agreement and sold them to a special purpose
subsidiary of the Company, BMCA Receivables Corporation, without recourse, which
in turn sold them to a new trust, without recourse, pursuant to new agreements.
The new agreements provide for a maximum of $115 million in cash to be made
available to us based on eligible receivables outstanding from time to time.
This facility expires in December 2001.
 
     BMCA makes loans to, and borrows from, G-I Holdings and its subsidiaries at
prevailing market rates. As of September 27, 1998, G-I Holdings owed no loans to
BMCA and BMCA owed no loans to affiliates. In addition, BMCA makes non-interest
bearing advances to affiliates, of which $5.4 million were outstanding at
September 27, 1998.
 
     Our parent corporations are essentially holding companies without
independent businesses or operations and, as such, are presently dependent upon
the cash flow of their subsidiaries, principally the Company, in order
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
to satisfy their obligations, including asbestos-related claims and certain
potential tax liabilities including tax liabilities relating to the surfactants
partnership, which operates, among other businesses, GFC's former surfactants
chemicals business. Our parent corporations are GAF, G-I Holdings, G Industries
Corp. and GAFBMC, and, except for the Company, the only significant asset of
such parent corporations is GFC. GAF has advised us that it expects to obtain
funds to satisfy such obligations from, among other things, dividends and loans
from subsidiaries (principally the Company) and from payments pursuant to the
Tax Sharing Agreement between GAF and the Company. The indentures relating to
the Other Senior Notes and the Credit Agreement contain restrictions on the
amount of dividends, loans and other restricted payments (as defined therein)
which may be paid by the Company. As of September 27, 1998, after giving effect
to the most restrictive of the aforementioned restrictions, we could have paid
dividends and other Restricted Payments of up to $75.1 million. We do not
believe that the dependence of our parent corporations on the cash flows of
their subsidiaries should have a material adverse effect on our operations,
liquidity or capital resources. For further information, see Notes 3, 6, 10, 12
and 13 to Consolidated Financial Statements and "Risk Factors--Parents'
Dependence Upon Company's Cash Flows."
 
     We believe that we will have access to working capital or other assets
sufficient to meet our capital and operating needs for the foreseeable future.
We have used a substantial amount of the net proceeds from the 2007 Notes to
fund the cost of our capital expenditures and acquisitions.
 
     For further information with regard to income taxes, see Note 6 to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
     We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our results
of operations during the past three years. However, we can not assure you that
our business will not be affected by inflation in the future.
 
     Effective December 1, 1998, we sold our perlite insulation manufacturing
assets to Johns Manville. The net proceeds of such sale were approximately
$29.0 million. As part of the transaction, Johns Manville and the Company
entered into a long-term agreement to supply the Company with perlite insulation
products, which will enable us to continue to serve our commercial roofing
customers.
 
     For a discussion of seasonality, see "Business--Seasonal Variations and
Working Capital."
 
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
 
     We have implemented a Year 2000 Program (i) to address our Year 2000 Issues
(i.e., the inability by some IT and non-IT equipment, including embedded
technology, to accurately read and process certain dates in the Year 2000 and
afterwards), (ii) to investigate the Year 2000 Issues of third parties
significant to our business, and (iii) to establish contingency plans where
appropriate.
 
     We have completed remediation of substantially all of our core systems and
have remediated most of our personal computers and other IT equipment that may
have Year 2000 Issues. With respect to non-IT equipment, we and our consultants
are presently inventorying, evaluating, remediating and testing this equipment.
We expect to complete our Year 2000 Program by mid-1999.
 
     We have requested information on the Year 2000 Issues of third parties
significant to our business. We will evaluate the responses from these entities
and request more information, as deemed appropriate. Based on the information
gathered from our Year 2000 Program, we are developing contingency plans to
minimize the impact of the Year 2000 Issues. We expect to substantially complete
these activities by mid-1999.
 
     We do not believe the costs of our Year 2000 Program will be material to
our financial position or results of operations. We have incurred outside costs
of approximately $250,000 to date. We anticipate that additional outside costs
should approximate no more than $1 million in the aggregate and that we will
charge such costs, as incurred, against results of operations.
 
     We believe we have taken reasonable steps in developing our Year 2000
Program. Notwithstanding these actions, we cannot assure you that all of our
Year 2000 Issues or those of our key suppliers, service providers or customers
will be resolved or addressed satisfactorily before the year 2000 commences. If
our key suppliers, service providers, customers and other third parties fail to
address their Year 2000 Issues, and there are no alternates available to us,
then our usual channels of supply and distribution could be disrupted. If this
disruption were to occur we could experience a material adverse impact on our
business, results of operations or financial position. See "Risk Factors--Year
2000 Risk."
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
     The Company, incorporated under the laws of Delaware in 1994, is a
97%-owned subsidiary of GAF Building Materials Corporation ("GAFBMC"). The
Company acquired the operating assets and certain liabilities of GAFBMC in 1994.
GAFBMC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of G Industries Corp. ("G Industries"),
which is a holding company that also owns all of the capital stock of GAF
Fiberglass Corporation ("GFC"). G Industries is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
G-I Holdings Inc. ("G-I Holdings"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of GAF. GAF is
controlled by Samuel J. Heyman, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief
Executive Officer of each of GAF, G-I Holdings, GFC and the Company and Chief
Executive Officer of G Industries and GAFBMC. The Company does business under
the name "GAF Materials Corporation."
 
     We are a leading national manufacturer of a broad line of asphalt roofing
products and accessories for the residential and commercial roofing markets. Our
products are produced at 26 manufacturing facilities. We believe that we hold
the number one or two market position in each of the asphalt product lines in
which we compete (based on unit sales), including leadership of the fast
growing, premium laminated residential shingles and modified bitumen commercial
roofing markets. Based on brand awareness studies, our Timberline(Registered)
product is the leading brand in residential roofing, and our
Ruberoid(Registered) product is the leading brand in the modified bitumen
commercial roofing, the latter being the fastest growing segment in the
commercial roofing industry.
 
     Our 26 manufacturing facilities consist of 16 roofing manufacturing
facilities, five roofing accessory plants, one glass mat manufacturing plant,
one liquid roofing membrane and adhesive plant, one fiber-cement shingle and
siding plant, one attic ventilation and air distribution products plant and one
iron security door and fencing products plant. We have registered, through 1997,
ten consecutive years of increases in operating income. During the five year
period ended December 31, 1997, our net sales and operating income have
increased at average annual compound rates of approximately 13.2% and 15.2%,
respectively, and our operating income margin has increased from 6.8% to 7.4%.
We believe that our growth is primarily attributable to (i) improvement in our
product mix, driven by a business strategy which emphasizes our higher-margin
products; (ii) our low cost manufacturing operations; (iii) substantial capital
spending programs for new property, plant and equipment that have enabled us to
expand capacity and reduce manufacturing costs; (iv) the strength of its
national distribution system; and (v) broadening our product lines through
niche-type acquisitions.
 
     Effective as of January 31, 1994, GAFBMC transferred to the Company all of
its business and assets (other than three closed manufacturing facilities,
certain deferred tax assets and receivables from affiliates). The Company
contractually assumed all of GAFBMC's liabilities, except (i) all of GAFBMC's
environmental liabilities, other than environmental liabilities relating to the
Company's plant sites and its business as then conducted, (ii) all of GAFBMC's
tax liabilities, other than tax liabilities arising from the operations or
business of the Company, and (iii) all of GAFBMC's asbestos-related liabilities,
other than the first $204.4 million of such liabilities (whether for indemnity
or defense) relating to then-pending asbestos-related bodily injury cases and
previously settled asbestos-related bodily injury cases which the Company
contractually assumed and agreed to pay. All of the Company's assumed
asbestos-related liabilities had been satisfied as of March 30, 1997. G-I
Holdings and GAFBMC have agreed, jointly and severally, to indemnify the Company
from liabilities not assumed by the Company, including asbestos-related and
environmental liabilities not expressly assumed by the Company and for all tax
liabilities of the GAF consolidated tax group other than tax liabilities arising
from the operations or business of the Company. See Note 3 to Consolidated
Financial Statements, "Risk Factors--Parents' Dependence upon Our Cash Flow" and
"Certain Relationships--Tax Sharing Agreement."
 
     G-I Holdings acquired USI in October 1995, and USI became a subsidiary of
the Company on January 1, 1997 as part of the Separation Transactions. The
financial and statistical data of the Company contained in this Prospectus
reflect the results of USI from and after October 20, 1995, the date on which
G-I Holdings acquired USI, except as we identify otherwise. For pro forma
information, see "Selected Financial Data."
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
     The United States residential roofing industry comprises manufacturers of
asphalt, tile, wood, slate and metal roofing materials, with asphalt roofing
representing approximately 93% of industry residential roofing unit sales in
1997. Residential asphalt roofing materials consist of strip shingles and higher
margin, premium laminated shingles, which represented approximately 69% and 31%,
respectively, of industry asphalt roofing unit
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
sales in 1997. While total asphalt residential unit sales grew during the past
five years (from January 1, 1993 through December 31, 1997) at an average annual
compound rate of approximately 2%, unit sales of laminated shingles grew at an
average annual compound rate of approximately 12%. During the same period, sales
of strip shingles declined at a compound annual rate of approximately 1%. While
we believe that growth of laminated shingle sales will continue to exceed the
growth of the overall residential asphalt roofing market, we have experienced
increased competition in this product line.
 
     The United States commercial roofing industry comprises manufacturers of
asphalt built-up roofing, modified bitumen, single-ply polymer and other roofing
products. Approximately 70% of commercial roofing industry membrane unit sales
utilize asphalt built-up roofing and modified bitumen products, both of which we
manufacture and market. Over the past five years, commercial roofing industry
membrane unit sales experienced a compound annual increase of 4%, while unit
sales of modified bitumen products grew at a compound annual rate of
approximately 9%.
 
     Over the past five years, approximately 80% of industry sales, as well as
our sales, of both residential and commercial roofing products were for
re-roofing, as opposed to new construction. As a result, our exposure and the
industry's exposure to cyclical downturns in the new construction market is
substantially lower than for other building material manufacturers which
produce, for example, gypsum, wood and cement. We expect that demand for
re-roofing will continue to increase as the existing housing stock ages and as
homeowners upgrade from standard strip roofing shingles to premium laminated
shingles for enhanced aesthetics and durability.
 
RESIDENTIAL ROOFING
 
     We are a leading manufacturer of a complete line of premium residential
roofing products. Residential roofing product sales represented approximately
65% of our net sales in 1997. We have improved our sales mix of residential
roofing products in recent years by increasing our emphasis on laminated
products which generally are sold at higher prices with more attractive profit
margins than our standard strip shingle products. We believe that we are the
largest manufacturer of laminated residential roofing shingles and the second
largest manufacturer of strip shingles in the United States.
 
     Our two principal lines of roofing shingles are the Timberline(Registered)
Series and the Sovereign(Registered) Series. We also produce certain specialty
shingles for regional markets.
 
     The Timberline(Registered) Series.  The Timberline(Registered) Series
offers a premium laminated product line that adds dramatic shadow lines and
substantially improves the appearance of a roof. The Series includes the
Timberline(Registered) 25 shingle, a mid-weight laminated shingle which serves
as an economic trade-up for consumers, with a 25-year limited warranty; the
Timberline(Registered) shingle, with a 30-year limited warranty, offering a
natural random wood shake appearance with superior fire resistance and
durability; and the Timberline Ultra(Registered) shingle, with a 40-year limited
warranty, a super heavyweight laminated shingle with the same design features as
the Timberline(Registered) 25 shingle, together with added durability.
 
     The Sovereign(Registered) Series.  The Sovereign(Registered) Series
includes the standard 3-tab Sentinel(Registered) shingle with a 20-year limited
warranty; the Royal Sovereign(Registered) shingle, a heavier 3-tab shingle with
a 25-year limited warranty, designed to capitalize on the "middle market" for
quality shingles; and the Marquis(Registered) Weathermax(Trademark) shingle, a
superior performing heavyweight 3-tab shingle with a 30-year limited warranty.
 
     Specialty Shingles.  Our specialty asphalt shingles include:
Slateline(Registered) and Slateline(Registered) Color Contrast(Trademark)
shingles offering the appearance of slate, labor savings in installation because
of their larger size and a 30-year limited warranty; Dubl-Coverage(Registered)
Tite-On(Registered) shingles offering a design feature that enables the shingles
to lock together to form a double layer roof, and a 25-year limited warranty;
the Grand Sequoia(Registered) shingle, a premier architectural shingle with a
40-year limited warranty; and the Country Mansion(Trademark) shingle, a
distinctive high end architectural shingle with a limited lifetime warranty.
 
     Weather Stopper(Trademark) Roofing System.  In addition to shingles, we
supply all the components necessary to install a complete roofing system. Our
Weather Stopper(Trademark) Roofing System begins with Weather Watch(Registered)
and Stormguard(Trademark) waterproof underlayments for eaves, valleys and
flashings to prevent water seepage between the roof deck and the shingles caused
by ice build-ups and wind-driven rains. Our Weather Stopper(Trademark) Roofing
System also includes Shingle-Mate(Registered) glass reinforced underlayment,
Timbertex(Registered), TimberRidge(Trademark), and Ridgetex(Trademark)
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
Hip and Ridge shingles, which are significantly thicker and larger than standard
hip and ridge shingles and provide dramatic accents to the slopes and planes of
a roof and the Cobra(Registered) Ridge Vent which provides attic ventilation.
 
COMMERCIAL ROOFING
 
     We manufacture a full line of modified bitumen products, asphalt built-up
roofing, liquid applied membrane and roofing accessories for use in the
application of commercial roofing. Commercial roofing represented approximately
35% of our net sales in 1997. Approximately 70% of commercial roofing industry
membrane unit sales utilize asphalt built-up roofing and modified bitumen
products, both of which we manufacture. We believe that we are the second
largest manufacturer of asphalt built-up roofing products and the largest
manufacturer of modified bitumen products in the United States.
 
     We manufacture glass membranes under the trademarks GAFGLAS(Registered) and
Permaglas(Registered), which are made from asphalt impregnated glass fiber mat
for use as a component in asphalt built-up roofing systems. Most of our
GAFGLAS(Registered)and Permaglas products are assembled on the roof by applying
successive layers of roofing membrane with asphalt and topped, in some
applications, with gravel. Thermal insulation may be applied beneath the
membrane. We also manufacture base sheets, flashings and other roofing
accessories for use in these systems, the TOPCOAT(Registered) roofing system, a
liquid-applied membrane system designed to protect and waterproof existing metal
roofing, and roof maintenance products. In addition, we sell perlite roofing
insulation products, which consist of low thermal insulation that is installed
as part of a commercial roofing application below the roofing membrane,
isocyanurate foam as roofing insulation, packaged asphalt and accessories such
as vent stacks, roof insulation fasteners, cements and coating.
 
     Modified bitumen products are sold under the Ruberoid(Registered)trademarks
by the Company and under the Brai(Registered) trademark by USI and are used
primarily in re-roofing applications or in combination with glass membranes in
GAF CompositeRoof(Trademark) systems. These products consist of a roofing
membrane utilizing polymer-modified asphalt, which strengthens and increases
flexibility and is reinforced with a polyester non-woven mat or a glass mat.
Modified bitumen systems provide high strength characteristics, such as
weatherability, water resistance, and labor cost savings due to ease of
application.
 
SUBSTANTIAL CAPITAL PROGRAMS
 
     We believe that our plants are among the most modern in the industry. Since
1985 and through December 31, 1997, we have invested almost $300 million in new
property, plant and equipment, principally in order to increase capacity and
implement process improvements to reduce manufacturing costs. This capital
program included the installation of efficient in-line lamination equipment in a
number of our roofing plants, as well as the modernization of our glass mat
facilities. We have reduced our manufacturing costs as a result of this capital
program, the vertical integration discussed above, and the rigorous application
of our process and quality control standards.
 
NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
 
     We believe that we have been among the most innovative industry leaders in
terms of the introduction of new products, having been the first to develop the
three-dimensional laminated roofing shingle, Timberline(Registered), which
created an entire new product line within the asphalt roofing industry. Our new
products introduced in just the last five years include: the
Timberline(Registered) 25 and Timberline Ultra(Registered) shingles, which offer
a wood shake appearance, enhanced visual depth and contrast simulating shadows;
the Marquis(Registered) shingle, a heavyweight three-tab shingle designed for
Northern markets which offers greater flexibility and added durability in cold
temperatures; the Grand Sequoia(Registered) shingle, a premier architectural
shingle; the Country Mansion(Trademark) shingle, a distinctive high end
architectural shingle; and Ruberoid(Registered) 20/30, a polymer modified
bitumen roofing system which utilizes fiberglass reinforcements coated with
modified asphalt to form a durable high performance two-ply roofing membrane and
which requires no additional treatment or coating to qualify for an Underwriters
Laboratory Class A rating. In 1995, we introduced GAF CompositeRoof(Trademark),
a new commercial roofing product that combines the tensile strength of built-up
roofing with the flexibility and superior elongation of
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
modified bitumen membranes. In 1997, we introduced Flexply(Trademark) 6, an
enhanced performing premium built-up roofing felt, and Stratavent(Registered), a
premium venting base sheet used in built-up roofing systems.
 
ACQUISITIONS
 
     Our acquisition strategy is focused on niche-type acquisitions, designed to
either complement existing product lines, further the geographic reach of our
business or increase our market share. We are primarily interested in acquiring
businesses which can benefit from our strong national distribution network,
manufacturing technology and marketing expertise. Effective June 1, 1998, we
purchased for approximately $43.5 million substantially all of the assets of
Leslie-Locke, a manufacturer and marketer of specialty building products and
accessories for the professional and do-it-yourself remodeling and residential
construction industries. Other recent acquisitions include the assets of the
Leatherback Industries division of Hollinee Corporation, which is engaged in the
manufacture and sale of asphalt-saturated roofing felts and other felt and
construction paper products; the assets of Major Group, Incorporated, the
manufacturer of the TOPCOAT(Registered) Roofing System, a liquid-applied polymer
membrane system designed to protect and waterproof existing metal roofing; and
USI, a leading national manufacturer of commercial roofing products.
 
MARKETING AND SALES
 
     We have one of the industry's largest sales forces. A staff of technical
professionals who work directly with architects, consultants, contractors and
building owners provide support to the sales force. We market our roofing
products through our own sales force of approximately 180 experienced, full-time
employees and independent sales representatives operating from five regional
sales offices located across the United States. USI markets its roofing products
through approximately 70 full-time employees and independent sales
representatives. A major portion of our roofing product sales are to wholesale
distributors who resell our products to roofing contractors and retailers. We
believe that the wholesale distribution channel offers the most attractive
margins of all roofing market distribution channels and represents the principal
distribution channel for professionally installed asphalt roofing products. We
believe that our nationwide coverage has contributed to our roofing products
being among the most recognized and requested brands in the industry.
 
     In September 1997, we launched our Customer Advantage(Trademark) Program to
establish a nationwide network of MasterElite(Trademark) contractors and
Authorized Installers. This program offers marketing and support services to
residential roofing contractors. We view the Master Elite(Trademark) contractors
and Authorized Installers as an effective extension of our sales force which
takes our products directly to the homeowner.
 
     American Builders and Contractors Supply Co., Inc. accounted for
approximately 10% of our 1997 sales. No other customer accounted for as much as
10% of our 1997 sales.
 
RAW MATERIALS
 
     The major raw materials required for the manufacture of our roofing
products are asphalt, mineral stabilizer, glass fiber, glass fiber mat,
polyester mat and granules. Asphalt and mineral stabilizer are available from a
large number of suppliers. We currently have contracts with several of these
suppliers and others are available as substitutes. Prices of most raw materials
have been relatively stable, rising moderately with general industrial prices,
while the price of asphalt tends to move in step with the price of crude oil.
 
     Five of our roofing plants have easy access to deep water ports thereby
permitting delivery of asphalt by ship, the most economical means of transport.
Our Chester, South Carolina plant manufactures glass fiber mat substrate. We
purchase from ISP substantially all our requirements for colored roofing
granules (except for the requirements of our California roofing plant which are
supplied by a third party) under a requirements contract. USI purchases
substantially all of its requirements for colored roofing granules from ISP
(except for the requirements of its Stockton, California and Corvallis, Oregon
plants which are supplied by a third party) pursuant to a requirements contract.
Each such contract was renewed in 1998 and is subject to annual renewal unless
terminated by either party to such agreement. We presently have no intention to
terminate these contracts at the end of 1998. As part of the Separation
Transactions, we transferred our Nashville, Tennessee facility to GFC, which
facility manufactures a significant portion of our glass fiber requirements, and
we entered into a supply contract with GFC under which GFC produces glass fiber
for us.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
SEASONAL VARIATIONS AND WORKING CAPITAL
 
     Sales of roofing products in the northern regions of the United States
generally decline during the winter months due to adverse weather conditions.
Generally, our inventory practice includes increasing inventory levels in the
first and the second quarter in order to meet peak season demand (June through
November).
 
WARRANTY CLAIMS
 
     We provide certain limited warranties covering most of our residential
roofing products for periods generally ranging from 20 to 40 years. Although
terms of warranties vary, we believe that our warranties generally are
consistent with those offered by our competitors. We also offer limited
warranties and guarantees of varying duration on its commercial roofing
products. From time to time, we review the reserves established for estimated
probable future warranty claims.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The roofing products industry is highly competitive and includes a number
of national competitors. These competitors in the residential roofing and
accessories markets are Owens-Corning, Tamko, Elcor and Celotex, and in the
commercial roofing market are Johns Manville, Celotex, Firestone and Carlisle.
In addition, there are numerous regional competitors.
 
     Competition is based largely upon products and service quality,
distribution capability, price and credit terms. We believe that we are well
positioned in the marketplace as a result of our broad product lines in both the
residential and commercial markets, consistently high product quality, strong
sales force and national distribution capabilities. As a result of the growth in
demand for premium laminated shingles, a number of roofing manufacturers,
including the Company, have increased their laminated shingle production
capacity in recent years. We have experienced increased competition in this area
due to these factors.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
     We primarily focus our research and development activities on the
development of new products, process improvements and the testing of alternative
raw materials and supplies. Our research and development activities, dedicated
to residential, commercial and fiberglass products, are located at technical
centers at Wayne, New Jersey, Nashville, Tennessee and Port Arthur, Texas. Our
research and development expenditures were approximately $3.1 million,
$4.5 million and $5.4 million in 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
PROPERTIES
 
     Our corporate headquarters and principal research and development
laboratories are located at a 100-acre campus-like office and research park
owned by a subsidiary of ISP, at 1361 Alps Road, Wayne, New Jersey 07470. The
Company occupies its headquarters pursuant to its management agreement with ISP.
See "Certain Relationships--Management Agreements."
 
     The principal real properties either owned by, or leased to, the Company or
its subsidiaries are described below. Unless otherwise indicated, the properties
are owned in fee. In addition to the principal facilities listed below, we
maintain sales offices and warehouses, substantially all of which are in leased
premises under relatively short-term leases.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LOCATION                                          FACILITY
- ------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>
Alabama
  Mobile........................................  Plant, Warehouses*

California
  Compton.......................................  Plant*, Warehouse*
  Fontana.......................................  Plant, Sales Office
  Hollister.....................................  Plant, Plant*
  Stockton......................................  Plant, Plant, Warehouse*

Florida
  Tampa.........................................  Plant, Sales Office*
</TABLE>
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LOCATION                                          FACILITY
- ------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>
Georgia
  Atlanta.......................................  Sales Office*
  Monroe........................................  Plant, Warehouse*
  Savannah......................................  Plant, Sales Office

Indiana
  Mount Vernon..................................  Plant, Sales Office

Illinois
  Naperville....................................  Sales Office*

Maryland
  Baltimore.....................................  Plant

Massachusetts
  Millis........................................  Plant, Sales Office, Warehouse*
  Walpole.......................................  Plant*

Minnesota
  Minneapolis...................................  Plant, Sales Office, Warehouse*

New Jersey
  Branchburg....................................  Warehouse*
  North Branch..................................  Plant
  North Brunswick...............................  Sales Office*, Warehouse*
  Wayne.........................................  Headquarters*, Corporate Administrative Offices*,
                                                    Research Center*

New Mexico
  Albuquerque...................................  Plant

North Carolina
  Burgaw........................................  Plant
  Goldsboro.....................................  Plant

Ohio
  Wadsworth.....................................  Plant*, Warehouse*

Oregon
  Corvallis.....................................  Plant

Pennsylvania
  Erie..........................................  Plant, Sales Office, Warehouse*
  Wind Gap......................................  Plant

South Carolina
  Chester.......................................  Plant

Tennessee
  Nashville.....................................  Research Center*

Texas
  Dallas........................................  Plant, Sales Office, Warehouse*
  Fannett.......................................  Warehouse
  Houston.......................................  Plant, Warehouse
  Port Arthur...................................  Plant, Plant, Warehouse, Sales Office,
                                                    Research Center
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------
* Leased Property
 
     We believe that our plants and facilities, which are of varying ages and
are of different construction types, have been satisfactorily maintained, are in
good condition, are suitable for their respective operations and generally
provide sufficient capacity to meet production requirements. Each plant has
adequate transportation
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
facilities for both raw materials and finished products. In 1997, we made
capital expenditures of more than $46 million relating to plant, property and
equipment.
 
PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS
 
     We own or license approximately 87 domestic and 100 foreign patents or
patent applications. In addition, we own or license approximately 197 domestic
and 63 foreign trademark registrations or applications. While we believe the
patent protection covering certain of our products to be material to those
products, we do not believe that any single patent, patent application or
trademark is material to our business or operations.
 
     We believe that the duration of the existing patents and patent licenses is
satisfactory.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE
 
     Since 1970, federal, state and local authorities have adopted and amended a
wide variety of federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations
relating to environmental matters (the "Regulations"). By reason of the nature
of the operations of the Company and its predecessor and certain of the
substances that are, or have been used, produced or discharged at their plants
or at other locations, the Regulations affect us. We have made capital
expenditures averaging approximately $400,000 during each of the last three
years in order to comply with the Regulations (which expenditures are included
in additions to property, plant and equipment) and anticipates that aggregate
capital expenditures relating to environmental compliance in each of 1998 and
1999 will be approximately $600,000.
 
     The Regulations deal with air and water emissions or discharges into the
environment, as well as the generation, storage, treatment, transportation and
disposal of solid and hazardous waste, and the remediation of any releases of
hazardous substances and materials to the environment. We believe that our
manufacturing facilities comply in all material respects with applicable
Regulations. Although we cannot predict whether more burdensome requirements
will be adopted in the future, we believe that any potential liability for
compliance with the Regulations will not materially affect our business,
liquidity or financial position.
 
     See "--Environmental Litigation."
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     Bodily Injury Claims.  In connection with its formation, BMCA contractually
assumed and agreed to pay the first $204.4 million of liabilities for
asbestos-related bodily injury claims relating to the inhalation of asbestos
fiber ("Asbestos Claims") of its parent, GAFBMC. As of March 30, 1997, BMCA had
paid all of its assumed asbestos-related liabilities. G-I Holdings and GAFBMC
have jointly and severally agreed to indemnify BMCA against any claims related
to asbestos-related liabilities, other than those contractually assumed by BMCA,
in the event that claims in connection with liabilities not assumed by BMCA are
asserted against it.
 
     GAF has advised us that, as of September 27, 1998, it is defending
approximately 105,000 pending alleged Asbestos Claims (having received notice of
approximately 74,400 new Asbestos Claims during the first nine months of 1998)
and has resolved approximately 283,200 Asbestos Claims (including approximately
48,700 in the first nine months of 1998). GAF has advised us that it believes
that a significant portion of the claims filed in the first nine months of 1998
were already pending against other defendants for some period of time, with GAF
being added as a defendant upon the lifting in 1997 of the injunction relating
to the Georgine class action settlement. During 1997, GAF resolved approximately
11,000 Asbestos Claims, of which approximately 9,900 were resolved (including
Asbestos Claims disposed of at no cost to GAF) for an average cost of $4,070 per
claim. GAF's share of the costs with respect to approximately 1,100 Asbestos
Claims resolved during 1997 has not yet been determined. There can be no
assurance that the actual costs of resolving pending and future Asbestos Claims
will approximate GAF's historic average costs.
 
     GAF has stated that it is committed to effecting a comprehensive resolution
of Asbestos Claims. It also has stated that it is exploring a number of options,
both judicial and legislative, to accomplish such resolution, but there can be
no assurance that this effort will be successful.
 
     We believe that we will not sustain any additional liability in connection
with asbestos-related claims. While we cannot predict whether any
asbestos-related claims will be asserted against us or our assets, or the
outcome of any litigation relating to such claims, we believe that we have
meritorious defenses to such claims. In addition, G-I Holdings and GAFBMC have
jointly and severally indemnified us with respect to such claims. Should GAF
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
or GAFBMC be unable to satisfy judgments against it in asbestos-related
lawsuits, its judgment creditors might seek to enforce their judgments against
the assets of GAF or GAFBMC, including its holdings of common stock of the
Company. This enforcement could result in a change of control with respect to
the Company.
 
     Asbestos-in-Building Claims.  GAF has also been named as a co-defendant in
asbestos-in-buildings cases for economic and property damage or other injuries
based upon an alleged present or future need to remove asbestos containing
materials from public and private buildings ("Building Claims"). Since these
actions were first initiated approximately 16 years ago, GAF has not only
successfully disposed of approximately 145 such cases at an average disposition
cost (including cases disposed of at no cost to GAF) of approximately $18,000
per case (all of which have been paid by insurance under reservation of rights),
but is a co-defendant in only three remaining lawsuits. See "--Insurance
Matters." BMCA has not assumed any liabilities with respect to Building Claims,
and G-I Holdings and GAFBMC have jointly and severally agreed to indemnify BMCA
against any such liabilities in the event any such claims are asserted against
it.
 
     Insurance Matters.  GAF and G-I Holdings had available, as of
September 27, 1998, to pay asbestos-related bodily injury claims aggregate
insurance coverage of $166.5 million before discounting certain coverage (which
amount is reduced as asbestos-related liabilities are satisfied), $13.2 million
of which is the subject of negotiations with various insurers and/or the
Coverage Action described below, and which $13.2 million of coverage GAF
believes will be available to it either by agreement with its insurance carriers
or, if necessary, by legal action.
 
     In January 1993, the members of the Center for Claims Resolution (the
"CCR"), a non-profit organization of asbestos defendant companies, including
GAF, filed an action with the United States District Court in Philadelphia
against certain product liability insurers whose policies will or may be called
upon to respond to asbestos-related bodily injury claims (the "Coverage
Action"). The Coverage Action sought a declaratory judgment on behalf of certain
CCR members, including GAF, against various third-party defendant product
liability insurers to the effect that those insurers are obligated to provide
coverage for Asbestos Claims. The insurers who are defendants in GAF's amended
complaint are Atlanta International, Employers Mutual and Northbrook. The
insurance carrier defendants have raised various defenses to the Coverage
Action.
 
     In October 1983, GAF filed a lawsuit in Los Angeles, California Superior
Court against its past insurance carriers to obtain a judicial determination
that such carriers were obligated to defend and indemnify it for Building
Claims. GAF is seeking declaratory relief as well as compensatory damages. This
action is presently in the pre-trial pleading stage. The parties have agreed to
hold this action in abeyance until such time as they are better able to evaluate
developments as they may occur in the Building Claims. Because such litigation
is in early stages and evidence and interpretations of important legal questions
are presently unavailable, it is not possible to predict the future of such
litigation.
 
     In all the Building Claims, GAF's defense costs have been paid by one of
its primary carriers. While GAF expects that such primary carrier will continue
to defend and indemnify GAF, such primary carrier has reserved its rights to
later refuse to defend and indemnify GAF and to seek reimbursement for some or
all of the fees paid to defend and resolve the Building Claims. GAF believes
that it will be able to resolve such cases for amounts within the total
indemnity obligations available from such primary carrier.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL LITIGATION
 
     The Company, together with other companies, is a party to a variety of
proceedings and lawsuits involving environmental matters ("Environmental
Claims") under the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and
Liability Act ("CERCLA") and similar state laws, in which recovery is sought for
the cost of cleanup of contaminated sites, a number of which are in the early
stages or have been dormant for protracted periods.
 
     In connection with its formation, BMCA contractually assumed all
environmental liabilities of GAFBMC relating to existing plant sites and the
business of BMCA as then conducted. The estimates referred to below reflect
those environmental liabilities assumed by BMCA and other environmental
liabilities of the Company. The environmental liabilities of GAFBMC which were
not assumed by BMCA, for which G-I Holdings and GAFBMC have agreed to indemnify
the Company, relate primarily to closed manufacturing facilities. G-I Holdings
estimates that, as of December 31, 1997, its liability in respect of the
environmental liabilities of GAFBMC not assumed by BMCA was approximately
$14.0 million, before insurance recoveries reflected on its
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
balance sheet of $7.7 million, as compared to BMCA's estimate of its liability
as of December 31, 1997 in respect of assumed and other environmental
liabilities of $1.1 million, before insurance recoveries reflected on its
balance sheet (discussed below) of $0.8 million. Insurance recoveries reflected
on such balance sheets relate to both past expenses and estimated future
liabilities ("estimated recoveries").
 
     At most sites, BMCA anticipates that liability will be apportioned among
the companies found to be responsible for the presence of hazardous substances
at the site. Although it is difficult to predict the ultimate resolution of
these claims, based on BMCA's evaluation of the financial responsibility of the
parties involved and their insurers, relevant legal issues and cost sharing
arrangements now in place, BMCA estimates that its liability in respect of all
Environmental Claims, including certain environmental compliance expenses, will
be as discussed above.
 
     After considering the relevant legal issues and other pertinent factors,
BMCA believes that it will receive the estimated recoveries and that recoveries
could be well in excess of the estimated recoveries for all Environmental
Claims, although there can be no assurances in this regard. BMCA believes it is
entitled to substantially full defense and indemnity under its insurance
policies for most Environmental Claims, although BMCA's insurers have not
affirmed a legal obligation under the policies to provide indemnity for such
claims.
 
     On March 8, 1995, GAF commenced litigation on behalf of itself and its
predecessors, successors, subsidiaries and related corporate entities in the
United States District Court for the District of New Jersey seeking amounts
substantially in excess of the estimated recoveries. The court dismissed this
action in December 1997 for lack of federal jurisdiction. Two defendant insurers
have filed briefs appealing the dismissal. On June 16, 1997, GAF filed a similar
action against the insurers in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Somerset
County, which action is pending. While BMCA believes that its claims are
meritorious, there can be no assurance that BMCA will prevail in its efforts to
obtain amounts equal to, or in excess of, the estimated recoveries.
 
     The Company believes that it will not sustain any liability for
environmental liabilities of GAFBMC other than those that it has contractually
assumed or that relate to the operations of its business. While the Company
cannot predict whether any claims for non-assumed environmental liabilities will
be asserted against it or its assets, or the outcome of any litigation relative
to such claims, it believes that it has meritorious defenses to such claims. In
addition, G-I Holdings and GAFBMC have jointly and severally indemnified the
Company with respect to such claims, and G-I Holdings has advised BMCA that it
believes it has and will have sufficient resources to enable it to satisfy its
environmental liabilities. The possible consequences to the Company of the
failure of G-I Holdings and GAFBMC to satisfy judgments against them in
environmental-related lawsuits are described in the last paragraph of "Bodily
Injury Claims."
 
OTHER LITIGATION
 
     Litigation is pending between the Company and Elk Corporation of Dallas
("Elk") in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas
relating to certain aspects of the Company's laminated shingles, which Elk
claims infringe design and utility patents issued to it. Elk also asserts that
the Company has appropriated the trade dress of Elk's product. Elk seeks
injunctive relief, damages and attorneys' fees. The Company has sued for a
declaration that Elk's patents are invalid and unenforceable and that the
Company's shingles do not infringe any of Elk's rights, and has sought money
damages for Elk's unfair competition. On October 10, 1997, the court issued an
opinion holding that Elk's design patent is unenforceable because it was
obtained through inequitable conduct. On May 14, 1998, Elk filed a notice of
appeal of the court's ruling to the United States Court of Appeals for the
Federal Circuit. The Company believes that it will prevail on the appeal and on
Elk's remaining claims in the United States District Court.
 
     On or about April 29, 1996, an action was commenced in the Circuit Court of
Mobile County, Alabama against GAFBMC on behalf of a purported nationwide class
of purchasers of, or current owners of, buildings with certain asphalt shingles
manufactured by GAFBMC. The action alleges, among other things, that such
shingles were defective and seeks unspecified damages on behalf of the purported
class. On September 25, 1998, the Company agreed to settle this litigation on a
national, class-wide basis for asphalt shingles manufactured between January 1,
1973 and December 31, 1997. The court has granted preliminary approval of the
class-wide settlement pending a fairness hearing. Under the terms of the
settlement, the Company will provide property owners whose shingles were
manufactured during this period and which suffer certain damages during the term
of their original warranty period, and who file a qualifying claim, with an
opportunity to receive certain limited
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
benefits beyond those already provided in their existing warranty. In October
and December 1998, the separate actions commenced in 1997 in the Superior Court
of New Jersey, Middlesex County, the Superior Court of New Jersey, Passaic
County and the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of Nassau, and in
1996 in Pointe Coupee Parish, Louisiana, on behalf of purported classes alleging
that the Company's shingles were defective and seeking unspecified damages, were
stayed pending the outcome of the fairness hearing on the settlement agreement
in the Mobile County, Alabama action.
 
                                     * * *
 
     We believe that the ultimate disposition of the cases described above under
"Environmental Litigation," "Asbestos-in-Building Claims" and "Other Litigation"
will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on
our liquidity, financial position or results of operations.
 
TAX CLAIM AGAINST GAF
 
     On September 15, 1997, GAF received a notice from the Internal Revenue
Service (the "Service") of a deficiency in the amount of $84.4 million (after
taking into account the use of net operating losses and foreign tax credits
otherwise available for use in later years) in connection with the formation in
1990 of Rhone-Poulenc Surfactants and Specialties, L.P. (the "surfactants
partnership"), a partnership in which a subsidiary of GAF, GFC, holds an
interest. The claim of the Service for interest and penalties, after taking into
account the effect on the use of net operating losses and foreign tax credits,
could result in GFC incurring liabilities significantly in excess of the
deferred tax liability of $131.4 million that GAF recorded in 1990 in connection
with this matter. GAF has advised us that it believes that GFC will prevail in
this matter, although there can be no assurance in this regard. We believe that
the ultimate disposition of this matter will not have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial position or results of operations. GAF, G-I Holdings
and certain subsidiaries of GAF have agreed to jointly and severally indemnify
the Company against any tax liability associated with the surfactants
partnership, which the Company would be severally liable for, together with GAF
and several current and former subsidiaries of GAF, should GFC be unable to
satisfy such liability.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     At September 27, 1998, we employed approximately 3,500 people worldwide,
approximately 1,200 of which were subject to 16 union contracts. The contracts
are effective for three- to four-year periods. During 1997, five labor contracts
expired and were renegotiated. We believe that our relations with our employees
and their unions are satisfactory.
 
     We have in effect various benefit plans. These plans include a
non-qualified retirement plan for a group of executives, a capital accumulation
plan for our salaried and certain hourly employees, a flexible benefit plan for
our salaried employees, a retirement plan for certain of our hourly employees,
and group insurance agreements providing life, accidental death, disability,
hospital, surgical, medical and dental coverage. In addition, we have contracted
with various health maintenance organizations to provide medical benefits. The
Company and, in many cases, our employees contribute to the cost of these plans.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
     The following table sets forth the name, age, position and other
information with respect to the directors and executive officers of BMCA.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               PRESENT PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION
NAME AND POSITION HELD(1)(2)       AGE                       AND FIVE-YEAR EMPLOYMENT HISTORY
- --------------------------------   ---   ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>   <C>
Samuel J. Heyman ...............   59    Mr. Heyman has been a director and Chairman of BMCA since its formation
  Director, Chairman and Chief             and Chief Executive Officer of BMCA since June 1996. He has served as
  Executive Officer                        a director and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of ISP since its
                                           formation and Chief Executive Officer of GAFBMC since May 1994.
                                           Mr. Heyman has held the same offices with GAF, G-I Holdings and
                                           certain of its subsidiaries since April 1989, prior to which he held
                                           the same position with GAF's predecessor from December 1983 to April
                                           1989. Mr. Heyman has been a director of USI since October 1995. He is
                                           also the Chief Executive Officer, Manager and General Partner of a
                                           number of closely held real estate development companies and
                                           partnerships whose investments include commercial real estate and a
                                           portfolio of publicly traded securities.
 
Sunil Kumar ....................   49    Mr. Kumar has been the President, Chief Operating Officer and a director
  Director, President and Chief            of BMCA since July 1996, March 1996 and May 1995, respectively. He was
  Operating Officer                        President, Commercial Roofing Products Division, and Vice President of
                                           BMCA from February 1995 to March 1996. He has been a director of USI
                                           since October 1995 and Chief Executive Officer of USI since October
                                           1998. He was Chairman of USI from March 1996 to October 1998 and Vice
                                           Chairman of USI from October 1995 to March 1996. From 1992 to February
                                           1995, he was Executive Vice President of Bridgestone/Firestone Inc., a
                                           retail distributor and manufacturer of tires and provider of
                                           automobile services. From 1982 to 1990, Mr. Kumar was President of
                                           Firestone Building Products Company, and from 1990 to 1992, he was
                                           Vice President of Bridgestone/Firestone.
 
James P. Rogers ................   47    Mr. Rogers has been a director of BMCA since its formation and Executive
  Director and Executive                   Vice President of BMCA and USI since December 1996. Mr. Rogers has
  Vice President                           been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of GAF, G-I
                                           Holdings and certain of its subsidiaries and Executive Vice
                                           President--Finance of ISP since December 1996. He was Senior Vice
                                           President of BMCA from its formation to December 1996 and of ISP from
                                           November 1993 to December 1996. Mr. Rogers held the same position in
                                           USI from October 1995 to December 1996. Mr. Rogers has been a director
                                           of USI since October 1995. Mr. Rogers was Treasurer of BMCA from its
                                           formation until December 1994. Mr. Rogers has served as Treasurer of
                                           G-I Holdings, GAF and certain of its subsidiaries since March 1992 and
                                           was Vice President--Finance of such corporations from March 1992 to
                                           October 1993. From August 1987 to March 1992, Mr. Rogers was Treasurer
                                           of Amphenol Corporation, a manufacturer of electronic connectors.
</TABLE>
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>   <C>
Richard A. Weinberg ............   39    Mr. Weinberg has been Executive Vice President and General Counsel of
  Executive Vice President,                BMCA since May 1998 and was Senior Vice President and General Counsel
  Secretary and General                    from May 1996 to May 1998. He was Senior Vice President and General
  Counsel                                  Counsel of GAF, G-I Holdings, ISP and certain of their subsidiaries
                                           from May 1996 to May 1998. He has served as Executive Vice President
                                           and General Counsel of these companies since May 1998. He was Vice
                                           President and General Counsel of BMCA from September 1994 to May 1996,
                                           Vice President--Law of BMCA from May 1994 to September 1994 and Vice
                                           President--Law of GAFBMC from April 1993 to May 1994. Mr. Weinberg was
                                           employed by Reliance Group Holdings Inc., a diversified insurance
                                           holding company, as Staff Counsel from October 1987 to January 1990
                                           and as Assistant Vice President and Corporate Counsel from January
                                           1990 to April 1993.

Donald W. LaPalme ..............   61    Dr. LaPalme has been Senior Vice President--Operations of BMCA and
  Senior Vice President--                  certain of its subsidiaries since April 1996. He was Vice
  Operations                               President--Operations of BMCA and certain of its subsidiaries from
                                           January 1994 to April 1996 and held the same position with GAFBMC from
                                           1987 to May 1994. From 1985 to 1987 he was plant manager and Director
                                           of Manufacturing Polymers of GAF Chemicals Corporation's Calvert City,
                                           Kentucky manufacturing facility. From 1981 to 1984 he was Vice
                                           President of Manufacturing of GAF's Building Materials Division.

William C. Lang ................   54    Mr. Lang has been Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
  Senior Vice President and                BMCA since April 1997. He was Senior Vice President and Chief
  Chief Financial Officer                  Financial Officer of Duane Reade, a regional drug store chain, from
                                           1993 to 1996. From 1990 to 1992, Mr. Lang was President and Chief
                                           Financial Officer of Furr's, Inc., a large supermarket chain.

Kem Scott ......................   50    Mr. Scott has been President and Chief Operating Officer of USI and
  Senior Vice President and                Senior Vice President and General Manager, Commercial Roofing Products
  General Manager, Commercial              of BMCA since October 1998. From 1973 to October 1998, Mr. Scott held
  Roofing Products, BMCA,                  various executive positions with the Carlisle group of companies, a
  President and Chief Operating            manufacturer of elastomeric roofing systems, including President,
  Officer, USI                             Carlisle Syntec Systems and most recently from July 1997 to October
                                           1998, President of Carlisle Europe.

William W. Collins .............   48    Mr. Collins has been Senior Vice President--Marketing and Sales,
  Senior Vice President--                  Residential Roofing Products of BMCA since November 1997. He was Vice
  Marketing and Sales,                     President--Marketing and Sales, Commercial Roofing Products of BMCA
  Residential Roofing                      from March 1996 to November 1997, Vice President-- Sales, Commercial
  Products                                 of BMCA from December 1995 to March 1996, Director of Insulation,
                                           Accessories and Cobra(Registered) Products of BMCA from February 1995
                                           to December 1995 and Director of Special Projects of BMCA from July
                                           1992 to February 1995. From February 1991 to July 1992, he was Vice
                                           President--Sales & Marketing of Berger Building Products,
                                           Incorporated.

Robert Tafaro ..................   48    Mr. Tafaro has been Vice President--Marketing and Sales, Commercial
  Vice President--Marketing                Roofing Products of BMCA since November 1997. He was Vice
  and Sales, Commercial                    President--Residential Marketing of BMCA from May 1997 to November
  Roofing Products                         1997, Director of Residential Marketing of BMCA from February 1997 to
                                           May 1997, Eastern Regional Sales Manager of BMCA from July 1993 to
                                           February 1997 and Field Sales Manager of BMCA from August 1989 to July
                                           1993.
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------
(1) Under BMCA's By-laws, each director and executive officer continues in
    office until BMCA's next annual meeting of stockholders and until his
    successor is elected and qualified.
 
(2) On July 15, 1998, International Specialty Products Inc. merged with and into
    its parent ISP Holdings Inc. ("ISP Holdings") and ISP Holdings changed its
    name to International Specialty Products Inc. As used in this section, "ISP"
    refers to both companies.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
     The following table sets forth the cash and non-cash compensation for each
of the last three fiscal years awarded to or earned by the Chief Executive
Officer and the four other most highly compensated executive officers of BMCA as
of December 31, 1997.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       LONG TERM
                                                                                      COMPENSATION
                                                 ANNUAL COMPENSATION                  ------------
                                    ----------------------------------------------    SECURITIES
                                                                        OTHER         UNDERLYING
                                                                        ANNUAL        SARS (S)/          ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION(6)      YEAR     SALARY       BONUS(1)    COMPENSATION    OPTIONS(O)(1)     COMPENSATION
- ---------------------------------   ----    --------      --------    ------------    ------------      ------------
<S>                                 <C>     <C>           <C>         <C>             <C>               <C>
Samuel J. Heyman ................   1997            (6)           (6)           (6)            (6)               (6)
  Chairman and Chief                1996            (6)           (6)           (6)            (6)               (6)
  Executive Officer                 1995            (6)           (6)           (6)            (6)               (6)

Sunil Kumar .....................   1997    $293,550      $256,238      $      0          7,609(O)       $ 16,737(2)
  President and Chief               1996     274,500       165,000             0          2,190(O)/        13,561(2)
  Operating Officer                                                                       8,609(S)(7)
                                    1995     208,336(2)     60,000(2)     28,608(2)       9,201(S)          8,475(2)

Danny J. Adair ..................   1997    $216,686      $ 35,815      $      0          2,637(O)       $ 12,772(3)
  President and Chief Executive     1996     216,686        53,093             0          1,550(O)          3,972(3)
  Officer, U.S. Intec, Inc.         1995     216,686(3)     25,000             0              0             3,953(3)

Donald W. LaPalme ...............   1997    $162,481      $ 55,601      $      0          3,076(O)       $ 17,756(4)
  Senior Vice President--           1996     154,750        59,774             0          1,200(O)         14,519(4)
  Operations                        1995     148,500        34,000             0              0            14,381(4)

William W. Collins ..............   1997    $148,242      $ 57,497      $      0          8,218(O)       $ 14,509(5)
  Senior Vice President--           1996     128,333        42,588             0            900(O)         12,092(5)
  Marketing &                       1995     110,071        20,000             0              0             9,859(5)
  Sales, Residential Roofing
  Products
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------
(1) Bonus amounts are payable pursuant to BMCA's Executive Incentive
    Compensation Program. The stock appreciation rights (S) relate to shares of
    GAF common stock. The options (O) relate to shares of redeemable convertible
    preferred stock of BMCA. See "--Options/SARs".

(2) Included in "Other Annual Compensation" for Mr. Kumar are $19,897 in payment
    of moving related expenses and a "tax gross-up" of $8,711 in 1995. Included
    in "All Other Compensation" for Mr. Kumar are $11,450, $10,750 and $5,664,
    representing BMCA's contribution to the GAF Capital Accumulation Plan in
    1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively; $3,324, $1,636 and $1,636 for the
    premiums paid by BMCA in each of 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively, for a
    life insurance policy; and $1,963, $1,175 and $1,175 for the premiums paid
    by BMCA for a long-term disability policy in 1997, 1996 and 1995,
    respectively. Mr. Kumar commenced employment with the Company in February
    1995.

(3) Included in "All Other Compensation" for Mr. Adair are $4,730, $1,260 and
    $1,260 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively, for the premiums paid by BMCA
    for a life insurance policy; $1,701, $2,212 and $2,193 for the premiums paid
    on a long-term disability policy in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively, and
    $6,341, $500 and $500 in each of 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively,
    representing the Company's contribution under the GAF Capital Accumulation
    Plan. USI became a subsidiary of the Company in 1995. In October 1998
    Mr. Adair stepped down as President and Chief Executive Officer of USI and
    became Chairman of such company.

(4) Included in these amounts for Dr. LaPalme are: $11,700, $11,000 and $11,000,
    representing BMCA's contribution under the GAF Capital Accumulation Plan in
    1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively; $4,781, $2,754 and $2,646 for the
    premiums paid by BMCA for a life insurance policy in 1997, 1996 and 1995,
    respectively; and $1,275, $765 and $735 for the premiums paid by BMCA for a
    long-term disability policy in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
                                              (Footnotes continued on next page)
 
                                       37
<PAGE>

(Footnotes continued from previous page)

(5) Included in these amounts for Mr. Collins are: $11,513, $10,633 and $9,859,
    representing BMCA's contribution under the GAF Capital Accumulation Plan in
    1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively; $1,884 and $849 for the premiums paid by
    BMCA for a life insurance policy in 1997 and 1996, respectively; and $1,112
    and $610 for the premiums paid by BMCA for a long-term disability policy in
    1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
(6) The salaries and other compensation of Messrs. Heyman, Weinberg and Rogers
    are paid by ISP, an affiliate of BMCA. Messrs. Heyman, Rogers and Weinberg
    render services to BMCA pursuant to a management agreement. No allocation of
    compensation for services to BMCA is made pursuant to such management
    agreement, except that BMCA reimbursed ISP $115,351 and $133,989 under the
    management agreement in respect of bonus amounts earned by Messrs. Rogers
    and Weinberg, respectively, for 1997 in connection with services performed
    by them for BMCA during such year and that BMCA reimburses ISP, by virtue of
    the management fees payable under the management agreement, for the
    estimated costs ISP incurs for providing such services. See "Certain
    Relationships--Management."
 
(7) Excluded are options to purchase redeemable preferred stock of ISP Holdings.
    See Note (2) to the second table under "--Options/SARs" below.
 
OPTIONS/SARS
 
     The following table summarizes options ("BMCA Preferred Options") to
acquire BMCA's redeemable convertible preferred stock granted during 1997 to the
executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table above and the
potential realizable value of BMCA Preferred Options held by such persons. No
BMCA Preferred Options were exercised by such persons in 1997.
 
                 BMCA PREFERRED STOCK OPTION GRANTS IN 1997(1)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       POTENTIAL
                                                                                                      REALIZABLE
                                                                                                       VALUE AT
                                                                                                    ASSUMED ANNUAL
                                                                                                         RATES
                                                                                                          OF
                                                                                                      BOOK VALUE
                                                  NUMBER OF SECURITIES    % OF TOTAL OPTIONS         APPRECIATION
                                                  UNDERLYING OPTIONS      GRANTED TO EMPLOYEES    -------------------
                                                     GRANTED              IN FISCAL 1997            5%         10%
                                                  --------------------    --------------------    -------    --------
<S>                                               <C>                     <C>                     <C>        <C>
Sunil Kumar....................................           7,609                   10.9%           $90,084    $328,506
Danny J. Adair.................................           2,637                    3.8             31,220     113,850
Donald W. LaPalme..............................           3,076                    4.4             36,405     132,756
William W. Collins.............................           2,033                    2.9             24,066      87,761
                                                          6,185                    8.8             67,920     247,680
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------
 
(1) The BMCA Preferred Options represent options to purchase shares of
    redeemable convertible preferred stock of BMCA (the "Preferred Stock"). Each
    share of Preferred Stock is convertible, at the holder's option, into shares
    of Class A common stock of BMCA at a formula price based on Book Value (as
    defined in the option agreement) as of the date of grant. The BMCA Preferred
    Options vest over five years from the date of grant. Dividends will accrue
    on the Preferred Stock from the date of issuance at the rate of 8% per
    annum. The Preferred Stock is redeemable, at the Company's option, for a
    redemption price equal to the exercise price per share plus accrued and
    unpaid dividends. The Class A common stock of BMCA issuable upon conversion
    of the Preferred Stock is subject to repurchase by the Company under certain
    circumstances at a price equal to current Book Value. The exercise price of
    the options is equal to the fair value per share of the Preferred Stock at
    the date of grant. The BMCA Preferred Options have no expiration date. The
    potential realizable values are calculated on the basis of a five-year
    period from the date of grant.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
   BMCA PREFERRED STOCK OPTIONS/GAF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS AND OPTIONS/SAR
                                     VALUES
                              AT DECEMBER 31, 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                             UNDERLYING                 VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                         UNEXERCISED BMCA PREFERRED    IN-THE-MONEY BMCA PREFERRED
                                                         OPTIONS(O)/GAF SARS(S)(1)     OPTIONS (O)/GAF SARS(S)
                                                             AT 12/31/97                    AT 12/31/97
NAME                                                     EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE     EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE
- ------------------------------------------------------   --------------------------    ---------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>                           <C>
Sunil Kumar(2)........................................          3,680/14,130(S)             $ 42,669/$233,282(S)
                                                                   876/8,923(O)                 12,342/18,523(O)(3)
Danny J. Adair........................................             620/3,567(O)                  8,740/13,110(O)(3)
Donald W. LaPalme.....................................             480/3,796(O)                  6,767/10,150(O)(3)
William W. Collins....................................             360/8,758(O)                   5,075/7,613(O)(3)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------
(1) The stock appreciation rights relating to GAF common stock ("GAF SARs")
    represent the right to receive a cash payment based upon the appreciation in
    value of the specified number of shares of common stock of GAF over the
    determined initial book value per share of common stock of GAF (adjusted for
    the Separation Transactions) and interest on such book value at a specified
    rate. The GAF SARs vest over a five-year period, subject to earlier vesting
    under certain circumstances, including in connection with a change of
    control, and have no expiration date.

(2) In connection with the merger of ISP Holdings and ISP which was consummated
    on July 15, 1998, among other things, all options to purchase shares of
    redeemable convertible preferred stock of ISP Holdings and stock
    appreciation rights relating to ISP Holdings common stock, including options
    and stock appreciation rights held by Mr. Kumar, were cancelled. See
    "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
    Operations."

(3) Options for 2,190, 1,550, 1,200 and 900 shares of Preferred Stock were
    in-the-money for Messrs. Kumar, Adair, LaPalme and Collins, respectively, at
    December 31, 1997.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
     The directors of BMCA do not receive any compensation for their services as
such.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
         SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
     Approximately 98.5% of the outstanding Class A common stock of BMCA (the
"Class A Common Stock") is owned of record by GAFBMC. All of the outstanding
common stock of GAFBMC is owned of record by G Industries which is 100% owned by
G-I Holdings, which in turn is 100% owned by GAF. All of the outstanding
Class B common stock of BMCA (the "Class B Common Stock," and together with the
Class A Common Stock, the "Common Stock") is owned of record by trusts for the
benefit of the children of Mr. Kumar.
 
     The following table sets forth information with respect to the ownership of
Common Stock, as of November 1, 1998, by each other person known to BMCA to own
beneficially more than 5% of either class of the Common Stock outstanding on
that date, by each director of BMCA and by all executive officers and directors
of BMCA as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         AMOUNT AND
                                                                         NATURE OF
                                              NAME AND ADDRESS OF        BENEFICIAL      PERCENT OF    TOTAL VOTING
TITLE OF CLASS                                BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)        OWNERSHIP         CLASS          POWER
- ---------------------------------------   ----------------------------   ----------      ----------    ------------
<S>                                       <C>                            <C>             <C>           <C>
Class A Common Stock...................   Samuel J. Heyman               1,000,010          98.5%(2)       97.0%(2)
                                          Sunil Kumar                       15,000             1.5%           1.5%
                                          All directors and executive
                                          officers of BMCA as a
                                          group (9 persons)              1,015,010         100.0%(2)       98.5%(2)

Class B Common Stock...................   Sunil Kumar                       15,000(3)        100.0%           1.5%
                                          All directors and executive
                                          officers of BMCA as a
                                          group (9 persons)                 15,000(3)        100.0%           1.5%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------
(1) The business address for each of Messrs. Heyman and Kumar is 1361 Alps Road,
    Wayne, New Jersey 07470.
 
(2) The number of shares shown as being beneficially owned (as defined in
    Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) by Mr. Heyman and by all directors and
    executive officers of the Company as a group attributes ownership of
    GAFBMC's shares to Mr. Heyman. As of November 1, 1998, Mr. Heyman
    beneficially owned (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act)
    approximately 97% of the capital stock of GAF.
 
(3) Such shares of Class B Common Stock are owned of record by trusts for the
    benefit of Mr. Kumar's children. Mr. Kumar disclaims beneficial ownership of
    all of these shares.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
                             CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS
 
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS
 
     Pursuant to a management agreement (the "Management Agreement") which
expires December 31, 1998, ISP (which is controlled by BMCA's Chief Executive
Officer, Samuel J. Heyman) provides certain general management, administrative,
legal, telecommunications, information and facilities services to BMCA
(including the use of BMCA's headquarters in Wayne, New Jersey). Charges to BMCA
by ISP for providing such services aggregated $4.8 million in 1997. Such charges
consist of management fees and other reimbursable expenses attributable to, or
incurred by ISP for the benefit of, the Company, which are based on an estimate
of the costs ISP incurs to provide such services. Effective January 1, 1998, the
term of the Management Agreement was extended through the end of 1998, and the
management fees payable thereunder were adjusted, including an adjustment to
reflect the direct payment by BMCA of the costs for certain services rendered by
third parties that were previously included in the management fees payable to
ISP. The Company and ISP further modified the agreement to allocate a portion of
the management fees payable by BMCA under the Management Agreement to separate
lease payments for the use of BMCA's headquarters. Based on the services
provided by ISP in 1997 under the Management Agreement, after taking into
account the modifications to the agreement described above, the aggregate amount
payable by the Company to ISP under the Management Agreement for 1998 is
expected to be approximately $4.7 million. BMCA also expects to pay directly
certain third party costs, which aggregated approximately $0.4 million in 1997,
that were previously included in the management fees. In addition, during 1998
BMCA required additional space for its headquarters and paid additional rent
based on the square footage occupied. Certain of BMCA's executive officers
receive their compensation from ISP, with ISP being indirectly reimbursed
therefor by virtue of the management fee and other reimbursable expenses payable
under the Management Agreement.
 
     As of January 1, 1997, BMCA and GFC entered into a management agreement
under which BMCA provides certain general management, administrative and
financial services to GFC. Under the management agreement which was renewed for
1998 and expires December 31, 1998, GFC is obligated to pay BMCA an annual
management fee of $1.0 million.
 
     Due to the unique nature of the services provided under the management
agreements, comparisons with third party arrangements are difficult. However,
BMCA believes that the terms of each of the management agreements taken as a
whole are no less favorable to BMCA than could be obtained from an unaffiliated
third party. We expect that the management agreements will be renewed upon terms
satisfactory to us.
 
CERTAIN PURCHASES
 
     BMCA purchases from ISP all of its requirements for colored roofing
granules (except for the requirements of its California roofing plant which are
supplied by a third party) under a requirements contract. USI purchases
substantially all of its requirements for colored roofing granules from ISP
(except for the requirements of its Stockton, California and Corvallis, Oregon
plants which are supplied by a third party) pursuant to a requirements contract.
Each such contract was renewed in 1998 and is subject to annual renewal unless
terminated by either party to such agreement. We presently have no intention to
terminate these contracts at the end of 1998. In 1997 and the first nine months
of 1998, BMCA and USI purchased in the aggregate approximately $51.1 million and
$47.9 million, respectively, of mineral products from ISP.
 
     As part of the Separation Transactions, we transferred to GFC our
Nashville, Tennessee facility. This facility manufactures a significant portion
of our glass fiber requirements. In addition, in connection with the Separation
Transations, we entered into a supply contract with GFC under which GFC produces
glass fiber for us on terms which we believe are at least as favorable to us as
could be obtained from an unaffiliated third party. In 1997 and the first nine
months of 1998, we purchased approximately $24.5 million and $19.3 million,
respectively, of glass fiber from GFC.
 
TAX SHARING AGREEMENT
 
     BMCA and its subsidiaries have entered into a tax sharing agreement dated
January 31, 1994 with GAF and G-I Holdings with respect to the payment of
federal income taxes and certain related matters (the "Tax Sharing Agreement").
During the term of the Tax Sharing Agreement, which shall be effective for the
period during
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
which BMCA or any of its domestic subsidiaries is included in a consolidated
federal income tax return filed by GAF, BMCA is obligated to pay G-I Holdings an
amount equal to those federal income taxes BMCA would have incurred if BMCA (on
behalf of itself and its domestic subsidiaries) filed its own federal income tax
return. Unused tax attributes will carry forward for use in reducing amounts
payable by BMCA to G-I Holdings in future years, but cannot be carried back.
Were BMCA to leave the GAF consolidated tax group (the "GAF Group"), it would be
required to pay to G-I Holdings the value of any tax attributes it would succeed
to under the consolidated return regulations to the extent such attributes
reduced the amounts otherwise payable by BMCA under the Tax Sharing Agreement.
Under certain circumstances, the provisions of the Tax Sharing Agreement could
result in BMCA having a greater liability thereunder than it would have had if
it (and its domestic subsidiaries) had filed its own separate federal income tax
return. Under the Tax Sharing Agreement, BMCA and each of its domestic
subsidiaries are responsible for any taxes that would be payable by reason of
any adjustment to the tax returns of GAF or its subsidiaries for years prior to
the adoption of the Tax Sharing Agreement that relate to the business or assets
of BMCA or any domestic subsidiary of BMCA. Although, as a member of the GAF
Group, BMCA is severally liable for all federal income tax liabilities of the
GAF Group, including tax liabilities not related to the business of BMCA, G-I
Holdings and GAF have agreed to indemnify BMCA and its subsidiaries for all tax
liabilities of the GAF Group other than tax liabilities (i) arising from the
operations of BMCA and its domestic subsidiaries and (ii) for tax years
pre-dating the Tax Sharing Agreement that relate to the business or assets of
BMCA and its domestic subsidiaries. The Tax Sharing Agreement provides for
analogous principles to be applied to any consolidated, combined or unitary
state or local income taxes. Under the Tax Sharing Agreement, GAF makes all
decisions with respect to all matters relating to taxes of the GAF Group. The
provisions of the Tax Sharing Agreement take into account both the federal
income taxes BMCA would have incurred if it filed its own separate federal
income tax return and the fact that BMCA is a member of the GAF Group for
federal income tax purposes.
 
INTERCOMPANY BORROWINGS
 
     BMCA makes loans to, and borrows from, G-I Holdings and its subsidiaries
from time to time at prevailing market rates (between 5.82% and 5.96% per annum
during 1997 and the first nine months of 1998). The highest amount of loans made
by BMCA to G-I Holdings during 1997 and the first nine months of 1998 was
$6.2 million and no loans were made to BMCA by G-I Holdings and its subsidiaries
during 1997 and the first nine months of 1998. As of September 27, 1998, no
loans were owed to BMCA by G-I Holdings, and no loans were owed by BMCA to
affiliates. In addition, BMCA makes non-interest bearing advances to affiliates,
of which $5.4 million were outstanding at September 27, 1998.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
PURPOSE AND EFFECT
 
     We issued the Old Notes on December 3, 1998. In connection with this
issuance, we entered into the Indenture and the Registration Agreement. These
agreements require that we file a registration statement under the Securities
Act with respect to the New Notes and, upon the effectiveness of the
registration statement, offer to the holders of the Old Notes the opportunity to
exchange their Old Notes for a like principal amount of New Notes. These New
Notes will be issued without a restrictive legend and, except as set forth
below, may be reoffered and resold by the holders without registration under the
Securities Act. After we complete the Exchange Offer, our obligations with
respect to the registration of the Old Notes and the New Notes will terminate,
except as provided in the last paragraph of this section entitled "Purpose and
Effect." A copy of the Indenture and the Registration Agreement have been filed
as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. As
a result of the filing and the effectiveness of the Registration Statement,
assuming we complete the Exchange Offer by June 1, 1999, certain prospective
increases in the interest rate on the Old Notes provided for in the Registration
Agreement will not occur.
 
     Based on an interpretation by the staff of the Commission set forth in
no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that New Notes issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise
transferred by a holder (other than any such holder that is our "affiliate"
within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with
registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided
that such holder represents to us that:
 
           (i) such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of business of
     such holder,
 
           (ii) such holder is not engaging in and does not intend to engage in
     a distribution of such New Notes and
 
          (iii) such holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person
     to participate in the distribution of such New Notes.
 
     Any holder who tenders in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of
participating in a distribution of the New Notes cannot rely on such
interpretation by the staff of the Commission and must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with a secondary resale transaction. Each broker-dealer that receives
New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes
were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus
meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of
such New Notes. See "Plan of Distribution."
 
     In the event that any holder of Old Notes would not receive freely
tradeable New Notes in the Exchange Offer or is not eligible to participate in
the Exchange Offer, such holder can elect, by so indicating on the Letter of
Transmittal and providing certain additional necessary information, to have such
holder's Old Notes registered in a "shelf" registration statement on an
appropriate form pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. In the event
that we are obligated to file a "shelf" registration statement, we will be
required to keep such "shelf" registration statement effective for a period of
two years or such shorter period that will terminate when all of the Old Notes
covered by such registration statement have been sold pursuant to such
registration statement. Other than as set forth in this paragraph, no holder
will have the right to require us to register such holder's Notes under the
Securities Act. See "--Procedures for Tendering."
 
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE
 
     After we complete the Exchange Offer, holders of Old Notes not tendered
will not have any further registration rights, except as set forth above, and
the Old Notes will continue to be subject to certain restrictions on transfer.
Therefore, the liquidity of the market for a holder's Old Notes could be
adversely affected upon completion of the Exchange Offer if such holder does not
participate in the Exchange Offer.
 
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus
and in the Letter of Transmittal, we will accept any and all Old Notes validly
tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date. We will issue $1,000 principal amount of New Notes in exchange
for each $1,000 principal
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
amount of outstanding Old Notes accepted in the Exchange Offer. Holders may
tender some or all of their Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. However,
Old Notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000 in principal
amount.
 
     The form and terms of the New Notes are substantially the same as the form
and terms of the Old Notes, except that the New Notes have been registered under
the Securities Act and hence will not bear legends restricting the transfer
thereof. The New Notes will be issued pursuant to, and entitled to the benefits
of, the Indenture. The Indenture also governs the Old Notes. The New Notes and
the Old Notes will be deemed one issue of notes under the Indenture.
 
     As of the date of this Prospectus, $155 million aggregate principal amount
of the Old Notes were outstanding. This Prospectus, together with the Letter of
Transmittal, is being sent to all registered holders and to others believed to
have beneficial interests in the Old Notes. Holders of Old Notes do not have any
appraisal or dissenters' rights in connection with the Exchange Offer under the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Indenture. We intend to
conduct the Exchange Offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations of the Commission
promulgated thereunder.
 
     We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes when, as, and
if we have given oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent. The
Exchange Agent will act as our agent for the tendering holders for the purpose
of receiving the New Notes from us. If we do not accept any tendered Old Notes
because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth
in this Prospectus or otherwise, we will return certificates for any such
unaccepted Old Notes without expense, to the tendering holder thereof as
promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date.
 
     Holders who tender Old Notes in the Exchange Offer will not be required to
pay brokerage commissions or fees or, except as set forth below under
"--Transfer Taxes," transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Old Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than
certain applicable taxes, in connection with the Exchange Offer. See "--Fees and
Expenses" below.
 
EXPIRATION DATE; AMENDMENTS
 
     The term "Expiration Date" shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
             , 1999, unless we determine, in our sole discretion, to extend the
Exchange Offer (in which case the term "Expiration Date" shall mean the later
date and time to which the Exchange Offer is extended). We do not intend to
extend the Exchange Offer, although we reserve the right to do so by giving oral
or written notice of such extension to the Exchange Agent and by giving each
registered holder notice by means of a press release or other public
announcement of any extension, in each case, prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City
time, on the next business day after the scheduled Expiration Date. We also
reserve the right, in our sole discretion, (i) to delay accepting any Old Notes
or, if any of the conditions set forth below under "--Conditions" shall not have
been satisfied or waived, to terminate the Exchange Offer or (ii) to amend the
terms of the Exchange Offer in any manner, by giving oral or written notice of
such delay or termination to the Exchange Agent, and by complying with
Rule 14e-l(d) promulgated under the Exchange Act to the extent such Rule
applies. We acknowledge and undertake to comply with the provisions of
Rule 14e-l(c) promulgated under the Exchange Act, which requires us to pay the
consideration offered, or return the Old Notes surrendered for exchange,
promptly after the termination or withdrawal of the Exchange Offer. Any such
extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable
by a notice to holders of Old Notes.
 
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING
 
     Only a registered holder of Old Notes may tender such Old Notes in the
Exchange Offer. To tender in the Exchange Offer, a registered holder (except
those holders delivering an Agent's Message) must complete, sign, and date the
Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, have the signatures thereon
guaranteed if required by the Letter of Transmittal, and mail or otherwise
deliver such Letter of Transmittal or such facsimile to the Exchange Agent prior
to the Expiration Date. In addition, either (i) certificates for such Old Notes
must be received by the Exchange Agent along with the Letter of Transmittal, or
(ii) a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a "Book-Entry
Confirmation") of such Old Notes, if such procedure is available, into the
Exchange Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company (the "Book-Entry
Transfer Facility") pursuant to
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
the procedure for book-entry transfer described below, must be received by the
Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date, or (iii) the registered holder must
comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below. To be tendered
effectively, the Letter of Transmittal (or an Agent's Message in lieu thereof)
and other required documents must be received by the Exchange Agent at the
address set forth below under "Exchange Agent" prior to the Expiration Date.
 
     The tender by a registered holder which is not withdrawn prior to the
Expiration Date will constitute an agreement between such holder and the Company
in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and
in the Letter of Transmittal.
 
     THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL
OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF
THE HOLDER. INSTEAD OF DELIVERY BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT HOLDERS USE AN
OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE
ALLOWED TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE. NO
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR OLD NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY. HOLDERS MAY
REQUEST THEIR RESPECTIVE BROKERS, DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS, TRUST COMPANIES, OR
NOMINEES TO EFFECT THE ABOVE TRANSACTIONS FOR SUCH HOLDERS.
 
     Any beneficial owner whose Old Notes are registered in the name of a
broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee and who wishes
to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct such
registered holder to tender on such beneficial owner's behalf. If such
beneficial owner wishes to tender on such owner's own behalf, such owner must,
prior to completing and executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering such
owner's Old Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of
the Old Notes in such beneficial owner's name or obtain a properly completed
bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may
take considerable time.
 
     Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be, must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as defined below)
unless (A) Old Notes tendered pursuant hereto are tendered (i) by a registered
holder who has not completed the box entitled "Special Registration
Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or
(ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution and (B) the box entitled
"Special Registration Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal has not been
completed. In the event that signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice
of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantee
must be by a financial institution (including most banks, savings and loan
associations and brokerage houses) that is a participant in the Securities
Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program
or the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (each an "Eligible Institution").
 
     If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
registered holder of any Old Notes listed therein, such Old Notes must be
endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power and signed by such
registered holder as such registered holder's name appears on such Old Notes.
 
     If the Letter of Transmittal or any Old Notes or bond powers are signed by
trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of
corporations, or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such
persons should so indicate when signing. Unless we waive the condition, in such
an instance you must submit with the Letter of Transmittal evidence satisfactory
to us of their authority to so act.
 
     We will determine, in our sole discretion, all questions as to the
validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance, and
withdrawal of tendered Old Notes. This determination will be final and binding.
We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all Old Notes not properly
tendered or any Old Notes our acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our
counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defects,
irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Old Notes. Our
interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the
instructions in the Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all
parties. Unless waived, defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of
Old Notes must be cured within such time as we shall determine. Although we
intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of
Old Notes, neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall
incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Old Notes
will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have
been cured or waived. Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not
properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been
cured or waived will be returned by the
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
Exchange Agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in the Letter
of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.
 
     In addition, we reserve the right in our sole discretion to purchase or
make offers for, or to offer New Notes for, any Old Notes that remain
outstanding subsequent to the Expiration Date or, as set forth below under "--
Conditions," to terminate the Exchange Offer and, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, purchase Old Notes in the open market, in privately negotiated
transactions or otherwise. The terms of any such purchases or offers could
differ from the terms of the Exchange Offer.
 
     By tendering, each holder will represent to us that, among other things,
(i) the New Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being acquired in
the ordinary course of business of such holder, (ii) the holder is not engaging
in and does not intend to engage in a distribution of such New Notes, (iii) the
holder does not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in the distribution of such New Notes and (iv) the holder is not an
"affiliate," as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company.
 
     In all cases, issuance of New Notes for Old Notes that are accepted for
exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely receipt
by the Exchange Agent of certificates for such Old Notes or a timely Book-Entry
Confirmation of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
Transmittal (or an Agent's Message in lieu thereof) and all other required
documents. If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for any reason set forth
in the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer or if Old Notes are submitted
for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, such
unaccepted or non-exchanged Old Notes (or Old Notes in substitution therefor)
will be returned without expense to the tendering holder thereof (or, in the
case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's
account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer
procedures described below, such non-exchanged Old Notes will be credited to
such tendering holder's account maintained with such Book-Entry Transfer
Facility) as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the
Exchange Offer.
 
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
 
     The Exchange Agent will make a request to establish an account with respect
to the Old Notes at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility for purposes of the
Exchange Offer within two business days after receipt of this Prospectus. Any
financial institution that is a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility's system may make book-entry delivery of Old Notes by causing the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility to transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange
Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility in accordance with such
Book-Entry Transfer Facility's procedures for transfer. However, although
delivery of Old Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility, the Letter of Transmittal or facsimile thereof,
with any required signature guarantees (unless an Agent's Message is transmitted
in lieu thereof) and any other required documents, must, in any case, be
transmitted to and received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth below
under "--Exchange Agent" on or prior to the Expiration Date or the guaranteed
delivery procedures described below must be complied with.
 
     The term "Agent's Message" means a message, transmitted by the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility and received by the Exchange Agent and forming a part of a
Book-Entry Confirmation, which states that the Book-Entry Transfer Facility has
received an express acknowledgement from a participant tendering Old Notes that
are the subject of such Book-Entry Confirmation that such participant has
received and agrees to be bound by the Letter of Transmittal and that we may
enforce such agreement against such participant.
 
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
 
     If a registered holder of the Old Notes desires to tender such Old Notes
and such Old Notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit such
holder's Old Notes or other required documents to reach the Exchange Agent
before the Expiration Date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be
completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected if
 
          (i) the tender is made through an Eligible Institution,
 
          (ii) on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration
     Date, the Exchange Agent receives from such Eligible Institution a properly
     completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
     thereof or an Agent's Message in lieu thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed
     Delivery, substantially in the form provided by us (by facsimile
     transmission (if available to such holder), mail or hand delivery). The
     Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must set forth the name and address of the
     holder of Old Notes and the amount of Old Notes tendered, state that the
     tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within three New York
     Stock Exchange ("NYSE") trading days after the date of execution of the
     Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates for all physically tendered
     Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as
     the case may be, together with the Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile
     thereof or an Agent's Message in lieu thereof) and any other documents
     required by the Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by the Eligible
     Institution with the Exchange Agent, and
 
          (iii) the certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes, in
     proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be,
     and all other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, are received
     by the Exchange Agent within three NYSE trading days after the date of
     execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
 
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS
 
     You may withdraw tenders of Old Notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New
York City time, on the Expiration Date.
 
     For a withdrawal of a tender of Old Notes to be effective, a written or
facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange
Agent at its address set forth below under "--Exchange Agent" prior to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Any such notice of
withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the person having deposited the Old
Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii) identify the Old Notes to be
withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers and principal amount of
such Old Notes), (iii) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the
original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Old Notes were
tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by
documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee register the transfer of
such Old Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender, and
(iv) specify the name in which any such Old Notes are to be registered, if
different from that of the Depositor. We will determine all questions as to the
validity, form, and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices and
our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any Old Notes so
withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for
purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Old Notes which have been tendered for
exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the
holder thereof without cost to such holder as soon as practicable after
withdrawal, rejection of tender, or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly
withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures
described under "--Procedures for Tendering" above at any time on or prior to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
 
CONDITIONS
 
     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Exchange Offer and subject to
our obligations pursuant to the Registration Agreement, we will not be required
to accept for exchange, or to issue New Notes in exchange for, any Old Notes and
may terminate or amend the Exchange Offer, if at any time before the acceptance
of such Old Notes for exchange any of the following events shall occur:
 
          A. any injunction, order or decree shall have been issued by any court
     or any governmental agency that would prohibit, prevent or otherwise
     materially impair our ability to proceed with the Exchange Offer; or
 
          B. the Exchange Offer shall violate any applicable law or any
     applicable interpretation of the staff of the Commission.
 
     These conditions are for our sole benefit and we may assert them regardless
of the circumstances giving rise to any such condition. We also may waive in
whole or in part at any time and from time to time any such condition in our
sole discretion. Our failure at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights
will not be deemed a waiver of any such right and such right shall be deemed an
ongoing right which may be asserted at any time and from time to time.
 
     In addition, we will not accept for exchange any Old Notes tendered, and no
New Notes will be issued in exchange for any such Old Notes, if at such time any
stop order shall be threatened by the Commission or be in
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
effect with respect to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a
part or the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of
1939, as amended.
 
     The Exchange Offer is not conditioned on any minimum principal amount of
Old Notes being tendered for exchange.
 
ASSISTANCE
 
     All executed Letters of Transmittal should be directed to the Exchange
Agent. Questions and requests for assistance may be directed to the Exchange
Agent as provided below under "--Exchange Agent."
 
EXCHANGE AGENT
 
     We have appointed The Bank of New York as Exchange Agent for the Exchange
Offer. Questions, requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of
the Prospectus, the Letter of Transmittal and other related documents should be
directed to the Exchange Agent addressed as follows:
 
                    By Registered or Certified Mail, by Hand
                            or by Overnight Courier:
 
                              The Bank of New York
                             101 Barclay Street-7E
                            New York, New York 10286
                          Attn: Reorganization Section
 
By Facsimile:                                                      By Telephone:
(212) 571-3080                                                    (212) 815-6333
 
     The Exchange Agent also acts as trustee under the Indenture.
 
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
     We will not pay brokers, dealers, or others soliciting acceptances of the
Exchange Offer. The principal solicitation is being made by mail. Additional
solicitations, however, may be made in person or by telephone by our officers
and employees.
 
     We will pay the estimated cash expenses to be incurred in connection with
the Exchange Offer. These are estimated in the aggregate to be approximately
$250,000 which includes fees and expenses of the Exchange Agent, accounting,
legal, printing and related fees and expenses.
 
TRANSFER TAXES
 
     Holders who tender their Old Notes for exchange will not be obligated to
pay any transfer taxes in connection with such tender, except that holders who
instruct us to register New Notes in the name of, or request that Old Notes not
tendered or not accepted in the Exchange Offer be returned to, a person other
than the registered tendering holder will be responsible for the payment of any
applicable transfer tax thereon.
 
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
 
     We will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the
consummation of the Exchange Offer. We will amortize the expense of the Exchange
Offer over the term of the New Notes under generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES
 
     You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description
under the subheading "Certain Definitions." In this description, the word
"Company" refers only to Building Materials Corporation of America and not to
any of its subsidiaries.
 
     The Company will issue the New Notes under the Indenture by and between
itself and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee"). The terms of the
New Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the
Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the "Trust Indenture
Act"). A copy of the Indenture may be obtained from the Company.
 
     The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the
Indenture. It does not restate those agreements in their entirety. We urge you
to read the Indenture because it, and not this description, define your rights
as holders of New Notes. We have filed copies of the Indenture as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement which includes this Prospectus.
 
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES
 
  The Notes
 
     These Notes:
 
     o are general unsecured obligations of the Company;
 
     o are senior in right of payment to all subordinated debt of the Company;
 
     o rank equally in right of payment to the Other Senior Notes and the Credit
       Agreement and to all other unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company;
       and
 
     o are subordinated in right of payment to all secured indebtedness of the
       Company to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness and other
       obligations of our subsidiaries.
 
PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST
 
     The Company will issue New Notes with a maximum aggregate principal amount
of $155 million. The Company will issue New Notes in denominations of $1,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000. The Notes will mature on December 1, 2008.
 
     Interest on these Notes will accrue at the rate of 8% per annum and will be
payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1, commencing on June 1, 1999. The
Company will make each interest payment to the Holders of record of these Notes
on the immediately preceding May 15 and November 15.
 
     If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay
the defaulted interest, plus, to the extent permitted by law, any interest
payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a
subsequent special record date. This special record date shall be the fifteenth
day next preceding the date fixed by the Company for the payment of defaulted
interest, whether or not such day is a business day. At least 15 days before the
special record date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder
and the Trustee a notice that states the special record date, the payment date
and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.
 
     Interest on these Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or,
if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid.
Holders whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange will receive accrued interest
on the Old Notes to, but not including, the date of issuance of the New Notes.
This interest will be payable with the first interest payment on the New Notes
and such Holders will not receive any payment in respect of interest on such Old
Notes accrued after the issuance of such New Notes. Interest will be computed on
the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
 
     The Notes will not have the benefit of a sinking fund.
 
METHODS OF RECEIVING PAYMENTS ON THE NEW NOTES
 
     If a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Company, the
Company will make all principal, premium, if any, and interest payments on such
Holder's Notes in accordance with those instructions. All other payments on
these Notes will be made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and
Registrar within the City
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
and State of New York unless the Company elects to make interest payments by
check mailed to the Holders at their address set forth in the register of
Holders.
 
PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR FOR THE NOTES
 
     The Trustee will initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company
may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the Holders of
the Notes.
 
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE
 
     A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.
The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may
require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected
for redemption. Also, the Company is not required to transfer or exchange any
Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.
 
     The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all
purposes.
 
REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS
 
  Change of Control
 
     If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes will have the right to
require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an
integral multiple thereof) of that Holder's Notes pursuant to the change of
control offer on the date which is 25 business days after the date the Change of
Control notice is mailed or required to be mailed. In the change of control
offer, the Company will offer cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal
amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to
the Change of Control payment date. Within ten business days following any
Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the
transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering
to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control payment date specified in such
Change of Control notice, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture
and described in such notice. The Company will comply with all applicable
federal and state securities laws in connection with the repurchase of the Notes
as a result of a Change of Control.
 
     Each Change of Control notice shall state:
 
          (1) that the change of control offer is being made pursuant to the
     Change of Control covenant and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for
     payment;
 
          (2) the purchase price and the Change of Control payment date;
 
          (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;
 
          (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making payment therefor, any
     Note accepted for payment pursuant to the change of control offer shall
     cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control payment date;
 
          (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a
     change of control offer will be required to surrender the Note in
     accordance with the instructions set forth therein;
 
          (6) that the Company has the right, pursuant to provisions described
     in the next paragraph, to purchase any Notes not tendered at the Call
     Price; and
 
          (7) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of
     Control.
 
     In the event a Change of Control occurs, the Company may purchase all, but
not less than all, of the Notes then outstanding, at a price equal to 100% of
the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of purchase, plus
the Applicable Premium (the "Call Price"). Notice of any purchase to be made as
described in this paragraph as a result of the occurrence of a Change of Control
must be given no later than 10 days after the Change of Control payment date
applicable to the Change of Control giving rise to such redemption, and
redemption must be made within 30 days of the date of the notice.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
     Set forth below is a summary of certain defined terms used in the
Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the full definition of all
such terms.
 
     "Acquired Debt", with respect to any Person, means:
 
          (i) Debt (including any then unutilized commitment under any revolving
     working capital facility) of an entity, which entity is acquired by such
     Person or any of its Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; provided that such
     Debt (including any such facility) is outstanding at the time of the
     acquisition of such entity, is not created in contemplation of such
     acquisition and is not, directly or indirectly, recourse (including by way
     of set-off) to such Person or its Subsidiaries or any of their respective
     assets other than to the entity and its Subsidiaries so acquired and the
     assets of the entity and its Subsidiaries so acquired;
 
          (ii) Debt of such Person that is not, directly or indirectly, recourse
     (including by way of set-off) to such Person and its Subsidiaries or any of
     their respective assets other than to specified assets acquired by such
     Person or its Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, which Debt is outstanding
     at the time of the acquisition of such assets and is not created in
     contemplation of such acquisition; or
 
          (iii) Refinancings of Debt described in clause (i) or (ii), provided
     that the recourse with respect to such Refinancing Debt is limited to the
     same extent as the Debt so Refinanced.
 
     "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the
management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through
the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms
"controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. For
the avoidance of doubt, ISP and its Affiliates (so long as they are under common
control with the Company) shall be deemed to be Affiliates of the Company.
 
     "Applicable Premium" means, with respect to any Note, the greater of:
 
          (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and
 
          (ii) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value of the remaining
     interest payments, principal and future optional redemption premium (if
     applicable) of such Note, discounted on a semi-annual bond equivalent basis
     from the maturity date of the Note to the applicable date of purchase at a
     per annum interest rate equal to the Treasury Yield for such redemption
     date plus 100 basis points, over (b) the sum of the principal amount of
     such Note plus accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date.
 
     "Asset Sale" means, with respect to any Person, the sale, lease, assignment
or other disposition (including, without limitation, dispositions pursuant to
any consolidation, merger or sale and leaseback transaction) by such Person or
any of its Subsidiaries in any single transaction or series of related
transactions which consists of the disposition of:
 
          (i) any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary; or
 
          (ii) all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any
     division or line of business of such Person or any Subsidiary of such
     Person (other than of a Non-Recourse Subsidiary) to any other Person which
     is not the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company.
 
     For the purposes of this definition, the term "Asset Sale" shall not
include:
 
          (i) any sale, lease, assignment or other disposition of properties or
     assets that is governed by the provisions described under "Merger, Etc." or
 
          (ii) any sale, lease, assignment or other disposition by a Person that
     has outstanding senior debt securities all of which (a) are rated BBB- or
     higher by S&P and have not been placed on credit watch by S&P for a
     possible downgrade or (b) are rated Baa3 or higher by Moody's and have not
     been placed on credit watch by Moody's for a possible downgrade.
 
     "Average Life" means, with respect to any Debt, the quotient obtained by
dividing (i) the sum of the products of (a) the number of years from the date of
the transaction or event giving rise to the need to calculate the Average Life
of such Debt to the date, or dates, of each successive scheduled principal
payment of such Debt multiplied by (b) the amount of each such principal payment
by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
     "Board Resolution" means, with respect to the Board of Directors of any
Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary
of such Person to have been duly adopted by such Board of Directors and to be in
full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the
Trustee.
 
     "Capitalized Lease Obligation" means any rental obligation that, in
accordance with GAAP, is required to be classified and accounted for as a
capitalized lease and the amount of Debt represented by such obligation shall be
the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with GAAP;
and the stated maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or
any other amount due in respect of such obligation.
 
     "Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests
(including partnership interests), warrants, rights, options or other interests,
participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated)
equity of such Person, including common or preferred stock, whether now
outstanding or issued after the Issue Date, but excluding any debt securities
convertible into or exchangeable for such equity.
 
     "Cash Equivalents" means:
 
          (i) marketable direct obligations Issued by, or unconditionally
     Guaranteed by, the United States Government or Issued by any agency thereof
     and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case
     maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;
 
          (ii) marketable direct obligations Issued by any state of the United
     States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any
     public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of
     acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two
     highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody's;
 
          (iii) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of
     creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at
     least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody's;
 
          (iv) certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances maturing within
     one year from the date of acquisition thereof Issued by any commercial bank
     organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state
     thereof or the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank
     having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital surplus of not
     less than $500,000,000;
 
          (v) Eurodollar time deposits maturing within one year from the date of
     acquisition thereof and issued or accepted by any commercial bank having at
     the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less
     than $500,000,000;
 
          (vi) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than thirty days
     for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above
     entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause
     (iv) above; and
 
          (vii) investments in money market funds having assets in excess of
     $500,000,000 and which invest substantially all their assets in securities
     of the types described in clauses (i) through (vi) above.
 
     "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following events:
 
          (i) prior to the time that at least 15% of the then outstanding Voting
     Stock of Parent, the Company, or any Subsidiary of Parent of which the
     Company is also a Subsidiary is publicly traded on a national securities
     exchange or in the NASDAQ (national market system), the Permitted Holders
     cease to be the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5
     under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of majority voting power
     of the Voting Stock of the Company, whether as a result of issuance of
     securities of the Company or any of its Affiliates, any merger,
     consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of the Company or any of its
     Affiliates, any direct or indirect transfer of securities by any Permitted
     Holder or by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise (for purposes
     of this clause (i) and clause (ii) below, the Permitted Holders shall be
     deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of a corporation (the
     "specified corporation") held by any other corporation (the "parent
     corporation") so long as the Permitted Holders beneficially own (as so
     defined), directly or indirectly, a majority of the Voting Stock of the
     parent corporation);
 
          (ii) any "Person" (as such term is used in sections 13(d) and
     14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or
     becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in clause (i) above, except that a
     Person shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all shares that
     any such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable
     immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
     indirectly, of more than 35% of the Voting Stock of Parent or the Company;
     provided that the Permitted Holders beneficially own (as defined in clause
     (i) above), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a lesser percentage of
     the Voting Stock of Parent or the Company than such other Person and do not
     have the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect
     or designate for election a majority of the Board of Directors of Parent or
     the Company; or
 
          (iii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at
     the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the
     Company (together with any new directors whose election by such Board or
     whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Company including
     predecessors, was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of the
     Company then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of
     such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so
     approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of
     Directors of the Company, then in office.
 
     "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to
time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or if at any time after the
execution of the Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the
duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body
performing such duties at such time.
 
     "Common Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests,
participations, or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person's
common stock whether now outstanding or issued after the Issue Date.
 
     "Company" means Building Materials Corporation of America, a Delaware
corporation, and its successors.
 
     "Consolidated EBITDA Coverage Ratio" with respect to any Person for any
period means the ratio of:
 
           (i) the aggregate amount of EBITDA of such Person for such period to
 
          (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;
 
             provided that:
 
             (a) if such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person has Issued any
        Debt or Capital Stock since the beginning of such period that remains
        outstanding on the date such calculation is made or if the transaction
        giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated EBITDA Coverage
        Ratio is an Issuance of Debt or Capital Stock, or both, EBITDA and
        Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after
        giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to the issuance of such Debt or
        Capital Stock as if such Debt or Capital Stock had been Issued on the
        first day of such period and the discharge of any other Debt or Capital
        Stock Refinanced or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new
        Debt or Capital Stock as if such discharge had occurred on the first day
        of such period;
 
             (b) if since the beginning of such period such Person or any
        Subsidiary of such Person shall have made any asset sales out of the
        ordinary course of business, EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by
        an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the
        assets which are the subject of such asset sale for such period, or
        increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative), directly
        attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense
        for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated
        Interest Expense directly attributable to any Debt or Capital Stock of
        such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person Refinanced or otherwise
        discharged with respect to such Person and its continuing Subsidiaries
        (including as a result of the assumption of such Debt or Capital Stock
        by the purchaser of such assets, provided that such Person or any of its
        Subsidiaries is no longer liable therefor) in connection with such asset
        sales for such period (or if the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of such
        Person is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period
        directly attributable to the Debt of such Subsidiary to the extent such
        Person and its continuing Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such
        Debt after such sale); and
 
             (c) if since the beginning of the period such Person or any
        Subsidiary of such Person (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an
        Investment in any Subsidiary of such Person (or any Person which becomes
        a Subsidiary of such Person) or an acquisition of assets, including any
        acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing
        a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all of an
        operating unit of a business, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense
        for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect
        thereto, as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day
        of such period.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
For purposes of this definition, pro forma calculations shall be determined in
good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Person with
respect to which the calculation is being made. If any Debt or Capital Stock
bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the
interest on such Debt and the dividends on such Capital Stock shall be
calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the
applicable rate for the entire period.
 
     "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person, for any
period, the sum of:
 
          (i) the interest expense of such Person and its consolidated
     Subsidiaries (other than interest expense related to Non-Recourse Debt) for
     such period as determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied,
     plus
 
          (ii) the amount of all dividends paid or accrued on any series of
     Preferred Stock (other than non-Redeemable Stock) of such Person and its
     Subsidiaries (other than Non-Recourse Subsidiaries).
 
     "Consolidated Net Income (Loss)" means, with respect to any Person, for any
period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its
consolidated Subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP,
adjusted to the extent included in calculating such net income (or loss), by
excluding:
 
          (i) all extraordinary gains or losses in such period;
 
          (ii) net income (or loss) of any other Person attributable to any
     period prior to the date of combination of such other Person with such
     Person or any of its Subsidiaries on a "pooling of interests" basis;
 
          (iii) net gains or losses in respect of dispositions of assets by such
     Person or any of its Subsidiaries (including pursuant to a
     sale-and-leaseback arrangement) other than in the ordinary course of
     business;
 
          (iv) the net income (loss) of any Subsidiary of such Person to the
     extent that the declaration of dividends or distributions by that
     Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted, directly or
     indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement,
     instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental
     regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or its shareholders;
 
          (v) the net income (or net loss) of any other Person that is not a
     Subsidiary of the first Person with respect to which Consolidated Net
     Income is being calculated (the "first Person") and in which any other
     Person (other than such first Person and/or any of its Subsidiaries) has an
     equity interest or of a Non-Recourse Subsidiary of such first Person,
     except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions
     actually paid or made to such first Person or any of its Subsidiaries by
     such other Person during such period (subject, in the case of a dividend or
     distribution received by a Subsidiary of such first Person, to the
     limitations contained in clause (iv) above);
 
          (vi) any interest income resulting from loans or investments in
     Affiliates, other than cash interest income actually received;
 
          (vii) any reserve established at the time the Company's Affiliates
     first acquired USI; and
 
          (viii) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.
 
In determining Consolidated Net Income (Loss), gains or losses resulting from
the early retirement, extinguishment or refinancing of indebtedness for money
borrowed, including any fees and expenses associated therewith, shall be
deducted or added back, respectively.
 
     "Consolidated Net Worth" of any Person means, at any date, all amounts that
would, in conformity with GAAP, be included under "shareholders" equity on a
consolidated balance sheet of such Person as at such date less (to the extent
otherwise included therein) any amounts attributable to Redeemable Stock.
 
     "Credit Agreement" means the credit agreement, dated as of August 29, 1997,
among the Company, the Lenders party thereto and The Bank of New York, as
administrative agent, as amended and supplemented from time to time.
 
     "Debt" of any Person means, without duplication:
 
          (i) the principal in respect of (a) indebtedness of such Person for
     money borrowed and (b) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds
     or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is
     responsible or liable (other than those payable to government agencies to
     defer the payment of workers'
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
     compensation liabilities, taxes, assessments or other obligations, and
     provided in the ordinary course of business of such Person);
 
          (ii) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person;
 
          (iii) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred
     purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of such Person
     and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (but
     excluding trade accounts payable and other accrued current liabilities
     arising in the ordinary course of business);
 
          (iv) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any
     obligor on any letter of credit, bankers' acceptance or similar credit
     transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit
     securing obligations (other than obligations described in (i) through
     (iii) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person
     to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the
     extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the third
     Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement
     following payment on the letter of credit);
 
          (v) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the
     redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Preferred Stock (but
     excluding any accrued dividends);
 
          (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through
     (v) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of
     which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or
     indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including guarantees of
     such obligations and dividends; and
 
          (vii) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through
     (vi) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such
     Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the
     amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of
     such property or assets or the amount of the obligation so secured.
 
     For purposes of the "Limitation on Asset Sales," Debt of the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries shall include the provision for existing or future
asbestos-related bodily injury claims, as set forth in the then most recent
consolidated financial statement of the Company.
 
     "Default" means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or
both would be, an Event of Default.
 
     "Deferred Coupon Notes" means the Company's Series B 11 3/4% Senior
Deferred Coupon Notes due 2004.
 
     "EBITDA" with respect to any Person for any period means the Consolidated
Net Income of such Person for such period, adjusted to the extent deducted in
calculating such Consolidated Net Income by adding back (without duplication):
 
          (i) income tax expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries accrued in
     accordance with GAAP for such period (other than income taxes attributable
     to extraordinary items or other items excluded from the definition of
     Consolidated Net Income);
 
          (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;
 
          (iii) depreciation expense of such Person for such period;
 
          (iv) amortization expense of such Person for such period; and
 
          (v) minority interest in any non Wholly-Owned Recourse Subsidiary that
     is otherwise consolidated in the financial statements of such Person, but
     only so long as such Subsidiary is consolidated with such Person for such
     period for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
     "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
     "GAF" means GAF Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its successors.
 
     "Generally Accepted Accounting Principles" or "GAAP" means generally
acceptable accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of
the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board, as of the date of the Indenture.
 
     "GFC" means GAF Fiberglass Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its
successors.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
     "G-I Holdings" means G-I Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its
successors.
 
     "Glass Fiber Contract" means the supply agreement effective as of
January 1, 1997 between GFC and the Company.
 
     "Granules Contracts" means (i) the supply agreement, dated as of
January 1, 1995 between ISP Technologies, Inc. and the Company, as amended by
amendment dated as of December 31, 1995 and (ii) the letter dated November 9,
1995 from ISP Mineral Products Inc. to USI.
 
     "Guarantee" by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of
such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation,
contingent or otherwise, of any other Person and, without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or
otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for
the purchase or payment of) such Debt or other obligation of such other Person
(whether arising by virtue of participation arrangements, by agreement to keep
well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to
maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or (ii) entered into for
the purpose of assuring the obligee of such Debt or other obligation in any
other manner of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in
respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided that the term "guarantee" shall
not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business. The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
 
     "Interest Payment Date" means the Stated Maturity of an installment of
interest on the Notes.
 
     "Investment" means any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than
advances or loans to customers in the ordinary course of business, which are
recorded, in accordance with GAAP, at the time made as accounts receivable on
the balance sheet of the Person making such advance or loan) or other extension
of credit or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other
property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or
use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes,
debentures or other securities Issued by, any other Person.
 
     "ISP" means International Specialty Products Inc., a Delaware corporation,
and its successors.
 
     "Issue" means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable
for; provided that any Debt or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time
such Person becomes a Subsidiary of another Person (whether by merger,
consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be issued by such
Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary of such other Person.
 
     "Issue Date" means December 3, 1998.
 
     "Lien" means any lien, mortgage, charge, pledge, security interest, or
other encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement and any lease in the nature thereof).
 
     "Management Agreement" means the amended and restated management agreement,
dated as of March 3, 1992, between the Company and ISP as amended through the
Issue Date.
 
     "Margin Stock" shall have the meaning provided in Regulation U.
 
     "Material Assets" means assets, singly or in the aggregate, the book or
fair market value of which equals 5% or more of the consolidated tangible assets
of the Company, as set forth on its most recently publicly available balance
sheet.
 
     "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or its successors.
 
     "Net Cash Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds in
the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred
payment obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents
received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale net of:
 
          (i) reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Asset
     Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment
     banking fees and sales commissions);
 
          (ii) taxes paid or payable ((1) including, without limitation, income
     taxes reasonably estimated to be actually payable as a result of any
     disposition of property within two years of the date of disposition,
     including under any tax sharing arrangements, and (2) after taking into
     account any reduction in tax liability due to available tax credits or
     deductions applicable to the transaction);
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
          (iii) a reasonable reserve for the after-tax cost of any
     indemnification obligations (fixed and/or contingent) attributable to
     seller's indemnities to the purchaser undertaken by the Company or any of
     its Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Sale; and
 
          (iv) repayment of Debt that is required to be repaid in connection
     with such Asset Sale, under the agreements governing such Debt or Asset
     Sale.
 
     "Non-Recourse Debt" of any Person means Debt or the portion of Debt:
 
          (i) as to which neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries (other than
     a Non-Recourse Subsidiary) (a) provides credit support (including any
     undertaking, agreement or instrument which would constitute Debt), (b) is
     directly or indirectly liable or (c) constitutes the lender; and
 
          (ii) no default with respect to which (including any rights which the
     holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against the assets of a
     Non-Recourse Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both)
     any holder of any other Debt of such Person or its Subsidiaries (other than
     Non-Recourse Subsidiaries) to declare a default on such other Debt or cause
     the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated
     Maturity.
 
     "Non-Recourse Subsidiary" of any Person means a Subsidiary:
 
          (i) which has been designated as such by such Person;
 
          (ii) which has not acquired any assets directly or indirectly from
     Parent or any of its Subsidiaries other than at fair market value,
     including by the receipt of Capital Stock of such Non-Recourse Subsidiary;
     provided that, if any such acquisition or series of related acquisitions
     involves assets having a value in excess of $2,000,000, such acquisition or
     series of related acquisitions shall be approved by a majority of the
     members of the Board of Directors of the Company in a Board Resolution
     which shall set forth that such acquisitions are being, or have been, made
     at fair market value; and
 
          (iii) which has no Debt other than Non-Recourse Debt.
 
     "Notes" means the Old Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the New Notes,
treated as a single class of securities.
 
     "Parent" means GAF so long as it owns, and any other Person which acquires
or owns, directly or indirectly, 80% or more of the Voting Stock of the Company.
 
     "Permitted Holders" means (i) Samuel J. Heyman, his heirs, administrators,
executors and entities of which a majority of the Voting Stock is owned by
Samuel J. Heyman, his heirs, administrators or executors and (ii) any Person
controlled, directly or indirectly, by Samuel J. Heyman or his heirs,
administrators or executors.
 
     "Permitted Lien" means:
 
          (i) Liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges to the
     extent not required to be paid under the Indenture;
 
          (ii) statutory Liens of landlords and carriers, warehousemen,
     mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen or other like Liens arising in
     the ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts not yet
     delinquent or being contested in good faith by an appropriate process of
     law, and for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as
     shall be required by GAAP shall have been made;
 
          (iii) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure
     lease obligations or non-delinquent obligations under workers'
     compensation, unemployment insurance or similar legislation;
 
          (iv) Liens to secure the performance of public statutory obligations
     that are not delinquent, appeal bonds, performance bonds or other
     obligations of a like nature (other than for borrowed money);
 
          (v) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, minor defects or
     irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances not
     interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company and
     its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
 
          (vi) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a
     matter of law to secure payment of nondelinquent customs duties in
     connection with the importation of goods;
 
          (vii) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to a Default or
     Event of Default;
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
          (viii) leases or subleases granted to others not interfering in any
     material respect with the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
     taken as a whole;
 
          (ix) Liens encumbering deposits made in the ordinary course of
     business to secure non-delinquent obligations arising from statutory,
     regulatory, contractual or warranty requirements of the Company or any of
     its Subsidiaries for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if
     any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made;
 
          (x) any interest or title of a lessor in the property subject to any
     lease, whether characterized as capitalized or operating other than any
     such interest or title resulting from or arising out of default by the
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries of its obligations under any such lease
     which is material;
 
          (xi) Liens arising from filing UCC financing statements for
     precautionary purposes in connection with true leases or conditional sales
     of personal property that are otherwise permitted under the Indenture and
     under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is lessee;
 
          (xii) broker's Liens securing the payment of commissions and
     management fees in the ordinary course of business;
 
          (xiii) Liens on cash and cash equivalents posted as margin pursuant to
     the requirements of any bona fide hedge agreement relating to interest
     rates, foreign exchange or commodities listed on public exchanges, but only
     to the extent such Liens are required from customers generally (regardless
     of creditworthiness) in accordance with customary market practice;
 
          (xiv) Liens on cash collateralizing reimbursement obligations in
     respect of letters of credit issued for the account of the Company or any
     of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business (other than letters
     of credit issued as credit support for any Debt);
 
          (xv) Liens arising in respect of accounts receivable arising as a
     result of non-recourse sales thereof; and
 
          (xvi) Liens on stock or assets of any Non-Recourse Subsidiary securing
     Debt owing by such Non-Recourse Subsidiary.
 
     "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
incorporated or unincorporated association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or government or other agency or political
subdivision thereof or other entity of any kind.
 
     "Preferred Stock," as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation,
means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is
preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets
upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such
corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such
corporation. Preferred Stock of any Person shall include Redeemable Stock of
such Person.
 
     "Private Exchange Notes" mean a like principal amount of debt securities of
the Company identical in all material respects to the Notes that may be issued
to the Initial Purchasers under the circumstances set forth in the Registration
Agreement.
 
     "Receivables" means accounts receivables, and related documentation,
contract rights, related proceeds and general intangibles.
 
     "Receivables Financing Agreement" means the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of November 1, 1996, among the Company, BMCA Receivables
Corporation and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, and related agreements, as
amended or supplemented.
 
     "Recourse Subsidiaries" of any Person means all Subsidiaries of such Person
other than Non-Recourse Subsidiaries of such Person.
 
     "Redeemable Stock" means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of such
Person that by its terms or otherwise (x) is required, directly or indirectly,
to be redeemed on or prior to the ninetieth day after the Stated Maturity of the
Notes, (y) is redeemable or puttable, directly or indirectly, at the option of
the holder thereof at any time on or prior to the ninetieth day after the Stated
Maturity of the Notes, or (z) is exchangeable or convertible into another
security (other than a security that is not itself Redeemable Stock).
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
     "Refinance" means, in respect of any Debt, to refinance, extend, renew,
refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue Debt in exchange
or replacement for, such Debt. "Refinanced" and "Refinancing" shall have
correlative meanings.
 
     "Restricted Investment" means, with respect to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, an Investment by such Person in an Affiliate of the Company;
provided that the following shall not be Restricted Investments (i) Investments
in the Company or any of its Recourse Subsidiaries; (ii) Investments in
Unrestricted Affiliates; and (iii) Investments in Affiliates that become, as a
result of such Investment, Recourse Subsidiaries.
 
     "Restricted Payment" means
 
          (i) the declaration or making of any dividend or of any other payment
     or distribution (other than dividends, payments or distributions payable
     solely in shares of the Company's Capital Stock other than Redeemable
     Stock) on or with respect to the Company's Capital Stock (other than
     Redeemable Stock); and
 
          (ii) any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement or
     other acquisition for value of the Company's Capital Stock (other than
     Redeemable Stock).
 
     "Restricted Security" has the meaning set forth in Rule 144(a)(3) under the
Securities Act.
 
     "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Rating Services or its successors.
 
     "Significant Subsidiary" means
 
          (i) any Subsidiary (other than a Non-Recourse Subsidiary) of the
     Company which at the time of determination either:
 
             (a) had assets which, as of the date of the Company's most recent
        quarterly consolidated balance sheet, constituted at least 5% of the
        Company's total assets on a consolidated basis as of such date, in each
        case determined in accordance with GAAP; or
 
             (b) had revenues for the 12-month period ending on the date of the
        Company's most recent quarterly consolidated statement of income which
        constituted at least 5% of the Company's total revenues on a
        consolidated basis for such period; or
 
          (ii) any Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Non-Recourse
     Subsidiary) which, if merged with all Defaulting Subsidiaries (as defined
     below) of the Company, would at the time of determination either:
 
             (a) have had assets which, as of the date of the Company's most
        recent quarterly consolidated balance sheet, would have constituted at
        least 10% of the Company's total assets on a consolidated basis as of
        such date or
 
             (b) have had revenues for the 12-month period ending on the date of
        the Company's most recent quarterly consolidated statement of income
        which would have constituted at least 10% of the Company's total
        revenues on a consolidated basis for such period (each such
        determination being made in accordance with GAAP).
 
"Defaulting Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company (other than a
Non-Recourse Subsidiary) with respect to which an event described under clause
(6), (7) or (8) of "Events of Default" below has occurred and is continuing.
 
     "Stated Maturity," when used with respect to any Note or any installment of
interest thereon, means the dates specified in such Note as the fixed date on
which the principal of such Note or such installment of interest is due and
payable, and when used with respect to any other Debt, means the date specified
in the instrument governing such Debt as the fixed date on which the principal
of such Debt or any installment of interest is due and payable.
 
     "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person,
 
          (i) a corporation a majority of whose Capital Stock with voting power,
     under ordinary circumstances, to elect directors is at the time, directly
     or indirectly, owned by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such
     Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries thereof or
 
          (ii) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person,
     one or more Subsidiaries thereof or such Person and one or more
     Subsidiaries thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
     thereof has at least majority ownership interest and the power to direct
     the policies, management and affairs thereof.
 
For purposes of this definition, any director's qualifying shares or investments
by foreign nationals mandated by applicable law shall be disregarded in
determining the ownership of a Subsidiary.
 
     "Tax Sharing Agreement" means the tax sharing agreement, dated as of
January 31, 1994, among the Company, G-I Holdings and GAF.
 
     "Treasury Yield" means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of
United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and
published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519)
which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the
applicable redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer
published, any publicly available source of similar data)) most nearly equal to
the then remaining Average Life of the Notes; provided that, if the Average Life
of the Notes is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury
security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Yield shall be
obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a
year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for
which such yields are given, except that if the average life of the Notes is
less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States
Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.
 
     "2005 Notes" means the Company's Series B 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2005.
 
     "2006 Notes" means the Company's Series B 8 5/8% Senior Notes due 2006.
 
     "2007 Notes" means the Company's 8% Senior Notes due 2007 and the Series B
8% Senior Notes due 2007.
 
     "Unrestricted Affiliate" means a Person (other than a Subsidiary of the
Company except a Non-Recourse Subsidiary) controlled by, or under common control
with, the Company in which no Affiliate of the Company (other than (i) the
Company or a Wholly-Owned Recourse Subsidiary, (ii) any director or officer of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, whose primary employment is by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than a Non-Recourse Subsidiary, except
for Permitted Holders or members of their immediate family and (iii) another
Unrestricted Affiliate) has an Investment.
 
     "U.S. Government Obligations" means money or direct non-callable
obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which the full
faith and credit of the United States is pledged.
 
     "USI" means U.S. Intec, Inc., a Texas corporation, and its successors.
 
     "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any
class or kind normally entitled to vote in the election of the board of
directors or other governing body of such Person.
 
     "Wholly-Owned Recourse Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of a Person (other
than a Non-Recourse Subsidiary) all the Capital Stock of which (other than
directors' qualifying shares) is owned by such Person or another Wholly-Owned
Recourse Subsidiary of such Person.
 
     "Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary all the Capital Stock of which
(other than directors' qualifying shares) is owned by the applicable corporation
or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the applicable corporation.
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
     The Indenture contains, among others, the following covenants:
 
     Limitation on Debt and Preferred Stock of the Company and its
Subsidiaries.  (a) The Indenture provides that the Company shall not, and shall
not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, Issue, directly or indirectly, any Debt
unless, at the time of such Issuance and after giving effect thereto, (i) no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) the
Consolidated EBITDA Coverage Ratio of the Company for the period of its most
recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters ending at least 45 days
prior to the date such Debt is Issued is at least 2.00 to 1.00.
 
     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, there may be issued the following Debt:
 
          (1) The Old Notes, the New Notes and the Private Exchange Notes;
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
          (2) (i) Debt of the Company Issued to and held by a Wholly-Owned
     Recourse Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) Debt of a Recourse Subsidiary
     of the Company Issued to and held by the Company or a Wholly-Owned Recourse
     Subsidiary of the Company; provided that any subsequent transfer of such
     Debt (other than to the Company or to a Wholly-Owned Recourse Subsidiary of
     the Company) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the Issuance of
     such Debt by the Company or such Subsidiary;
 
          (3) Debt the proceeds of which are used to acquire assets of the
     Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that, after giving effect to the
     Issuance of any such Debt that otherwise complies with this clause (3), the
     aggregate amount of all Debt then outstanding at any time under this clause
     (3), including all Refinancings thereof then outstanding, shall not at any
     time exceed $80,000,000;
 
          (4) Acquired Debt;
 
          (5) (i) Debt outstanding on the Issue Date (including the Deferred
     Coupon Notes, the 2005 Notes, the 2006 Notes and the 2007 Notes) and
     (ii) Debt Issued to Refinance any Debt permitted by clause (a), this clause
     (5) or by clauses (1) or (3) above; provided that, in the case of a
     Refinancing,
 
             (u) the amount of the Debt so Issued shall not exceed the principal
        amount or the accreted value (in the case of Debt Issued at a discount)
        of the Debt so Refinanced plus, in each case, the reasonable costs
        incurred by the issuer in connection with such Refinancing,
 
             (v) the Average Life and Stated Maturity of the Debt so Issued
        shall equal or exceed that of the Debt so Refinanced,
 
             (w) the Debt so Issued shall not rank senior in right of payment to
        the Debt being Refinanced,
 
             (x) if the Debt being Refinanced does not bear interest in cash
        prior to a specified date, the Refinancing Debt shall not bear interest
        in cash prior to such specified date,
 
             (y) if the Debt being Refinanced is Debt permitted by clause (3),
        such Refinancing Debt is not secured by any assets not securing the Debt
        so Refinanced or improvements or additions thereto, or replacements
        thereof, and
 
             (z) the obligors with respect to the Refinancing Debt shall not
        include any Persons who were not obligors (including predecessors
        thereof) with respect to the Debt being Refinanced;
 
          (6) Non-Recourse Debt of a Non-Recourse Subsidiary of the Company and
     Guarantees of Non-Recourse Debt of Non-Recourse Subsidiaries which
     Guarantees are recourse only to the stock of the Non-Recourse Subsidiaries;
 
          (7) Debt under the Credit Agreement or any Refinancing thereof;
     provided that the aggregate outstanding amount thereunder does not at any
     time exceed $150,000,000;
 
          (8) Debt secured by Receivables, including to Refinance the
     Receivables Financing Agreement, provided that such Debt does not exceed
     85% of the face amount of the Receivables; and
 
          (9) Debt (other than Debt identified in clauses (1) through
     (8) above) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not
     to exceed $100,000,000.
 
     (c) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
Issue any Preferred Stock; provided that there may be issued the following
Preferred Stock:
 
          (1) Preferred Stock of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company
     issued to and held by the Company or a Wholly-Owned Recourse Subsidiary of
     the Company; provided that any subsequent transfer of such Preferred Stock
     (other than to the Company or to a Wholly-Owned Recourse Subsidiary of the
     Company) or such Wholly-Owned Recourse Subsidiary of the Company ceasing to
     be a Wholly-Owned Recourse Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed, in
     each case, to constitute the Issuance of such Preferred Stock by the
     Company or such Subsidiary;
 
          (2) Preferred Stock (other than Preferred Stock described in clause
     (1) but including the Preferred Stock referred to in the proviso to clause
     (1) above); provided that the liquidation value of any Preferred Stock
     issued pursuant to this clause (2) shall constitute Debt for purposes of
     this covenant and dividends on such Preferred Stock shall be included in
     determining Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company for purposes of
     calculating the Consolidated EBITDA Coverage Ratio of the Company under
     paragraph (a) of this covenant; and
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
          (3) Preferred Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of the Company.
 
     (d) To the extent the Company or any of its Subsidiaries Guarantees any
Debt of the Company or any other Subsidiary, such Guarantee and such Debt will
be deemed to be the same Debt and only the amount of the Debt will be deemed to
be outstanding. If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries Guarantees any Debt of
a Person that, subsequent to the Issuance of such Guarantee, becomes a
Subsidiary of the Company, such Guarantee and the Debt so Guaranteed shall be
deemed to be the same Debt, which shall be deemed to have been Issued when the
Guarantee was Issued and shall be deemed to be permitted to the extent the
Guarantee was permitted when Issued.
 
     Limitation on Restricted Payments and Restricted Investments.  (a) So long
as no Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the
Company may make, and may permit any of its Subsidiaries to make, directly or
indirectly, any Restricted Payment or Restricted Investment so long as, at the
time of such Restricted Payment or Restricted Investment and immediately after
giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made since
the Issue Date and the aggregate amount of Restricted Investments made since the
Issue Date and then outstanding (the amount expended for such purposes, if other
than in cash, shall be the fair market value of such property as determined by
the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith as of the date of payment or
investment) shall not exceed the sum of:
 
          (i) 75% of the cumulative Consolidated Net Income (or minus 100% of
     the cumulative Consolidated Net Loss) of the Company accrued during the
     period beginning April 3, 1994 (the "Commencement Date") and ending on the
     last day of the fiscal quarter for which financial information has been
     made publicly available by the Company but ending no more than 135 days
     prior to the date of such Restricted Payment or Restricted Investment
     (treating such period as a single accounting period);
 
          (ii) 100% of the net cash proceeds, including the fair market value of
     property other than cash as determined by the Board of Directors of the
     Company in good faith, as evidenced by a Board Resolution, received by the
     Company from any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) from the
     Issuance and sale subsequent to the Commencement Date of Capital Stock of
     the Company (other than Redeemable Stock) or as a capital contribution;
     provided that, if the value of the non-cash contribution is in excess of
     $10,000,000, the Company shall have received the written opinion of a
     nationally recognized investment banking firm that the terms thereof, from
     a financial point of view, are fair to the shareholders of the Company or
     such Subsidiary, in their capacity as such (the determination as to the
     value of any non-cash consideration referred to in this clause (ii) to be
     made by such investment banking firm), and such opinion shall have been
     delivered to the Trustee;
 
          (iii) 100% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company from the
     exercise of options or warrants on Capital Stock of the Company (other than
     Redeemable Stock) since the Commencement Date;
 
          (iv) 100% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company from the
     conversion into Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of convertible
     Debt or convertible Preferred Stock issued and sold (other than to a
     Subsidiary of the Company) since the Commencement Date; and
 
          (v) $60,000,000.
 
     The designation by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of a Subsidiary
as a Non-Recourse Subsidiary shall be deemed to be the making of a Restricted
Investment by the Company in an amount equal to the outstanding Investments made
by the Company and its Subsidiaries in such Person being designated a Non-
Recourse Subsidiary at the time of such designation.
 
     (b) Paragraph (a) shall not prevent the following, as long as no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result
therefrom other than pursuant to paragraph (a) of this covenant):
 
          (1) the making of any Restricted Payment or Restricted Investment
     within 60 days after (x) the date of declaration thereof or (y) the making
     of a binding commitment in respect thereof; provided that at such date of
     declaration or commitment such Restricted Payment or Restricted Investment
     complied with paragraph (a) of this covenant;
 
          (2) any Restricted Payment or Restricted Investment made out of the
     net cash proceeds received by the Company from the substantially concurrent
     sale of its Common Stock (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company);
     provided that such net cash proceeds so utilized shall not be included in
     paragraph (a) in
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
     determining the amount of Restricted Payments or Restricted Investments the
     Company could make under paragraph (a) of this covenant;
 
          (3) cumulative Investments in Non-Recourse Subsidiaries not in excess
     of $50,000,000 in the aggregate determined as of the date of the Investment
     (the amount so expended, if other than cash, to be determined by the
     Company's Board of Directors, as evidenced by a Board Resolution); and
 
          (4) repurchases of Capital Stock of the Company, in each case from
     employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any
     Permitted Holder); provided, however, that the aggregate amount of
     Restricted Payments made under this clause shall not exceed $1,500,000 in
     any fiscal year. Restricted Payments or Restricted Investments made
     pursuant to clause (2), (3) or (4) shall not be deducted in determining the
     amount of Restricted Payments or Restricted Investments made or then
     outstanding under paragraph (a) of this covenant.
 
     Limitation on Liens.  The Indenture provides that the Company shall not,
and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur
or suffer to exist any Liens upon their respective property or assets whether
owned on the Issue Date or acquired after such date, or on any income or profits
therefrom, other than the following:
 
          (1) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
 
          (2) Permitted Liens;
 
          (3) Purchase money Liens on assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries
     or improvements or additions thereto existing or created within 180 days
     after the time of acquisition of or improvements or additions to such
     assets, or replacements thereof; provided that (i) such acquisition,
     improvement or addition is otherwise permitted by the Indenture, (ii) the
     principal amount of Debt (including Debt in respect of Capitalized Lease
     Obligations) secured by each such Lien in each asset shall not exceed the
     cost (including all such Debt secured thereby, whether or not assumed) of
     the item subject thereto, and such Liens shall attach solely to the
     particular item of property so acquired, improved or added and any
     additions or accessions thereto, or replacements thereof, and (iii) the
     aggregate amount of Debt secured by Liens permitted by this clause
     (3) shall not at any time exceed $40,000,000;
 
          (4) Liens to secure Refinancing of any Debt secured by Liens described
     in clauses (1)-(3) above and (5) below; provided that (i) Refinancing does
     not increase the principal amount of Debt being so Refinanced and (ii) the
     Lien of the Refinancing Debt does not extend to any asset not securing the
     Debt being Refinanced or improvements or additions thereto, or replacements
     thereof;
 
          (5) Liens securing Acquired Debt; provided that (i) any such Lien
     secured the Acquired Debt at the time of the incurrence of such Acquired
     Debt by the Company or by one of its Subsidiaries and such Lien and
     Acquired Debt were not incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
     or by the Person being acquired or from whom the assets were acquired in
     connection with, or in anticipation of, the incurrence of such Acquired
     Debt by the Company or by one of its Subsidiaries and (ii) any such Lien
     does not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or of any
     of its Subsidiaries other than the property or assets that secured the
     Acquired Debt prior to the time such Debt became Acquired Debt of the
     Company or of one of its Subsidiaries;
 
          (6) Liens on Receivables securing Debt permitted by clause
     (b)(8) under the "Limitation on Debt and Preferred Stock of the Company and
     its Subsidiaries" covenant;
 
          (7) Liens securing intercompany Debt permitted by paragraph
     (b)(2) under the "Limitation on Debt and Preferred Stock of the Company and
     its Subsidiaries" covenant; and
 
          (8) Liens on assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries in addition to
     those referred to in clauses (1)-(7), provided that such Liens only secure
     Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to
     exceed at any one time outstanding $60,000,000.
 
     Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.
 
     (a) The Indenture provides that the Company shall not enter, and shall not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to enter, directly or indirectly, into any
transaction or series of related transactions with any Affiliate of the Company
(other than (x) the making of a Restricted Payment or Restricted Investment
otherwise permitted by the "Limitation on Restricted Payments and Restricted
Investments" covenant or those transactions specifically
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
permitted by paragraph (b) thereunder, (y) transactions between or among
Non-Recourse Subsidiaries of the Company or (z) transactions between or among
the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Non-Recourse Subsidiaries))
including, without limitation, any loan, advance or investment or any purchase,
sale, lease or exchange of property or the rendering of any service, unless the
terms of such transaction or series of transactions are set forth in writing and
are at least as favorable as those available in a comparable transaction in
arms-length dealings from an unrelated Person; provided that
 
             (i) if any such transaction or series of related transactions
        (other than any purchase or sale of inventory in the ordinary course of
        business, but including entering into any long-term arrangement
        involving the purchase of granules or glass fiber from, or the provision
        of management services of the type currently provided under the
        Management Agreement by, an Affiliate of the Company, including ISP or a
        Subsidiary thereof) involves aggregate payments or other consideration
        in excess of $10,000,000, such transaction or series of related
        transactions shall be approved (and the value of any non-cash
        consideration shall be determined) by a majority of those members of the
        Board of Directors of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may
        be, having no personal stake in such business, transaction or
        transactions; and
 
             (ii) in the event that such transaction or series of related
        transactions (other than any purchase or sale of inventory in the
        ordinary course of business or other than purchases of granules or glass
        fiber from an Affiliate of the Company, including ISP or a Subsidiary
        thereof) involves aggregate payments or other consideration in excess of
        $35,000,000 (with the value of any noncash consideration being
        determined by a majority of those members of the Board of Directors of
        the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, having no personal
        stake in such business, transaction or transactions), the Company or
        such Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall have also received a written
        opinion from a nationally recognized investment banking firm that such
        transaction or series of related transactions is fair to the
        shareholders, in their capacity as such, of the Company or such
        Subsidiary from a financial point of view and such opinion has been
        delivered to the Trustee;
 
provided, further, in the event that each member of the Board of Directors of
the Company or the Subsidiary, as the case may be, proposing to engage in a
transaction or series of related transactions described in the preceding proviso
has a personal stake in such business, transaction or transactions, the Company
or such Subsidiary may enter into such transaction or series of transactions if
the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall have received the
written opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking firm that the
terms thereof, from a financial point of view, are fair to the shareholders of
the Company or such Subsidiary, in their capacity as such (the determination as
to the value of any non-cash consideration referred to in the preceding proviso
to be made by such investment banking firm), and such opinion shall have been
delivered to the Trustee.
 
     (b) Paragraph (a) shall not prevent the following:
 
          (1) the purchase of granules from an Affiliate of the Company,
     including ISP or a Subsidiary of ISP; provided that
 
             (a) subject to paragraph (c) of this covenant, the price and other
        terms shall not be less favorable to the Company than those set forth in
        the Granules Contracts or
 
             (b) a nationally recognized investment banking firm or accounting
        firm has delivered a written opinion to the Company to the effect that
        either the terms thereof are fair to the Company from a financial point
        of view or are on terms at least as favorable to the Company as those
        available in comparable transactions in arms-length dealings from an
        unrelated third party;
 
          (2) the continuance of the Management Agreement (including with an
     Affiliate of the Company other than ISP)
 
             (a) in accordance with its terms or on terms no less favorable to
        the Company than those contained in the Management Agreement or
 
             (b) on other terms provided that the Company shall have received
        the written opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking firm
        or accounting firm that either the terms thereof, from a financial point
        of view, are fair to the Company or are on terms at least as favorable
        to the Company as those available in comparable transactions in
        arms-length dealings from an unrelated Person;
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
          (3) any transaction between the Company or a Subsidiary thereof and
     its own employee stock ownership or benefit plan;
 
          (4) any transaction with an officer or director of the Company or any
     Subsidiary of the Company entered into in the ordinary course of business
     (including compensation or employee benefit arrangements with any such
     officer or director);
 
          (5) any business or transaction with an Unrestricted Affiliate;
 
          (6) borrowings by the Company or its Subsidiaries from Affiliates of
     the Company; provided that such loans are unsecured, are prepayable at any
     time without penalty, contain no restrictive covenants and the effective
     cost of borrowings thereunder do not exceed the interest rate then in
     effect from time to time under the Credit Agreement or any Refinancings
     thereof (or, if such agreement is not outstanding, under the unsecured bank
     debt of the Company);
 
          (7) payments made pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement; or
 
          (8) purchases made pursuant to the Glass Fiber Contract; provided that
     the terms of such contract are set forth in writing and are at least as
     favorable to the Company as those available in a comparable transaction in
     arms-length dealings with an unrelated Person.
 
     (c) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
amend, modify or waive any provision of the Tax Sharing Agreement, the Granules
Contracts or the Glass Fiber Contract in any manner which is significantly
adverse to the Company or the holders of the Notes (it being understood that an
extension or modification of any of the Granules Contracts (or any similar
granules purchase contract) or the Glass Fiber Contract on terms at least as
favorable to the Company as those available at the time of the extension or
modification (or any such new agreement) in a comparable transaction in
arms-length dealings with an unrelated Person shall not be deemed significantly
adverse to the Company or the Holders).
 
     Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
Subsidiaries.  The Indenture provides that the Company shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than Non-Recourse Subsidiaries) to,
directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective
any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to
 
          (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock
     or pay any Debt owed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
 
          (b) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
 
          (c) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or
 
          (d) incur or suffer to exist Liens in favor of the Holders,
 
except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of any
of the following:
 
             (1) applicable law;
 
             (2) the Indenture and the indentures governing the Deferred Coupon
        Notes, 2005 Notes, 2006 Notes and 2007 Notes;
 
             (3) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of
        any lease or license or other commercial agreement;
 
             (4) any instrument governing Acquired Debt of any Person, which
        encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the
        properties or assets of any Person, other than such Person and its
        Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of such Person and its
        Subsidiaries, so acquired;
 
             (5) the Liens specifically permitted by the provisions described
        under "--Limitation on Liens;" provided that such Liens and the terms
        governing such Liens do not, directly or indirectly, restrict the
        Company or its Subsidiaries from granting other Liens, except as to the
        assets subject to such Liens;
 
             (6) the Credit Agreement, the Receivables Financing Agreement or
        other Debt existing on the Issue Date; and
 
             (7) any Refinancing of the Credit Agreement, the Receivables
        Financing Agreement or any such other Debt existing on the Issue Date;
        provided that the terms and conditions of any such Refinancing
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
        agreements relating to the terms described in paragraphs (a)-(d) above
        are no less favorable to the Company than those contained in the
        agreements governing the Debt being Refinanced.
 
     Limitation on Asset Sales.  The Indenture provides that the Company shall
not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to
consummate an Asset Sale unless:
 
          (1) the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives
     consideration (including non-cash consideration, whose fair market value
     shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company
     or such Subsidiary, as evidenced by a Board Resolution) at the time of such
     Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or
     otherwise disposed of (as determined in good faith by its Board of
     Directors, as evidenced by a Board Resolution);
 
          (2) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company or such
     Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall be cash or Cash Equivalents; provided
     that this clause (2) shall not prohibit any Asset Sale for which the
     Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives 100% of the
     consideration, directly or through the acquisition of Capital Stock of a
     Person, in operating assets; and
 
          (3) in the case of an Asset Sale by the Company or any of its
     Subsidiaries, the Company shall commit to apply the Net Cash Proceeds of
     such Asset Sale within 300 days of the consummation of such Asset Sale, and
     shall apply such Net Cash Proceeds within 360 days of receipt thereof,
 
             (i) to invest in the businesses that the Company and its Recourse
        Subsidiaries are engaged in at the time of such Asset Sale or any like
        or related business,
 
             (ii) to pay or satisfy any Debt of the Company or any of its
        Subsidiaries (other than Debt which is subordinated by its terms to the
        Notes) or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary, including the Debt referred
        to in the last sentence of the definition thereof or make provision for
        the payment thereof, through an escrow or other fund, and/or
 
             (iii) to offer to purchase the Notes in a tender offer (a "Net
        Proceeds Offer") at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal
        amount thereof plus accrued interest thereon to the date of purchase;
        provided, however, that the Company shall, to the extent required under
        the indentures governing the Deferred Coupon Notes, the 2005 Notes, the
        2006 Notes and 2007 Notes,
 
                (a) first offer to purchase any outstanding Deferred Coupon
           Notes in a tender offer at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
           accreted value thereof to the date of purchase,
 
                (b) then offer to purchase any outstanding 2006 Notes, in a
           tender offer at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal
           amount thereof plus accrued interest thereon to the date of purchase,
 
                (c) then offer to purchase any outstanding 2007 Notes in a
           tender offer at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal
           amount thereof plus accrued interest thereon to the date of purchase,
           and
 
                (d) then offer to purchase any outstanding 2005 Notes in a
           tender offer at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal
           amount thereof plus accrued interest thereon to the date of purchase;
 
provided, further, however that the Company may defer making a Net Proceeds
Offer until the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales to be applied
pursuant to this clause (3)(iii) equal or exceed $25,000,000;
 
provided that (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries may retain up to $7,000,000
of Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales in any twelve-month period (without
complying with clause (3)), and (ii) any Asset Sale that would result in a
Change of Control shall not be governed by this covenant but shall be governed
by the provisions described above under "Repurchase at the Option of
Holders--Change of Control."
 
     The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the
Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the
extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the
repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer.
 
     Restriction on Transfer of Certain Assets to Subsidiaries.  The Indenture
provides that if the Company transfers or causes to be transferred, in one or a
series of related transactions, Material Assets to any one or more Non-Recourse
Subsidiaries of the Company, the Company shall cause such transferee Subsidiary
to
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
          (i) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in
     form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which such
     transferee Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee, on a senior basis,
     all the Company's obligations under the Notes and
 
          (ii) deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel that such
     supplemental indenture has been duly executed and delivered by such
     transferee Subsidiary.
 
     Investment Company Act.  The Indenture provides that the Company will not
take any action that would require it or any of its Subsidiaries to register as
an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
 
     Reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission and Holders.  The Company
shall file with the Trustee and provide Holders of record, within 15 days after
it files them with the Commission, copies of its annual report and the
information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of
the foregoing as the Commission may by rules and regulations prescribe) which
the Company is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act, without exhibits in the case of Holders, unless the
Company is requested in writing by the Holders. Notwithstanding that the Company
may not be required to remain subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will continue to file with
the Commission and provide the Trustee and Holders with such annual reports and
information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of
the foregoing as the Commission may by rules and regulations prescribe) which
are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act, without exhibits in
the case of Holders, unless the Company is requested in writing by the Holders.
The Company also will comply with the other provisions of TIA Section 314(a).
 
     So long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall cause
each annual, quarterly and other financial report mailed or otherwise furnished
by it generally to public stockholders to be filed with the Trustee and mailed
to the Holders of record at their addresses appearing in the register of Notes
maintained by the Registrar, in each case at the time of such mailing or
furnishing to such stockholders.
 
     The Company shall provide to any Holder or any beneficial owner of Notes
any information reasonably requested by such holder or such beneficial owner
concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries (including financial statements)
necessary in order to permit such holder or such beneficial owner to sell or
transfer Notes in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any
similar rule or regulation adopted by the Commission.
 
MERGER, ETC.
 
     The Indenture provides that the Company shall not consolidate with or merge
with or into or sell, assign, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its
properties and assets (either in one transaction or in a series of related
transactions) to any Person, unless:
 
          (1) the Company shall be the continuing Person, or the resulting,
     surviving or transferee Person (if other than the Company) shall be a
     corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States or
     any State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume,
     by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee,
     in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the
     Company under the Notes and the Indenture, and the Indenture shall remain
     in full force and effect;
 
          (2) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such
     transaction (and treating any Debt which becomes an obligation of the
     resulting, surviving or transferee Person or any of its Subsidiaries as a
     result of such transaction as having been issued by such Person or such
     Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default
     shall have occurred and be continuing;
 
          (3) immediately before and after giving effect to such transaction,
     the resulting, surviving or transferee Person could incur at least $1.00 of
     additional Debt under paragraph (a) of the "Limitation on Debt and
     Preferred Stock of the Company and its Subsidiaries" covenant; and
 
          (4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the
     resulting, surviving or transferee Person shall have a Consolidated Net
     Worth in an amount which is not less than the Consolidated Net Worth of the
     Company immediately prior to such transaction.
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
     In connection with any consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer or
lease contemplated by this covenant, the Company shall deliver, or cause to be
delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer or lease and the
supplemental indenture in respect thereto comply with this covenant and the TIA
and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such
transaction have been complied with.
 
     Upon any consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, transfer or lease
of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with the
preceding two paragraphs, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation
or into which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer
or lease is made, shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise
every right and power of, the Company under the Indenture, with the same effect
as if such successor corporation had been named as the Company herein, and,
except in the case of a lease, the Company will be discharged from all
obligations and covenants under the Indenture and the Notes.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
 
     An Event of Default will occur under the Indenture if:
 
          (1) the Company defaults in the payment of interest on any Note when
     the same becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of
     30 days;
 
          (2) (i) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of any
     Note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity or otherwise or
     (ii) the Company fails to redeem or repurchase Notes when required pursuant
     to the Indenture or the Notes;
 
          (3) the Company fails to comply with provisions described under
     "--Merger, etc.;"
 
          (4) the Company fails to comply for 30 days after notice with any of
     its obligations described under "Repurchase at the Option of
     Holders--Change of Control" and "--Certain Covenants;"
 
          (5) the Company fails to comply for 60 days after notice with its
     other agreements contained in the Indenture or the Notes (other than those
     referred to in clauses (1)-(4) above);
 
          (6) principal of or interest on Debt of the Company or any of its
     Significant Subsidiaries is not paid within any applicable grace period or
     is accelerated by the holders thereof because of a default and the total
     amount that is unpaid or accelerated exceeds $15,000,000 or its foreign
     currency equivalent and such default continues for 5 days after notice;
 
          (7) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the
     Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries occurs pursuant to or within
     the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law; or
 
          (8) any judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of
     $15,000,000 in the aggregate is rendered against the Company or any of its
     Significant Subsidiaries and (i) there is a period of 60 days following the
     entry of such judgment or order during which such judgment or order is not
     discharged, waived or the execution thereof stayed and such default
     continues for 10 days after the notice specified below or (ii) foreclosure
     proceedings therefor have begun and have not been stayed within five days
     of the commencement of such foreclosure proceeding.
 
     A Default under clauses (4), (5), (6) or (8) is not an Event of Default
until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding Notes notify the Company in writing of the Default, and the
Company does not cure the Default within the time specified in such clause after
receipt of such notice.
 
     Such notice shall be given by the Trustee if so requested in writing by the
Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.
When a Default under clause (4), (5), (6) or (8) is cured or remedied within the
specified period, it ceases to exist.
 
     If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default with respect to the
Company specified in clause (7) above) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by
written notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Company and
the Trustee, may declare all unpaid principal of and accrued interest on the
Notes then outstanding to be due and payable (the "Default Amount"). Upon a
declaration of acceleration, such amount shall be due and payable immediately.
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
     If an Event of Default with respect to the Company specified in clause
(7) above occurs, the Default Amount shall ipso facto become and be immediately
due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee
or any Noteholder.
 
     Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may rescind an acceleration with
respect to the Notes and its consequences.
 
     Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the
Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will
be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the Notes unless
such holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security
against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive
payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest (if any) when due, no Holder
may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless (i) such
Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is
continuing, (ii) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the
outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy, (iii) such
Holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any
loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request
within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity
and (v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the
outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such
request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the Holders
of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Notes are given
the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power
conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any
direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee
determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Noteholder or that
would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
 
     The Indenture provides that, if a Default occurs and is continuing and is
known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each Noteholder notice of the
Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in the
payment of principal of or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice
if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines
that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders. In addition, the
Company is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of
each fiscal year, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of
any Default that occurred during the previous year. The Company also is required
to deliver to the Trustee, within 10 days after the occurrence thereof, written
notice of any event which would constitute certain Defaults, their status, and
what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.
 
DISCHARGE
 
     The Company at any time may terminate all its obligations under the Notes
and the Indenture ("legal defeasance"), except for certain obligations,
including those respecting the defeasance trust and obligations to register the
transfer or exchange of the Notes, to replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or
stolen Notes and to maintain a registrar and paying agent in respect of the
Notes. The Company at any time may terminate its obligations under the covenants
described under "--Certain Covenants" and "Repurchase at the Option of Holders--
Change of Control," above and the operation of clauses (3), (4), (5), (6),
(7) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries) or (8) described under
"--Events of Default" above and the limitations contained in clause (3) or
(4) described under "--Merger, Etc." above ("covenant defeasance").
 
     The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its
prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If the Company exercises its
legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of
an Event of Default with respect thereto. If the Company exercises its covenant
defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an
Event of Default specified in clause (3), (4), (5), (6), (7) (with respect only
to Significant Subsidiaries) or (8) described under "--Events of Default" above,
or because of the failure of the Company to comply with clause (3) or
(4) described under "--Merger, Etc." above.
 
     In order to exercise either defeasance option, the Company must irrevocably
deposit in trust (the "defeasance trust") with the Trustee money or U.S.
Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest (if any) on the
Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must comply with
certain other conditions, including (unless the Notes will mature or be redeemed
within 30 days) delivering to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect
that holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal
income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be
subject to federal income tax on the
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been in
the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred, and, in the case of
legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling of the
Internal Revenue Service or other change in applicable federal income tax law.
 
MODIFICATIONS AND AMENDMENTS
 
     Modifications and amendments of the Indenture may be made by the Company
and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Notes; provided that no such modification or
amendment may, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note
affected thereby:
 
          (i) change the stated maturity of the principal of, or any installment
     of interest on, any Note or reduce the principal amount thereof, the rate
     of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or
     change the coin or currency in which any Note or any premium or the
     interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the
     enforcement of any such payment after the stated maturity thereof;
 
          (ii) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the outstanding
     Notes, the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such
     supplemental indenture or the consent of such Holders is required for any
     waiver of compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or certain
     Defaults thereunder and their consequences provided for in the Indenture;
 
          (iii) modify any of the provisions relating to supplemental indentures
     requiring the consent of Holders or relating to the waiver of past defaults
     or relating to the waiver of certain covenants, except to increase any such
     percentage of outstanding Notes required for such actions or to provide
     that certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot be modified or waived
     without the consent of each Noteholder affected thereby; or
 
          (iv) except as otherwise permitted by the covenants described under
     "--Merger, Etc.," consent to the assignment or transfer by the Company of
     any of its rights and obligations under the Indenture.
 
     It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders to approve the
particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be
sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. Any amendment, waiver
or consent shall be deemed effective upon receipt by the Trustee of the
necessary consents and shall not require execution of any supplemental indenture
to be effective.
 
     The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
outstanding may waive compliance with certain restrictive covenants and
provisions of the Indenture.
 
     Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or
indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of
interest, fee or otherwise, to any Noteholder for or as an inducement to any
consent, waiver or amendment of any terms or provisions of the Notes unless such
consideration is offered to be paid or agreed to be paid to all Noteholders
which so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in
solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment.
 
GOVERNING LAW
 
     The Indenture and the Notes will be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
                   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
     The following is a summary of the material United States federal income tax
consequences to tendering holders of Old Notes of the exchange of Old Notes for
New Notes.
 
     This summary is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the "Code"), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (including
temporary regulations), administrative rulings and judicial decisions now in
effect, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.
This summary does not discuss all aspects of federal income taxation that may be
relevant to a particular holder in light of such holder's individual investment
circumstances or to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under
the federal income tax laws (for example, dealers in securities or foreign
currency, banks, life insurance companies, other financial institutions,
tax-exempt organizations and persons who hold (or will hold) the Notes as a
position in a "straddle" or as part of a synthetic security or "hedge,"
"conversion transaction" or other integrated investment, or persons that have a
"functional currency" other than the U.S. dollar), nor does it discuss any
aspect of state, local or foreign taxation. The following discussion assumes
that the Old Notes and New Notes are (and will be) held by the holders thereof
as "capital assets" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.
 
     THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS INCLUDED HEREIN FOR GENERAL INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES
ONLY. ACCORDINGLY, EACH HOLDER OF OLD NOTES SHOULD CONSULT WITH SUCH HOLDER'S
OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH HOLDER OF
PARTICIPATION IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF
ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS.
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF TENDERING OLD NOTES
 
     The exchange of Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer
should not constitute an exchange for federal income tax purposes. Accordingly,
not only should the Exchange Offer have no federal income tax consequences to
holders who exchange their Old Notes for New Notes (i.e., there should be no
change in the holder's tax basis and its holding period should carry over to the
New Notes), but the federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of
the New Notes should also be the same as those applicable to the Old Notes.
 
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
     Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting
the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of such
New Notes. The Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to purchase or
make offers for, or to offer New Notes for, any Old Notes that remain
outstanding subsequent to the Expiration Date and, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, purchase Old Notes in the open market, in privately negotiated
transactions or otherwise. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented
from time to time, may be used by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act, including broker-dealers in connection with
resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes
were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities and may be used by the Company to purchase any Old Notes outstanding
after expiration of the Exchange Offer. The Company has agreed that, for a
period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus, as
amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection
with any such resale.
 
     The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Notes by
broker-dealers. New Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more
transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through
the writing of options on the New Notes or a combination of such methods of
resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to
such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made
directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive
compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such
broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such New Notes. Any broker-dealer
that resells New Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such New Notes
may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act
and any profit on any such resale of New Notes and any commissions or
concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting
compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by
acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus meeting the
requirements of the Securities Act, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit
that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
     For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, the Company will
promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents
in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses
incident to the Exchange Offer (including the reasonable fees and expenses of
Latham & Watkins, counsel to the initial purchasers of the Old Notes) other than
commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify holders
of the Notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the issuance of the
New Notes will be passed upon for the Company by Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, New
York, New York. Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP has from time to time represented,
and continues to represent, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., one of the initial
purchasers of the Old Notes, in connection with various legal matters. Weil,
Gotshal & Manges LLP has from time to time represented, and may continue to
represent, GAF and certain of its affiliates (including G-I Holdings, ISP and
BMCA) in connection with certain legal matters.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The audited consolidated financial statements and schedule of Building
Materials Corporation of America included in this Prospectus have been audited
by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated in their
reports with respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the
authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                                              ----
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants...................................................................    F-2

Consolidated Statements of Income for the three years ended December 31, 1997 and the first nine months
  ended September 28, 1997 and September 27, 1998 (Unaudited)..............................................    F-3

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and
  as of September 27, 1998 (Unaudited).....................................................................    F-4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 1997 and the first nine months
  ended September 28, 1997 and September 27, 1998 (Unaudited)..............................................    F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the three years ended December 31, 1997 and
  the first nine months ended September 27, 1998 (Unaudited)...............................................    F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................    F-8

Supplementary Data (Unaudited):
  Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited).....................................................................   F-25
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To Building Materials Corporation of America:
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Building
Materials Corporation of America (a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned
subsidiary of GAF Building Materials Corporation) and subsidiaries as of
December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the related consolidated statements of income,
stockholder's equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1997. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above, appearing on
pages F-3 to F-24 of this Prospectus, present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of Building Materials Corporation of America and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Roseland, New Jersey
February 20, 1998
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                        -----------------------------
                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,         SEPTEMBER 28,   SEPTEMBER 27,   
                                                   ---------------------------------       1997            1998
                                                     1995       1996        1997        (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
                                                   --------   --------   -----------    -------------   -------------
                                                                         (THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>             <C>
Net sales........................................  $687,184   $851,967    $ 944,629       $ 723,614       $ 812,273
                                                   --------   --------    ---------       ---------       ---------
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of products sold..........................   506,012    622,234      686,992         521,291         578,776
  Selling, general and administrative............   134,145    166,706      185,653         141,100         172,864
  Goodwill amortization..........................     1,170      1,664        1,891           1,421           1,573
  Nonrecurring charges...........................        --         --           --              --          27,563
                                                   --------   --------    ---------       ---------       ---------
     Total costs and expenses....................   641,327    790,604      874,536         663,812         780,776
                                                   --------   --------    ---------       ---------       ---------
Operating income.................................    45,857     61,363       70,093          59,802          31,497
Interest expense.................................   (24,822)   (32,044)     (42,784)        (30,494)        (37,675)
Other income (expense), net......................    (4,486)    (1,455)      15,462           8,864          20,917
                                                   --------   --------    ---------       ---------       ---------
Income before income taxes and extraordinary
  item...........................................    16,549     27,864       42,771          38,172          14,739
Income taxes.....................................    (6,450)   (10,809)     (16,680)        (14,887)         (5,675)
                                                   --------   --------    ---------       ---------       ---------
Income before extraordinary item.................    10,099     17,055       26,091          23,285           9,064
Extraordinary item, net of income tax benefit of
  $5,845.........................................        --         --           --              --          (9,336)
                                                   --------   --------    ---------       ---------       ---------
Net income (loss)................................  $ 10,099   $ 17,055    $  26,091       $  23,285       $    (272)
                                                   --------   --------    ---------       ---------       ---------
                                                   --------   --------    ---------       ---------       ---------
</TABLE>
 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,          SEPTEMBER 27,   
                                                                             -----------------------       1998
                                                                               1996         1997        (UNAUDITED)
                                                                             --------    -----------    -------------
                                                                                         (THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                          <C>         <C>            <C>
                                  ASSETS
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...............................................   $124,560     $  12,921       $  51,114
  Investments in trading securities.......................................      1,065        62,059          32,162
  Investments in available-for-sale securities............................     82,016       161,290          95,486
  Investments in held-to-maturity securities..............................      7,169           499           6,344
  Other short-term investments............................................     15,944        19,488          20,587
  Accounts receivable, trade, less reserve of $1,974, $2,752 and $3,925,
    respectively..........................................................      9,870        13,643          11,698
  Accounts receivable, other..............................................     23,235        50,839          71,471
  Receivable from related parties, net....................................         --         5,151              --
  Loan receivable from related party......................................         --         6,152              --
  Inventories.............................................................     77,196        72,254         103,444
  Other current assets....................................................      3,751         6,243           7,200
                                                                             --------     ---------       ---------
    Total Current Assets..................................................    344,806       410,539         399,506
Property, plant and equipment, net........................................    220,500       241,946         300,611
Excess of cost over net assets of businesses acquired, net of accumulated
  amortization of $6,889, $8,780 and $10,353, respectively................     60,469        70,046          80,431
Deferred income tax benefits..............................................     59,053        35,981          51,050
Receivable from related parties...........................................         --        31,661              --
Other assets..............................................................     16,755        17,113          17,785
                                                                             --------     ---------       ---------
Total Assets..............................................................   $701,583     $ 807,286       $ 849,383
                                                                             --------     ---------       ---------
                                                                             --------     ---------       ---------
                   LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Short-term debt.........................................................   $     --     $  26,944       $   2,388
  Current maturities of long-term debt....................................      3,412         3,801           4,024
  Accounts payable........................................................     47,879        55,642          74,072
  Payable to related parties, net.........................................      2,287            --           3,780
  Accrued liabilities.....................................................     27,938        26,298          58,817
  Reserve for asbestos claims.............................................      3,062            --              --
  Reserve for product warranty claims.....................................     12,914        13,100          21,725
                                                                             --------     ---------       ---------
    Total Current Liabilities.............................................     97,492       125,785         164,806
                                                                             --------     ---------       ---------
Long-term debt less current maturities....................................    405,690       555,446         569,552
                                                                             --------     ---------       ---------
Reserve for product warranty claims.......................................     30,755        23,881          30,719
                                                                             --------     ---------       ---------
Other liabilities.........................................................     24,409        19,175          22,352
                                                                             --------     ---------       ---------
Commitments and Contingencies.............................................
Stockholders' Equity:
  Series A Cumulative Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par
    value per share; 100,000 shares authorized; no shares issued..........         --            --              --
  Class A Common Stock, $.001 par value per share; 1,300,000 shares
    authorized; 1,000,010, 1,000,010 and 1,015,010 shares issued and
    outstanding, respectively.............................................          1             1               1
  Class B Common Stock, $.001 par value per share; 100,000 shares
    authorized; 0, 0 and 15,000 shares issued and
    outstanding, respectively.............................................         --            --              --
  Additional paid-in capital..............................................    182,699        86,910          89,400
  Accumulated deficit.....................................................    (40,174)      (14,083)        (14,355)
  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)...........................        711        10,171         (13,092)
                                                                             --------     ---------       ---------
Stockholders' Equity......................................................    143,237        82,999          61,954
                                                                             --------     ---------       ---------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity................................   $701,583     $ 807,286       $ 849,383
                                                                             --------     ---------       ---------
                                                                             --------     ---------       ---------
</TABLE>
 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                         ------------------------------
                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        SEPTEMBER 28,    SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                      -------------------------------       1997             1998
                                                       1995        1996        1997      (UNAUDITED)      (UNAUDITED)
                                                      -------    --------    --------    -------------    -------------
                                                                                 (THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>              <C>
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period......  $29,015    $ 45,989    $124,560      $ 124,560        $  12,921
                                                      -------    --------    --------      ---------        ---------
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
  Net income (loss).................................   10,099      17,055      26,091         23,285             (272)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
    cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
      Extraordinary item............................       --          --          --             --            9,336
      Depreciation..................................   20,252      23,857      22,936         16,796           19,347
      Goodwill amortization.........................    1,170       1,664       1,891          1,421            1,573
      Deferred income taxes.........................    6,250      10,609      16,481         14,736            5,487
      Noncash interest charges......................   21,432      23,718      27,222         20,125           20,203
  (Increase) decrease in working capital items......   (8,050)    (14,905)     17,859        (52,316)         (29,301)
  Purchases of trading securities...................       --     (33,824)   (123,483)       (60,470)        (117,914)
  Proceeds from sales of trading securities.........       --      30,394      55,378         46,217           98,987
  (Increase) decrease in other assets...............    1,924      (1,711)      1,773          1,621              384
  Increase (decrease) in other liabilities..........   (4,502)     (4,158)     (9,356)        (6,336)          10,219
  Change in net receivable from/payable to related
    parties.........................................    1,939        (341)    (39,099)       (22,282)          40,592
  Other, net........................................      112         787      (8,001)         1,351           11,088
                                                      -------    --------    --------      ---------        ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating
  activities........................................   50,626      53,145     (10,308)       (15,852)          69,729
                                                      -------    --------    --------      ---------        ---------
 
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities:
  Capital expenditures..............................  (24,992)    (25,629)    (46,844)       (26,182)         (36,251)
  Acquisitions......................................  (29,119)         --     (30,861)       (30,531)         (59,187)
  Purchases of available-for-sale securities........  (45,706)   (139,355)   (223,804)      (103,427)         (54,524)
  Purchases of held-to-maturity securities..........       --          --      (4,591)        (4,591)          (6,344)
  Purchases of other short-term investments.........   (2,069)       (660)         --             --               --
  Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale
    securities......................................    8,416     101,095     173,547        125,445          122,187
  Proceeds from held-to-maturity securities.........       --          --      11,361         10,558              499
                                                      -------    --------    --------      ---------        ---------
Net cash used in investing activities...............  (93,470)    (64,549)   (121,192)       (28,728)         (33,620)
                                                      -------    --------    --------      ---------        ---------
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities:
  Proceeds (repayments) from sale of accounts
    receivable......................................    7,919       8,015     (35,332)        15,574           43,620
  Increase (decrease) in short-term debt............       --          --      26,944             --          (24,556)
  (Increase) decrease in loans receivable from
    related party...................................   23,633          --      (6,152)            --            6,152
  Proceeds from issuance of debt....................   40,002      99,502      99,916            662          149,361
  Increase (decrease) in borrowings under revolving
    credit facility.................................       --          --      34,000             --          (34,000)
  Repayments of long-term debt......................  (10,440)    (34,856)     (3,521)        (2,610)        (135,443)
  Decrease in restricted cash.......................   24,484          --          --             --               --
  Capital contribution from (distribution to) parent
    company.........................................   34,312      86,077     (91,000)       (46,000)              --
  Payments of asbestos claims.......................  (59,795)    (66,224)     (3,062)        (3,062)              --
  Financing fees and expenses.......................     (297)     (2,539)     (1,932)          (430)          (3,050)
                                                      -------    --------    --------      ---------        ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
  activities........................................   59,818      89,975      19,861        (35,866)           2,084
                                                      -------    --------    --------      ---------        ---------
Net change in cash and cash equivalents.............   16,974      78,571    (111,639)       (80,446)          38,193
                                                      -------    --------    --------      ---------        ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period............  $45,989    $124,560    $ 12,921      $  44,114        $  51,114
                                                      -------    --------    --------      ---------        ---------
                                                      -------    --------    --------      ---------        ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS--(CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                    ---------------------------------
                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,       SEPTEMBER 28,     SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                   -----------------------------        1997              1998
                                                     1995       1996      1997      (UNAUDITED)       (UNAUDITED)
                                                   --------   --------   -------    ---------------   ---------------
                                                                              (THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>               <C>
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
Effect on cash from (increase) decrease in
  working capital items*:
  Accounts receivable............................  $    666   $ (5,122)  $ 7,773       $ (57,587)        $ (55,784)
  Inventories....................................    (4,557)    (8,123)    8,001          (9,094)          (17,811)
  Other current assets...........................     1,760        756    (3,029)           (931)             (356)
  Accounts payable...............................    (6,093)    (4,096)   10,210           5,560            12,687
  Accrued liabilities............................       174      1,680    (5,096)          9,736            31,963
                                                   --------   --------   -------       ---------         ---------
  Net effect on cash from (increase) decrease in
     working capital items.......................  $ (8,050)  $(14,905)  $17,859       $ (52,316)        $ (29,301)
                                                   --------   --------   -------       ---------         ---------
                                                   --------   --------   -------       ---------         ---------
Cash paid during the period for:
  Interest (net of amount capitalized)...........  $  2,796   $  6,442   $14,001       $   8,193         $  10,894
  Income taxes (including taxes paid pursuant to
     the Tax Sharing Agreement)..................       213        537       346             130             1,041
Acquisition of U.S. Intec, Inc., net of $180 cash
  acquired:
  Fair market value of assets acquired...........  $105,285
  Purchase price of acquisition..................    27,358
                                                   --------
  Liabilities assumed............................  $ 77,927
                                                   --------
                                                   --------
Acquisition of Leatherback Industries business,
  net of $8 cash acquired:
  Fair market value of assets acquired...........                        $27,167       $  27,167
  Purchase price of acquisition..................                         25,531          25,531
                                                                         -------       ---------
  Liabilities assumed............................                        $ 1,636       $   1,636
                                                                         -------       ---------
                                                                         -------       ---------
Acquisition of Leslie-Locke business:
  Fair market value of assets acquired...........                                                        $  59,318
  Purchase price of acquisition..................                                                           43,468
                                                                                                         ---------
  Liabilities assumed............................                                                        $  15,850
                                                                                                         ---------
                                                                                                         ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------
* Working capital items exclude cash and cash equivalents, short-term
  investments, short-term debt and net receivables from/payables to related
  parties. Working capital acquired in connection with acquisitions is reflected
  in "Acquisitions." The effects of reclassifications between noncurrent and
  current assets and liabilities are excluded from the amounts shown above. In
  addition, the increase in receivables shown above does not reflect the cash
  proceeds from the sale of certain of the Company's receivables (see Note 7);
  such proceeds are reflected in cash from financing activities. As discussed in
  Notes 1 and 2, in connection with the Separation Transactions, G-I Holdings
  Inc. made a noncash contribution to the Company in December 1996 of
  $2.8 million of available-for-sale securities, $7.1 million of
  held-to-maturity securities and $13.2 million of other short-term investments.
 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           CAPITAL
                                                          STOCK AND     ACCUMULATED
                                                          ADDITIONAL       OTHER
                                                           PAID-IN      COMPREHENSIVE    ACCUMULATED    COMPREHENSIVE
                                                           CAPITAL      INCOME (LOSS)     DEFICIT       INCOME (LOSS)
                                                          ----------    -------------    -----------    -------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>
Balance, December 31, 1994.............................    $ 46,936       $    (588)      $ (67,328)
  Comprehensive income--year ended December 31, 1995:
    Net income.........................................          --              --          10,099       $  10,099
                                                                                                          ---------
    Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
    Unrealized holding gains, net of income taxes of
      $225.............................................                         352                             352
    Less: Reclassification adjustment for gains
      included in net income, net of income tax effect
      of $51...........................................                          80                              80
                                                                          ---------                       ---------
    Unrealized gains on available-for-sale
      securities.......................................          --             272              --             272
    Minimum pension liability adjustment...............          --             (47)             --             (47)
                                                                                                          ---------
  Comprehensive income.................................                                                   $  10,324
                                                                                                          ---------
                                                                                                          ---------
  Capital contribution from parent company.............      34,312              --              --
  Reclassification to additional paid-in capital of the
    excess of purchase price over the adjusted
    historical cost of predecessor company shares......      (7,874)             --              --
                                                           --------       ---------       ---------
Balance, December 31, 1995.............................    $ 73,374       $    (363)      $ (57,229)
  Comprehensive income--year ended December 31, 1996:
    Net income.........................................          --              --          17,055       $  17,055
                                                                                                          ---------
    Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
    Unrealized holding gains, net of income taxes of
      $1,883...........................................                       3,020                           3,020
    Less: Reclassification adjustment for gains
      included in net income, net of income tax effect
      of $1,550........................................                       2,498                           2,498
                                                                          ---------                       ---------
    Unrealized gains on available-for-sale
      securities.......................................          --             522              --             522
    Minimum pension liability adjustment...............          --             552              --             552
                                                                                                          ---------
  Comprehensive income.................................                                                   $  18,129
                                                                                                          ---------
                                                                                                          ---------
  Capital contribution from parent company.............     109,326              --              --
                                                           --------       ---------       ---------
Balance, December 31, 1996.............................    $182,700       $     711       $ (40,174)
  Comprehensive income--year ended December 31, 1997:
    Net income.........................................          --              --          26,091       $  26,091
                                                                                                          ---------
    Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
    Unrealized holding gains, net of income taxes of
      $5,043...........................................                       7,886                           7,886
    Less: Reclassification adjustment for losses
      included in net income, net of income tax effect
      of $1,548........................................                      (2,422)                         (2,422)
                                                                          ---------                       ---------
    Unrealized gains on available-for-sale
      securities.......................................          --          10,308              --          10,308
    Minimum pension liability adjustment...............          --            (848)             --            (848)
                                                                                                          ---------
  Comprehensive income.................................                                                   $  35,551
                                                                                                          ---------
                                                                                                          ---------
  Distribution to parent company.......................     (91,000)             --              --
  Transfer of Nashville, Tennessee plant to GAF
    Fiberglass Corporation.............................      (4,789)             --              --
                                                           --------       ---------       ---------
Balance, December 31, 1997.............................    $ 86,911       $  10,171       $ (14,083)
  Issuance of 30,000 shares of restricted common stock
    (unaudited)........................................       2,490              --              --
  Comprehensive income--nine months ended
    September 27, 1998 (unaudited):
    Net loss (unaudited)...............................          --              --            (272)      $    (272)
                                                                                                          ---------
    Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
    Unrealized holding losses, net of income tax
      benefit of $10,125 (unaudited)...................                     (16,177)                        (16,177)
    Less: Reclassification adjustment for gains
      included in net loss, net of income tax effect of
      $4,585 (unaudited)...............................                       7,086                           7,086
                                                                          ---------                       ---------
    Change in unrealized losses on available-for-sale
      securities (unaudited)...........................          --         (23,263)             --         (23,263)
                                                                                                          ---------
  Comprehensive income (loss)(unaudited)...............                                                   $ (23,535)
                                                           --------       ---------       ---------       ---------
                                                                                                          ---------
Balance, September 27, 1998 (unaudited)................    $ 89,401       $ (13,092)      $ (14,355)
                                                           --------       ---------       ---------
                                                           --------       ---------       ---------
</TABLE>
 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     Building Materials Corporation of America ("BMCA" or the "Company") was
formed on January 31, 1994 and is a 97% owned subsidiary of GAF Building
Materials Corporation ("GAFBMC"), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of G
Industries Corp. ("G Industries"). G Industries is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
G-I Holdings Inc. ("G-I Holdings"), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GAF
Corporation ("GAF"). Financial information with regard to the first nine months
ended September 28, 1997 and September 27, 1998 is unaudited and, in the opinion
of management, contains all adjustments necessary to present fairly the
financial position and the results of operations and cash flows of the Company
for the periods presented. All adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. The
results of operations for these periods are not necessarily indicative of the
results to be expected for the full year.
 
     The Company is a leading national manufacturer of a broad line of asphalt
roofing products and accessories for the residential and commercial roofing
markets.
 
NOTE 1. FORMATION OF THE COMPANY
 
     Effective as of January 31, 1994, GAFBMC transferred to the Company all of
its business and assets (other than three closed manufacturing facilities,
certain deferred tax assets and receivables from affiliates). The Company
recorded the assets and liabilities related to such transfer at GAFBMC's
historical costs. The Company contractually assumed all of GAFBMC's liabilities,
except (i) all of GAFBMC's environmental liabilities, other than environmental
liabilities relating to the Company's plant sites and its business as then
conducted, (ii) all of GAFBMC's tax liabilities, other than tax liabilities
arising from the operations or business of the Company and (iii) all of GAFBMC's
asbestos-related liabilities, other than the first $204.4 million of such
liabilities (whether for indemnity or defense) relating to then-pending
asbestos-related bodily injury cases and previously settled asbestos-related
bodily injury cases which the Company contractually assumed and agreed to pay.
G-I Holdings and GAFBMC have agreed, jointly and severally, to indemnify the
Company from liabilities not assumed by the Company, including asbestos-related
and environmental liabilities not expressly assumed by the Company. See Note 3.
 
     The Company's Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on a
basis which retroactively reflects the formation of the Company, as discussed
above, for all periods presented prior to 1995, except that the Company's
assumption of $204.4 million of asbestos-related liabilities described above and
related income tax benefits of $79.7 million have been reflected as a charge of
$124.7 million to stockholder's equity upon the Company's formation as of
January 31, 1994.
 
     In October 1995, G-I Holdings acquired all of the outstanding shares of
U.S. Intec, Inc. ("USI"), which manufactures commercial roofing products, for a
purchase price of $27.5 million and assumed $35.0 million of USI's indebtedness.
As of January 1, 1997, USI became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company
through a capital contribution to the Company by G-I Holdings. Accordingly, the
Company's historical consolidated financial statements include USI's results of
operations from the date of its acquisition by G-I Holdings (October 20, 1995),
including sales of $21.8 and $99.0 million for the years ended December 31, 1995
and 1996, respectively, and net income (loss) of $(0.5) million and $1.3
million, respectively.
 
     On January 1, 1997, GAF effected a series of transactions involving its
subsidiaries (the "Separation Transactions") that resulted in, among other
things, (i) the approximately 83.5% of the issued and outstanding common stock
of International Specialty Products Inc. ("ISP"), an affiliate, owned by a
subsidiary of GAF being distributed to ISP Holdings Inc. ("ISP Holdings"), a
subsidiary of GAF, and the capital stock of ISP Holdings being distributed to
the stockholders of GAF, (ii) the Company's glass fiber manufacturing facility
in Nashville, Tennessee (and certain related assets and liabilities) being
transferred to GAF Fiberglass Corporation ("GFC"), (iii) USI becoming a
subsidiary of the Company and (iv) G-I Holdings making a contribution to the
Company in December 1996 of $82.5 million in cash and short-term investments. As
a result of the Separation Transactions, ISP Holdings and ISP were no longer
direct or indirect subsidiaries of GAF, while the Company and GFC have remained
subsidiaries of GAF. On July 15, 1998, ISP merged with and into ISP Holdings and
ISP Holdings changed its name to International Specialty Products Inc.
 
     The parent corporations of the Company are GAF, G-I Holdings, G Industries
and GAFBMC, and, except for the Company, the only other significant asset of
such parent corporations is GFC. As a result of the
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 1. FORMATION OF THE COMPANY--(CONTINUED)
Separation Transactions, dividends from ISP are not available to GAF and G-I
Holdings, and loans from ISP to GAF, G-I Holdings and the Company are prohibited
by certain of ISP's debt instruments.
 
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  Principles of Consolidation
 
     All subsidiaries are consolidated and intercompany transactions have been
eliminated.
 
  Financial Statement Estimates
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make certain estimates.
Actual results could differ from those estimates. In the opinion of management,
the financial statements herein contain all adjustments necessary to present
fairly the financial position and the results of operations and cash flows of
the Company for the periods presented. The Company has a policy to review the
recoverability of long-lived assets and identify and measure any potential
impairments. The Company does not anticipate any changes in management estimates
that would have a material impact on operations, liquidity or capital resources,
subject to the matters discussed in Note 13 (Commitments and Contingencies).
 
  Short-term Investments
 
     For securities classified as "trading" (including short positions),
unrealized gains and losses are reflected in income. For securities classified
as "available-for-sale", unrealized gains and losses, net of income tax effect,
are included in a separate component of stockholders' equity, "Accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss)", and were $0.8, $11.1 and $(12.2) million as of
December 31, 1996 and 1997 and September 27, 1998, respectively. Investments
classified as "held-to-maturity" securities are carried at amortized cost in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
     "Other income (expense), net" includes $0.4, $6.4, $26.4, $14.5 and
$24.9 million of net realized and unrealized gains on securities in 1995, 1996
and 1997 and the first nine months of 1997 and 1998, respectively. The
determination of cost in computing realized gains and losses is based on the
specific identification method.
 
     In connection with the Separation Transactions (see Note 1), in December
1996, G-I Holdings made a capital contribution to the Company of $2.8 million of
available-for-sale securities, $7.1 million of held-to-maturity securities and
$13.2 million of other short-term investments.
 
     During the fourth quarter of 1995, the Company redesignated certain equity
securities held long (which were offsets against short positions in certain
other securities), with a fair market value of $6.3 million, as "trading" and
recorded unrealized gains on such securities, through the date of redesignation,
in the amount of $0.5 million as "Other income".
 
     As of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and September 27, 1998, the market value
of the Company's equity securities held long was $82.5, $223.0 and
$129.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and
September 27, 1998, the market value of the Company's held-to-maturity
securities was $7.6, $0.5 and $6.3 million, respectively. The Company enters
into equity-related financial instruments and short positions in common stock
with off-balance sheet risk as a means to manage its exposure to market
fluctuations on its short-term investments. As of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and
September 27, 1998, the market value of such positions was $5.6, $18.6 and
$172.9 million, respectively, which are marked-to-market each month, with
unrealized gains and losses included in results of operations. The market values
referred to above are based on quotations as reported by various stock exchanges
and major broker-dealers. With respect to its investments in securities, the
Company is exposed to the risk of market loss.
 
     "Other short-term investments" are investments in limited partnerships
which are accounted for by the equity method. Gains and losses are reflected in
"Other income (expense), net". Liquidation of partnership interests generally
require a 30 to 45 day notice period.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)
     Cash and cash equivalents include cash on deposit and debt securities
purchased with original maturities of three months or less.
 
  Inventories
 
     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. The LIFO (last-in,
first-out) method is utilized to determine cost for a portion of the Company's
inventories. All other inventories are determined principally based on the FIFO
(first-in, first-out) method.
 
  Property, Plant and Equipment
 
     Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated
depreciation. Depreciation is computed principally on the straight-line method
based on the estimated economic lives of the assets. The Company uses an
economic life of 5-25 years for land improvements, 10-40 years for buildings and
building equipment, and 3-20 years for machinery and equipment, which includes
furniture and fixtures. Certain interest charges are capitalized during the
period of construction as part of the cost of property, plant and equipment.
 
  Excess of Purchase Price Over the Adjusted Historical Cost of Predecessor
  Company Shares
 
     Stockholders' equity reflects a reduction of $7.9 million which arose from
a management-led buyout in March 1989 of the predecessor company to GAF (the
"Acquisition"), because certain members of the management group owned shares of
the predecessor company's common stock before the Acquisition and own shares of
GAF after the Acquisition. Accordingly, a step-up in asset values to fair value
as required by the purchase method of accounting (which was applied to the
Acquisition) does not apply to their shares. Such amount has been reclassified
to be reflected as a reduction of additional paid-in capital.
 
  Excess of Cost Over Net Assets of Businesses Acquired ("Goodwill")
 
     Goodwill is amortized on the straight-line method over a period of
approximately 40 years. The Company believes that the goodwill is recoverable.
The primary financial indicator to assess recoverability of goodwill is
operating income before amortization of goodwill. The assessment is based on an
undiscounted analysis.
 
  Debt Issuance Costs
 
     Debt issuance costs are amortized to expense over the life of the related
debt.
 
  Revenue Recognition
 
     Revenue is recognized at the time products are shipped to the customer.
 
     Revenues in 1996 and 1997 included sales to American Builders & Contractors
Supply Co., Inc., which accounted for approximately 11% and 10%, respectively,
of the Company's net sales.
 
  Interest Rate Swaps
 
     Gains (losses) on interest rate swap agreements ("swaps") are deferred and
amortized as a reduction (increase) of interest expense over the shorter of the
remaining life of the swaps or the remaining period to maturity of the debt
issue with respect to which the swaps were entered.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)
  Research and Development
 
     Research and development expenses are charged to operations as incurred and
were $3.1, $4.5, $5.4, $3.8 and $4.2 million for 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the
first nine months of 1997 and 1998, respectively.
 
  Warranty Claims
 
     The Company provides certain limited warranties covering most of its
residential roofing products for periods ranging from 20 to 40 years. The
Company also offers limited warranties and guarantees of varying duration on its
commercial roofing products; income from warranty contracts related to
commercial roofing products is recognized over the life of the agreements. The
Company believes that the reserves established for estimated probable future
warranty claims are adequate.
 
     The Company's 1997 Consolidated Statement of Income includes a provision of
$3.0 million in connection with the Company's estimated obligations related to
product warranty claims for a discontinued product.
 
  Environmental Liability
 
     The Company, together with other companies, is a party to a variety of
proceedings and lawsuits involving environmental matters. The Company estimates
that its liability in respect of such environmental matters, and certain other
environmental compliance expenses, as of December 31, 1997, is $1.1 million,
before reduction for insurance recoveries reflected on its balance sheet of $0.8
million. The Company's liability is reflected on an undiscounted basis. See
"Business--Legal Proceedings--Environmental Litigation", which is incorporated
herein by reference, for further discussion with respect to environmental
liabilities and estimated insurance recoveries.
 
  Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
 
     In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting
Comprehensive Income", which establishes standards for reporting comprehensive
income and its components in annual and interim financial statements. The
Company adopted SFAS No. 130 as of January 1, 1998 and has reclassified
financial statements for earlier periods. In the Company's case, comprehensive
income includes net income, unrealized gains and losses from investments in
available-for-sale securities, net of income tax effect, and minimum pension
liability adjustments. The Company has chosen to disclose Comprehensive Income
in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit).
 
     Changes in the components of "Accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss)" for the years 1996 and 1997 and the first nine months ended
September 27, 1998 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              UNREALIZED
                                                              GAINS (LOSSES)    MINIMUM       ACCUMULATED
                                                              ON AVAILABLE-     PENSION          OTHER
                                                               FOR-SALE         LIABILITY     COMPREHENSIVE
                                                              SECURITIES        ADJUSTMENT    INCOME (LOSS)
                                                              --------------    ----------    -------------
                                                                               (THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>           <C>
Balance, December 31, 1995.................................      $    272         $ (635)       $    (363)
Change for the year 1996...................................           522            552            1,074
                                                                 --------         ------        ---------
Balance, December 31, 1996.................................      $    794         $  (83)       $     711
Change for the year 1997...................................        10,308           (848)           9,460
                                                                 --------         ------        ---------
Balance, December 31, 1997.................................      $ 11,102         $ (931)       $  10,171
Change for the first nine months ended September 27, 1998
  (unaudited)..............................................       (23,263)            --          (23,263)
                                                                 --------         ------        ---------
Balance, September 27, 1998 (unaudited)....................      $(12,161)        $ (931)       $ (13,092)
                                                                 --------         ------        ---------
                                                                 --------         ------        ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)
  New Accounting Standards
 
     In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of
an Enterprise and Related Information", which establishes standards for
companies to report information about operating segments in annual financial
statements, based on the approach that management utilizes to organize the
segments within the Company for management reporting and decision making. In
addition, SFAS No. 131 requires that companies report selected information about
operating segments in interim financial reports. It also establishes standards
for related disclosures about products and services, and major customers. The
adoption of SFAS No. 131 will have no impact on the Company's consolidated
results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
     In February 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132, "Employers' Disclosures
about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits", which standardizes employers'
disclosure requirements for pension and other postretirement benefit plans, but
does not change the measurement or recognition of those plans. The adoption of
SFAS No. 132 will have no impact on the Company's consolidated results of
operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
     In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and
reporting standards requiring that every derivative instrument be recorded in
the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value.
SFAS No. 133 requires that changes in the derivative's fair value be recognized
currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Special
accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative's gains and losses to
offset related results on the hedged item in the income statement. SFAS No. 133
is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999, but may be adopted
earlier. The Company has not yet determined the effect of adoption of SFAS
No. 133 and has not determined the timing or method of adoption of the
statement. Adoption of SFAS No. 133 could increase volatility in earnings and
other comprehensive income.
 
NOTE 3. RESERVE FOR ASBESTOS-RELATED BODILY INJURY CLAIMS
 
     In connection with its formation, the Company contractually assumed and
agreed to pay the first $204.4 million of liabilities for asbestos-related
bodily injury claims relating to the inhalation of asbestos fiber ("Asbestos
Claims") of its parent, GAFBMC. As of March 30, 1997, the Company had paid all
of its assumed asbestos-related liabilities. See also Note 1. G-I Holdings and
GAFBMC have jointly and severally agreed to indemnify the Company against any
claims related to asbestos-related liabilities, other than those contractually
assumed by the Company, in the event that claims in connection with liabilities
not assumed by the Company are asserted against it.
 
     GAF has advised the Company that, as of September 27, 1998, it is defending
approximately 105,000 pending alleged Asbestos Claims (having received notice of
approximately 74,400 new Asbestos Claims during the first nine months of 1998)
and has resolved approximately 283,200 Asbestos Claims (including approximately
48,700 in the first nine months of 1998). GAF has advised the Company that it
believes that a significant portion of the claims filed in the first nine months
of 1998 were already pending against other defendants for some period of time,
with GAF being added as a defendant upon the lifting in 1997 of the injunction
relating to the Georgine class action settlement. During 1997, GAF resolved
approximately 11,000 Asbestos Claims of which approximately 9,900 were resolved
(including Asbestos Claims disposed of at no cost to GAF) for an average cost of
approximately $4,070 per claim. GAF's share of the costs with respect to
approximately 1,100 Asbestos Claims resolved during 1997 has not yet been
determined. There can be no assurance that the actual costs of resolving pending
and future Asbestos Claims will approximate GAF's historic average costs.
 
     GAF has stated that it is committed to effecting a comprehensive resolution
of Asbestos Claims, that it is exploring a number of options, both judicial and
legislative, to accomplish such resolution, but there can be no assurance that
this effort will be successful.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 3. RESERVE FOR ASBESTOS-RELATED BODILY INJURY CLAIMS--(CONTINUED)
     The Company believes that it will not sustain any additional liability in
connection with asbestos-related claims. While the Company cannot predict
whether any asbestos-related claims will be asserted against it or its assets,
or the outcome of any litigation relating to such claims, it believes that it
has meritorious defenses to such claims. Moreover, it has been jointly and
severally indemnified by G-I Holdings and GAFBMC with respect to such claims.
Should GAF or GAFBMC be unable to satisfy judgments against it in
asbestos-related lawsuits, its judgment creditors might seek to enforce their
judgments against the assets of GAF or GAFBMC, including its holdings of common
stock of the Company, and such enforcement could result in a change of control
with respect to the Company. See Note 10 for information regarding the Company's
debt instruments and facilities.
 
     For a further discussion with respect to the foregoing, see
"Business--Legal Proceedings", which is incorporated herein by reference.
 
NOTE 4. ACQUISITIONS
 
     On March 14, 1997, the Company acquired the assets of the Leatherback
Industries division of Hollinee Corporation, which is engaged in the manufacture
and sale of asphalt-saturated felts and other felt and construction paper
products. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of
accounting. Accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to the estimated fair
values of the identifiable net assets acquired, and the excess was recorded as
goodwill. The results of the Leatherback business, including sales of $30.2
million for 1997, are included from the date of acquisition; the effects were
not material to 1997 operations.
 
     Effective June 1, 1998, the Company purchased for approximately
$43.5 million substantially all of the assets of Leslie-Locke Inc.
("Leslie-Locke"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Leslie Building Products, Inc.,
which manufactures and markets a variety of specialty building products and
accessories for the professional and do-it-yourself remodeling and residential
construction industries from manufacturing facilities in Burgaw, North Carolina
and Compton, California. Leslie-Locke had 1997 sales of approximately
$90 million. The acquisition will be accounted for under the purchase method of
accounting. The results of the Leslie-Locke business are included from the date
of acquisition and are not material to the results presented in the foregoing
financial statements. This acquisition, if it had occurred on January 1, 1998,
would not have had a material impact on results of operations for the nine
months ended September 27, 1998.
 
NOTE 5. NONRECURRING CHARGES (UNAUDITED)
 
     The Company recorded pre-tax nonrecurring charges in the third quarter of
1998 aggregating $27.6 million, of which $20.0 million related to the settlement
of a national class action lawsuit involving asphalt shingles manufactured
between January 1, 1973 and December 31, 1997. Under the terms of the September
1998 settlement, which has been granted preliminary approval by the court
pending a fairness hearing, the Company will provide property owners whose GAF
shingles were manufactured during this period and which suffer certain damages
during the term of their original warranty period, and who file a qualifying
claim, with an opportunity to receive certain limited benefits beyond those
already provided in their existing warranty. The Company agreed to the
settlement, payments against which will be made over a number of years, to avoid
the expense required to defend such litigation.
 
     In July 1998, the Company recorded a nonrecurring charge of $7.6 million
related to a grant to its President and Chief Operating Officer of 30,000 shares
of restricted common stock of the Company and certain cash payments to be made
over a specified period of time to such officer in connection with the
termination by an affiliate of preferred stock options and stock appreciation
rights held by such officer.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 6. INCOME TAXES
 
     Income tax provision, which has been computed on a separate return basis,
consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                             ------------------------------
                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        SEPTEMBER 28,    SEPTEMBER 27,
                                          -------------------------------       1997             1998
                                           1995        1996        1997      (UNAUDITED)      (UNAUDITED)
                                          -------    --------    --------    -------------    -------------
                                                                     (THOUSANDS)
<S>                                       <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>              <C>
Federal--deferred......................   $(5,424)   $ (9,241)   $(14,081)     $ (12,592)        $(5,016)
                                          -------    --------    --------      ---------         -------
State and local:
  Current..............................      (200)       (200)       (200)          (151)           (188)
  Deferred.............................      (826)     (1,368)     (2,399)        (2,144)           (471)
                                          -------    --------    --------      ---------         -------
       Total state and local...........    (1,026)     (1,568)     (2,599)        (2,295)           (659)
                                          -------    --------    --------      ---------         -------
Income tax provision...................   $(6,450)   $(10,809)   $(16,680)     $ (14,887)        $(5,675)
                                          -------    --------    --------      ---------         -------
                                          -------    --------    --------      ---------         -------
</TABLE>
 
     The differences between the income tax provision computed by applying the
statutory Federal income tax rate to pre-tax income, and the income tax
provision reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                             ------------------------------
                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        SEPTEMBER 28,    SEPTEMBER 27,
                                          -------------------------------       1997             1998
                                           1995        1996        1997      (UNAUDITED)      (UNAUDITED)
                                          -------    --------    --------    -------------    -------------
                                                                     (THOUSANDS)
<S>                                       <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>              <C>
Statutory provision....................   $(5,792)   $ (9,752)   $(14,970)     $ (13,360)        $(5,159)
Impact of:
  State and local taxes, net of Federal
     benefits..........................      (667)     (1,019)     (1,689)        (1,492)           (428)
  Nondeductible goodwill
     amortization......................      (260)       (484)       (564)          (371)           (477)
  Other, net...........................       269         446         543            336             389
                                          -------    --------    --------      ---------         -------
Income tax provision...................   $(6,450)   $(10,809)   $(16,680)     $ (14,887)        $(5,675)
                                          -------    --------    --------      ---------         -------
                                          -------    --------    --------      ---------         -------
</TABLE>
 
     The components of the net deferred tax assets are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,        SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                                    --------------------       1998
                                                                      1996        1997      (UNAUDITED)
                                                                    --------    --------    -------------
                                                                                 (THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>
Deferred tax liabilities related to property, plant and
  equipment......................................................   $(11,782)   $(14,742)     $ (13,664)
                                                                    --------    --------      ---------
Deferred tax assets related to:
  Expenses not yet deducted for tax purposes:
     Reserve for asbestos claims.................................      1,195          --             --
     Other.......................................................     38,774      29,294         46,844
  Net operating losses not yet utilized under the Tax Sharing
     Agreement...................................................     30,866      21,429         17,870
                                                                    --------    --------      ---------
Total deferred tax assets........................................     70,835      50,723         64,714
                                                                    --------    --------      ---------
Net deferred tax assets..........................................   $ 59,053    $ 35,981      $  51,050
                                                                    --------    --------      ---------
                                                                    --------    --------      ---------
</TABLE>
 
     Management has determined, based on the Company's history of prior earnings
and its expectations for the future, that future taxable income will more likely
than not be sufficient to utilize fully the deferred tax assets recorded.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 6. INCOME TAXES--(CONTINUED)
     The Company and its subsidiaries entered into a tax sharing agreement (the
"Tax Sharing Agreement") dated January 31, 1994 with GAF and G-I Holdings under
which the Company is obligated to pay G-I Holdings an amount equal to those
Federal income taxes the Company would have incurred if the Company (on behalf
of itself and its subsidiaries) filed its own Federal income tax return. Unused
tax attributes will carry forward for use in reducing amounts payable by the
Company to G-I Holdings in future years, but cannot be carried back. If the
Company were no longer a member of the GAF consolidated tax group (the "GAF
Group"), it would be required to pay to G-I Holdings the value of any tax
attributes it would succeed to under the consolidated return regulations to the
extent such attributes reduced the amounts otherwise payable by the Company
under the Tax Sharing Agreement. Under certain circumstances, the provisions of
the Tax Sharing Agreement could result in the Company having a greater liability
thereunder than it would have had if it (and its subsidiaries) had filed its own
separate Federal income tax return. Under the Tax Sharing Agreement, the Company
and each of its subsidiaries are responsible for any taxes that would be payable
by reason of any adjustment to the tax returns of GAF or its subsidiaries for
years prior to the adoption of the Tax Sharing Agreement that relate to the
business or assets of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company. Although, as
a member of the GAF Group, the Company is severally liable for all Federal
income tax liabilities of every member of the GAF Group, including tax
liabilities not related to the business of the Company, G-I Holdings and GAF
have agreed to indemnify the Company and its subsidiaries for all tax
liabilities of the GAF Group other than tax liabilities (i) arising from the
operations of the Company and its subsidiaries and (ii) for tax years pre-dating
the Tax Sharing Agreement that relate to the business or assets of the Company
and its subsidiaries. The Tax Sharing Agreement provides for analogous
principles to be applied to any consolidated, combined or unitary state or local
income taxes. Under the Tax Sharing Agreement, GAF makes all decisions with
respect to all matters relating to taxes of the GAF Group. The provisions of the
Tax Sharing Agreement take into account both the Federal income taxes the
Company would have incurred if it filed its own separate Federal income tax
return and the fact that the Company is a member of the GAF Group for Federal
income tax purposes. In accordance with the Tax Sharing Agreement, effective
January 31, 1994, tax benefits generated by net operating losses and credits
will reduce future tax sharing payments to G-I Holdings.
 
     On September 15, 1997, GAF received a notice from the Internal Revenue
Service (the "Service") of a deficiency in the amount of $84.4 million (after
taking into account the use of net operating losses and foreign tax credits
otherwise available for use in later years) in connection with the formation in
1990 of Rhone-Poulenc Surfactants and Specialties, L.P. (the "surfactants
partnership"), a partnership in which GFC holds an interest. The claim of the
Service for interest and penalties, after taking into account the effect on the
use of net operating losses and foreign tax credits, could result in GFC
incurring liabilities significantly in excess of the deferred tax liability of
$131.4 million that GAF recorded in 1990 in connection with this matter. GAF has
advised the Company that it believes that GFC will prevail in this matter,
although there can be no assurance in this regard. The Company believes that the
ultimate disposition of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on
its business, financial position or results of operations. GAF, G-I Holdings and
certain subsidiaries of GAF have agreed to jointly and severally indemnify the
Company against any tax liability associated with the surfactants partnership,
which the Company would be severally liable for, together with GAF and several
current and former subsidiaries of GAF, should GFC be unable to satisfy such
liability.
 
NOTE 7. SALE OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
     In March 1993, the Company sold its trade accounts receivable
("receivables") to a trust, without recourse, pursuant to an agreement which
provided for a maximum of $75 million in cash to be made available to the
Company based on eligible receivables outstanding from time to time. In November
1996, the Company entered into new agreements, pursuant to which it sold the
receivables to a special purpose subsidiary of the Company, BMCA Receivables
Corporation, without recourse, which in turn sold them to a new trust, without
recourse. The new agreements provide for a maximum of $115 million in cash to be
made available to the Company based on eligible receivables outstanding from
time to time. This facility expires in December 2001. The excess of
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 7. SALE OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE--(CONTINUED)
accounts receivable sold over the net proceeds received is included in "Accounts
receivable, other". The effective cost to the Company varies with LIBOR and is
included in "Other income (expense), net" and amounted to $4.6, $5.2, $5.1, $3.5
and $3.6 million in 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the first nine months of 1997 and
1998, respectively.
 
NOTE 8. INVENTORIES
 
     At December 31, 1996 and 1997 and September 27, 1998, $7.6, $7.8 and
$9.8 million, respectively, of inventories were valued using the LIFO method.
Inventories consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,       SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                                      ------------------       1998
                                                                       1996       1997      (UNAUDITED)
                                                                      -------    -------    -------------
                                                                                  (THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>
Finished goods.....................................................   $41,201    $38,459      $  65,401
Work in process....................................................    10,844     10,180          9,070
Raw materials and supplies.........................................    26,206     24,670         30,028
                                                                      -------    -------      ---------
     Total.........................................................    78,251     73,309        104,499
Less LIFO reserve..................................................    (1,055)    (1,055)        (1,055)
                                                                      -------    -------      ---------
Inventories........................................................   $77,196    $72,254      $ 103,444
                                                                      -------    -------      ---------
                                                                      -------    -------      ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 9. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,        SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                                   --------------------       1998
                                                                     1996        1997      (UNAUDITED)
                                                                   --------    --------    -------------
                                                                                (THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>         <C>         <C>
Land and land improvements......................................   $ 25,722    $ 26,052      $  26,954
Buildings and building equipment................................     46,001      48,525         59,172
Machinery and equipment (including equipment under capitalized
  leases of $17,660, $15,466 and $13,724--see Note 10)..........    178,190     183,108        223,443
Construction in progress........................................     19,039      40,775         66,006
                                                                   --------    --------      ---------
     Total......................................................    268,952     298,460        375,575
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization..................    (48,452)    (56,514)       (74,964)
                                                                   --------    --------      ---------
Property, plant and equipment, net..............................   $220,500    $241,946      $ 300,611
                                                                   --------    --------      ---------
                                                                   --------    --------      ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 10. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     Long-term debt consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,        SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                                   --------------------       1998
                                                                     1996        1997      (UNAUDITED)
                                                                   --------    --------    -------------
                                                                                (THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>         <C>         <C>
11 3/4% Senior Deferred Coupon Notes due 2004...................   $233,018    $261,203      $ 162,887
7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2005....................................         --          --        149,379
8 5/8% Senior Notes due 2006....................................     99,504      99,554         99,592
8% Senior Notes due 2007........................................         --      99,268         99,324
Borrowings under revolving credit facility......................         --      34,000             --
Industrial revenue bonds with various interest rates and
  maturity dates to 2012........................................     19,625      11,125         11,125
Obligations on mortgaged properties.............................      5,155       4,503          3,738
Obligations under capital leases (Note 13)......................     51,800      49,594         47,531
                                                                   --------    --------      ---------
     Total......................................................    409,102     559,247        573,576
Less current maturities.........................................     (3,412)     (3,801)        (4,024)
                                                                   --------    --------      ---------
Long-term debt less current maturities..........................   $405,690    $555,446      $ 569,552
                                                                   --------    --------      ---------
                                                                   --------    --------      ---------
</TABLE>
 
     On July 17, 1998, the Company issued $150 million in aggregate principal
amount at maturity of 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2005 (the "7 3/4% Notes"). The
Company has used a portion of the net proceeds from this issue to purchase (and
subsequently cancel) $132.6 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of
the Company's 11 3/4% Senior Deferred Coupon Notes due 2004 (the "Deferred
Coupon Notes"). In connection with this purchase, the Company recorded an
after-tax extraordinary charge of $9.3 million.
 
     On October 20, 1997, the Company issued $100 million in aggregate principal
amount at maturity of 8% Senior Notes due 2007 (the "8% Notes"). In December
1996, the Company issued $100 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity
of 8 5/8% Senior Notes due 2006 (the "8 5/8% Notes"). In June 1994, the Company
issued $310 million in principal amount of Deferred Coupon Notes for net
proceeds of $169.3 million. The Deferred Coupon Notes will accrete to face value
on July 1, 1999, and cash interest will accrue from and after that date. Holders
of the Deferred Coupon Notes, the 7 3/4% Notes, the 8% Notes and the 8 5/8%
Notes have the right under the indentures governing such notes to require the
Company to purchase the Deferred Coupon Notes at a price of 101% of Accreted
Value (as defined therein) and the 7 3/4% Notes, the 8% Notes and the 8 5/8%
Notes (collectively, the "Notes") at a price of 101% of the principal amount
thereof, and the Company has the right to redeem the Deferred Coupon Notes at
Accreted Value and the Notes at a price of 100% of the principal amount thereof,
plus, in each case, the Applicable Premium (as defined therein), together with
any accrued and unpaid interest, in the event of a Change of Control (as defined
therein).
 
     The indentures relating to the Notes and the Deferred Coupon Notes and the
Credit Agreement (see below) contain covenants that, among other things, limit
the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to pay certain dividends or make
certain other restricted payments and restricted investments, incur liens,
engage in transactions with affiliates, and agree to certain additional
limitations on dividends and other payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries.
As of September 27, 1998, after giving effect to the most restrictive of the
aforementioned restrictions, the Company could have paid dividends of up to
$75.1 million. Under the indentures relating to the Notes and the Deferred
Coupon Notes, the incurrence of additional debt by the Company and the issuance
by the Company of preferred stock would be restricted unless, at the time of
such issuance and after giving effect thereto, the ratio of the Company's
consolidated net income before income taxes, interest, depreciation and
amortization expense to its consolidated interest expense for its most recently
completed four fiscal quarters is at least 2 to 1. For the four quarters ended
September 27, 1998, the Company was in compliance with such covenants.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 10. LONG-TERM DEBT--(CONTINUED)
     In connection with the Deferred Coupon Notes, the Company entered into
interest rate swap agreements ("swaps") with banks, with an aggregate ending
notional principal amount of $142.0 million and a final maturity of July 1,
1999, all of which were terminated as of June 28, 1998. In 1997, the Company
terminated swaps with an aggregate ending notional principal amount of
$82.0 million, resulting in gains totaling $2.1 million. In June 1998, the
Company terminated swaps with an aggregate ending notional principal amount of
$60.0 million, resulting in gains of $0.7 million. The gains have been deferred
and will be amortized as a reduction of interest expense over the remaining
original life of the swaps. As a result of the swaps, the effective interest
cost to the Company of the portion of the Deferred Coupon Notes covered by the
swaps varied at a fixed spread over LIBOR. Based on the fair value of the swaps
at December 31, 1996 and 1997, the Company would have incurred gains, including
accrued interest, of $8.0 and $3.1 million, respectively, representing the
estimated amount that would have been receivable by the Company if the swaps
were terminated at such dates.
 
     In August 1997, the Company entered into a new three-year bank credit
facility (the "Credit Agreement"). The terms of the Credit Agreement provide for
a $75 million revolving credit facility, the full amount of which is available
for letters of credit, provided that total borrowings and outstanding letters of
credit may not exceed $75 million in the aggregate. As of September 27, 1998,
$29.5 million of letters of credit were outstanding and no borrowings were
outstanding under the Credit Agreement. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement,
the Company is subject to certain financial covenants, including interest
coverage and leverage ratios, and dividends and other restricted payments are
limited. Additionally, if a change of control (as defined in the Credit
Agreement) occurs, the credit facility could be terminated and the loans
thereunder accelerated by the lenders party thereto, an event which could also
cause the Deferred Coupon Notes and the Notes to be accelerated. As of
September 27, 1998, the Company was in compliance with such covenants. The
Credit Agreement replaced previous bank credit facilities which provided up to
$42 million in total borrowings and outstanding letters of credit.
 
     In connection with the Credit Agreement, USI's revolving credit facility,
which provided for borrowings of up to $29.6 million and letters of credit of up
to $2.0 million (such total borrowings and outstanding letters of credit not to
exceed $29.6 million), was terminated.
 
     In December 1995, the Company consummated a $40 million sale-leaseback of
certain equipment located at its Chester, South Carolina roofing facility, in a
transaction accounted for as a capital lease, and the gain has been deferred.
The lessor was granted a security interest in certain equipment at the Chester
facility. The lease term extends to December 2005. In December 1994, the Company
consummated a $20.4 million sale-leaseback of certain equipment located at its
Baltimore, Maryland roofing facility, in a transaction accounted for as a
capital lease, and the gain has been deferred. The lessor was granted a security
interest in the land, buildings, and certain equipment at the Baltimore
facility. The lease term extends to December 2004. In December 1993, the Company
obtained a loan of $7.3 million, which is secured by manufacturing equipment
located at its Dallas plant. The loan is being repaid over a seven-year period
and has a fixed interest rate. The Company has two industrial revenue bond
issues outstanding, which bear interest at short-term floating rates. Interest
rates on the foregoing obligations range between 3.80% and 8.87% as of
September 27, 1998. The weighted average interest rate on the Company's
$2.4 million of short-term borrowings as of September 27, 1998 was 6.2%.
 
     The Company believes that the fair value of its non-public indebtedness
approximates the book value of such indebtedness, because the interest rates on
such indebtedness are at floating short-term rates. With respect to the
Company's publicly traded debt securities, the Company has obtained estimates of
the fair values from an independent source believed to be reliable. The
estimated fair value of the Deferred Coupon Notes as of December 31, 1996 and
1997 and September 27, 1998 was $268.9, $293.0 and $177.0 million, respectively.
The estimated fair value of the 8 5/8% Notes as of December 31, 1996 and 1997
and September 27, 1998 was $100.0, $103.6 and $100.5 million, respectively. The
estimated fair value of the 8% Notes as of December 31, 1997 and September 27,
1998 was $99.6 and $98.5 million, respectively. The estimated fair value of the
7 3/4% Notes as of September 27, 1998 was $146.3 million.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 10. LONG-TERM DEBT--(CONTINUED)
     The aggregate maturities of long-term debt as of September 27, 1998 for the
next five years are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TWELVE MONTHS
ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                                                       (THOUSANDS)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------   -----------
<S>                                                                       <C>
1999...................................................................     $ 4,024
2000...................................................................       4,669
2001...................................................................       6,015
2002...................................................................      15,457
2003...................................................................      21,076
</TABLE>
 
     In the above table, maturities for the twelve months ended September 30,
2002 include $12.3 million related to the Baltimore capital lease. Maturities
for the twelve months ended September 30, 2003 include $21.0 million related to
the Chester capital lease.
 
NOTE 11. BENEFIT PLANS
 
     Eligible, full-time employees of the Company are covered by various benefit
plans, as described below.
 
  Defined Contribution Plan
 
     The Company provides a defined contribution plan for eligible employees.
The Company contributes up to 7% of participants' compensation and also
contributes fixed amounts, ranging from $50 to $750 per year depending on age,
to the accounts of participants who are not covered by a Company-provided
postretirement medical benefit plan. The aggregate contributions by the Company
were $2.7, $3.0, $3.5, $2.7 and $3.2 million for 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the
first nine months of 1997 and 1998, respectively.
 
     USI provides a defined contribution plan for eligible employees. USI may
contribute a discretionary matching contribution equal to 100% of each
participant's eligible contributions each plan year up to a maximum of $500 for
each participant. Such contributions by USI were immaterial for the period of
1995 after the acquisition of USI and were $157,000, $130,000, $126,000 and
$92,000 for 1996 and 1997 and the first nine months of 1997 and 1998,
respectively.
 
  Defined Benefit Plans
 
     The Company provides a noncontributory defined benefit retirement plan for
hourly employees (the "Hourly Retirement Plan"). Benefits under this plan are
based on stated amounts for each year of service. The Company's funding policy
is consistent with the minimum funding requirements of ERISA.
 
     The Company's net periodic pension cost for the Hourly Retirement Plan
included the following components:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                               -------------------------
                                                                               1995     1996      1997
                                                                               -----    -----    -------
                                                                                      (THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                            <C>      <C>      <C>
Service cost................................................................   $ 463    $ 631    $   658
Interest cost...............................................................     598      686        754
Actual income on plan assets................................................    (432)    (829)    (1,034)
Net deferral and amortization of unrecognized prior service
  cost and actuarial losses.................................................      97       35         30
                                                                               -----    -----    -------
Net periodic pension cost...................................................   $ 726    $ 523    $   408
                                                                               -----    -----    -------
                                                                               -----    -----    -------
</TABLE>
 
     Net periodic pension cost for the Hourly Retirement Plan was $0.4 and
$0.2 million for the first nine months of 1997 and 1998, respectively.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 11. BENEFIT PLANS--(CONTINUED)
     The following table sets forth the funded status of the Hourly Retirement
Plan:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    -------------------
                                                                                     1996        1997
                                                                                    -------    --------
                                                                                        (THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>
Accumulated benefit obligation:
  Vested.........................................................................   $ 8,407    $  9,907
  Nonvested......................................................................     1,621       1,910
                                                                                    -------    --------
Total accumulated benefit obligation.............................................   $10,028    $ 11,817
                                                                                    -------    --------
                                                                                    -------    --------
Projected benefit obligation.....................................................   $10,028    $ 11,817
Fair value of plan assets, primarily listed
  stocks and U.S. Government securities..........................................    (9,530)    (11,472)
                                                                                    -------    --------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets............................       498         345
Unrecognized prior service cost..................................................      (338)       (307)
Unrecognized net loss............................................................       (83)       (931)
                                                                                    -------    --------
Unfunded accrued (prepaid) pension cost..........................................   $    77    $   (893)
                                                                                    -------    --------
                                                                                    -------    --------
</TABLE>
 
     At December 31, 1997, the difference between the "Projected benefit
obligation in excess of plan assets" and the "Unfunded accrued (prepaid) pension
cost," in the amount of $1,238,000 has been recorded by the Company as an
intangible asset in the amount of $307,000 and a reduction of stockholder's
equity in the amount of $931,000. The foregoing amounts will be amortized to
expense over a period of approximately 15 years, as the Company continues to
fund the benefits under the Hourly Retirement Plan.
 
     In determining the projected benefit obligation, the weighted average
assumed discount rate was 7.75% and 7.25% for 1996 and 1997, respectively. The
expected long-term rate of return on assets, used in determining net periodic
pension cost, was 11% for 1996 and 1997.
 
     The Company also provides a nonqualified defined benefit retirement plan
for certain key employees. Expense accrued for this plan was immaterial for
1995, 1996 and 1997 and the first nine months of 1997 and 1998.
 
  Preferred Stock Option Plan
 
     On January 1, 1996, the Company issued options to certain employees to
purchase 23,290 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock ("Preferred
Stock") of the Company, exercisable at a price of $100 per share. Options to
purchase 84,953 and 54,073 shares of Preferred Stock were issued in 1997 and the
first nine months of 1998, respectively, exercisable at a price of $100 per
share. As of December 31, 1997 and September 27, 1998, options to purchase
102,595 and 143,356 shares of Preferred Stock, respectively, were outstanding.
Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible, at the holder's option, into
shares of common stock of the Company at a formula price based on Book Value (as
defined in the option agreement) as of the date of grant. The options vest over
five years. Dividends will accrue on the Preferred Stock from the date of
issuance at the rate of 8% per annum. The Preferred Stock is redeemable, at the
Company's option, for a redemption price equal to $100 per share plus accrued
and unpaid dividends. The Preferred Stock, and common stock issuable upon
conversion of Preferred Stock into common stock, is subject to repurchase by the
Company under certain circumstances, at a price equal to current Book Value (as
defined under the option agreements). The exercise price of the options to
purchase Preferred Stock was equal to estimated fair value per share of the
Preferred Stock at the date of grant. No expense is accrued in connection with
the Preferred Stock options.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 11. BENEFIT PLANS--(CONTINUED)
  Book Value Appreciation Unit Plan
 
     A Book Value Appreciation Unit Plan was implemented effective January 1,
1996. Under the plan, employees were granted units which vest over five years.
Upon exercise, employees are entitled to receive a cash payment based on the
increase in Book Value (as defined in the plan). Expense accrued under this plan
was $0.1, $0.4, $0.4 and $0.8 million for 1996 and 1997 and the first nine
months of 1997 and 1998, respectively.
 
  Postretirement Medical and Life Insurance
 
     The Company generally does not provide postretirement medical and life
insurance benefits, although it subsidizes such benefits for certain employees
and certain retirees. Such subsidies were reduced or ended as of January 1,
1997.
 
     The following table shows the components of the accrued postretirement
health care cost obligation as of December 31, 1996 and 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     ------------------
                                                                                      1996       1997
                                                                                     -------    -------
                                                                                        (THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
  Retirees, dependents and beneficiaries eligible for benefits....................   $ 5,108    $ 5,485
  Active employees fully eligible for benefits....................................     1,131      1,139
  Active employees not fully eligible for benefits................................     1,182      1,302
                                                                                     -------    -------
Total accumulated postretirement benefit obligation...............................     7,421      7,926
Fair value of plan assets.........................................................        --         --
Unrecognized prior service cost and net gain from earlier periods.................     4,039      3,556
                                                                                     -------    -------
Accrued postretirement benefit obligation.........................................   $11,460    $11,482
                                                                                     -------    -------
                                                                                     -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
     Net periodic postretirement benefit cost included the following components:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                           -----------------------
                                                                                           1995     1996     1997
                                                                                           -----    -----    -----
                                                                                                 (THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                        <C>      <C>      <C>
Service cost............................................................................   $  79    $  95    $  98
Interest cost...........................................................................     645      597      554
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost and net gain
  from earlier periods..................................................................    (415)    (232)    (274)
                                                                                           -----    -----    -----
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost................................................   $ 309    $ 460    $ 378
                                                                                           -----    -----    -----
                                                                                           -----    -----    -----
</TABLE>
 
     Net periodic postretirement benefit cost was $0.3 million for each of the
first nine months of 1997 and 1998.
 
     For purposes of calculating the accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation, the following assumptions were made. Retirees as of December 31,
1997 who were formerly salaried employees (with certain exceptions) were assumed
to receive a Company subsidy of $700 to $1,000 per year. For retirees over age
65, this subsidy may be replaced by participation in a managed care program.
With respect to retirees who were formerly hourly employees, most such retirees
are subject to a $5,000 per person lifetime maximum benefit. Subject to such
lifetime maximum, a 12% and 6% annual rate of increase in the Company's per
capita cost of providing postretirement medical benefits was assumed for 1998
for such retirees under and over age 65, respectively. To the extent that the
lifetime maximum benefits have not been reached, the foregoing rates were
assumed to decrease gradually to 7% and 6%, respectively, by the year 2003 and
remain at that level thereafter. The weighted
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 11. BENEFIT PLANS--(CONTINUED)
average assumed discount rate used in determining the accumulated postretirement
benefit obligation was 7.75% and 7.25% for 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
     The health care cost trend rate assumption has an effect on the amounts
reported. To illustrate, increasing the assumed health care cost trend rates by
one percentage point in each year would increase the accumulated postretirement
benefit obligation as of December 31, 1997 by $410,000 and the aggregate of the
service and interest cost components of the net periodic postretirement benefit
cost for the year 1997 by $41,000.
 
NOTE 12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     Included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are the following receivable
(payable) balances with related parties, which arise from operating transactions
between the Company and its affiliates:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          DECEMBER 31,       SEPTEMBER 27,
                                                                       ------------------       1998
                                                                        1996       1997      (UNAUDITED)
                                                                       -------    -------    -------------
                                                                                   (THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
Receivable from (payable to):
  GAF/G-I Holdings/G Industries/other...............................   $   274    $ 9,684       $ 4,452
  GAFBMC............................................................       115        713         1,043
  GFC...............................................................        --     (1,559)       (2,680)
  ISP...............................................................    (2,676)    (3,687)       (6,595)
                                                                       -------    -------       -------
  Receivable from (payable to) related parties, net.................   $(2,287)   $ 5,151       $(3,780)
                                                                       -------    -------       -------
                                                                       -------    -------       -------
</TABLE>
 
     The Company makes loans to, and borrows from, G-I Holdings and its
subsidiaries at prevailing market rates (between 5.68% and 6.03% during 1996 and
between 5.82% and 5.96% during 1997 and the first nine months of 1998). The
highest amount of loans made by the Company to G-I Holdings during 1996 and 1997
was $45.4 million. No loans were made to the Company by G-I Holdings and its
subsidiaries during 1997 and the first nine months of 1998, and the highest
amount of loans made to the Company by G-I Holdings and its subsidiaries during
1996 was $24.3 million. As of December 31, 1996 and September 27, 1998, no loans
were owed to the Company by G-I Holdings, and no loans were owed by the Company
to affiliates. As of December 31, 1997, $6.2 million in loans were owed to the
Company by G-I Holdings, at a weighted average interest rate of 5.95%, and no
loans were owed by the Company to affiliates. In addition, the Company advances
funds on a non-interest bearing basis to GAF, G-I Holdings and their
subsidiaries. The balance of such advances as of December 31, 1997 and
September 27, 1998 was $41.7 and $5.4 million, respectively, of which $10.0 and
$5.4 million, respectively, were classified within the short-term receivable
from (payable to) related parties, net, in the table above, and $31.7 million
was classified as a long-term receivable from related parties in the
Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 1997. Also, during 1997, the Company
made distributions of $91.0 million to its parent company.
 
     Mineral Products:  The Company purchases all of its colored roofing
granules requirements (except for the requirements of its California roofing
plant) from ISP under a requirements contract. In addition, in December 1995,
USI commenced purchasing substantially all of its requirements for colored
roofing granules from ISP (except for the requirements of its Stockton,
California and Corvallis, Oregon plants) pursuant to a requirements contract.
Each such requirements contract was renewed for 1998 and is subject to annual
renewal unless terminated by either party to the respective agreement. Such
purchases by BMCA and USI totaled $45.8, $50.5, $51.1, $40.8 and $47.9 million
for 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the first nine months of 1997 and 1998,
respectively. The amount payable to ISP at December 31, 1996 and 1997 and
September 27, 1998 for such purchases was $3.2, $2.7 and $6.9 million,
respectively.
 
     Glass Fiber Supply Agreement:  As a result of the Separation Transactions
(see Note 1), the Company's glass fiber manufacturing facility in Nashville,
Tennessee, which manufactures a significant portion of the
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS--(CONTINUED)
Company's glass fiber requirements, was transferred to GFC as of January 1,
1997. In connection with that transaction, the Company entered into a seven-year
supply agreement with GFC under which GFC produces glass fiber for the Company.
Purchases under this agreement totaled $24.5, $17.8 and $19.3 million for the
year 1997 and the first nine months of 1997 and 1998, respectively.
 
     Management Agreements:  The Company is a party to a Management Agreement
with ISP (the "Management Agreement"), which expires December 31, 1998, pursuant
to which ISP provides certain general management, administrative, legal,
telecommunications, information and facilities services to the Company
(including the use of the Company's headquarters in Wayne, New Jersey). Charges
to the Company by ISP for providing such services aggregated $4.4, $5.0, $4.8,
$3.5 and $3.2 million for 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the first nine months of 1997
and 1998, respectively. Such charges consist of management fees and other
reimbursable expenses attributable to, or incurred by ISP for the benefit of,
the Company. Effective January 1, 1998, the term of the Management Agreement was
extended through the end of 1998, and the management fees payable thereunder
were adjusted, including an adjustment to reflect the direct payment by the
Company of the costs for certain services rendered by third parties that were
previously included in the management fees payable to ISP. The Company and ISP
further modified the agreement to allocate a portion of the management fees
payable by the Company under the Management Agreement to separate lease payments
for the use of BMCA's headquarters. Based on the services provided by ISP to the
Company in 1997 under the Management Agreement, after taking into account the
modifications to the agreement described above, the aggregate amount payable by
the Company to ISP under the Management Agreement for 1998 is expected to be
approximately $4.7 million. The Company also expects to pay directly certain
third party costs, which aggregated approximately $0.4 million in 1997, that
were previously included in the management fee. In addition, during 1998 BMCA
required additional space for its headquarters and paid additional rent based on
the square footage occupied. Certain of the Company's executive officers receive
their compensation from ISP, with ISP being indirectly reimbursed therefor, by
virtue of the management fee and other reimbursable expenses payable under the
Management Agreement.
 
     As of January 1, 1997, the Company and GFC entered into a management
agreement under which the Company provides certain general management,
administrative and financial services to GFC. Under the management agreement,
which expires December 31, 1998, GFC is obligated to pay the Company an annual
management fee of $1.0 million.
 
    Tax Sharing Agreement: See Note 6.
 
     Stock Appreciation Rights:  The President and Chief Operating Officer of
the Company was granted stock appreciation rights in 1995 and 1996 relating to
GAF's common stock. Compensation expense in connection with such stock
appreciation rights is reflected in G-I Holdings' operating expenses, and was
immaterial for 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the first nine months of 1997 and 1998.
See also Note 5.
 
NOTE 13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
     The discussions as to legal matters involving the Company contained in
"Business--Legal Proceedings, --Environmental Litigation and --Other Litigation"
are incorporated herein by reference.
 
     GAF, G-I Holdings, G Industries and GAFBMC are presently dependent upon the
earnings and cash flows of their subsidiaries, principally the Company, in order
to satisfy their net obligations of approximately $227.4 million, including as
of September 27, 1998, the asbestos-related liability discussed in Note 3, the
G-I Holdings 11.125% Senior Discount Notes due 1998, and various tax and other
liabilities (net of certain tax and insurance receivables), including tax
liabilities relating to the surfactants partnership (discussed in Note 6). Of
such obligations, $62.2 million (net of estimated insurance recoveries of
$64.5 million) is estimated to be payable during the twelve months ended
September 30, 1999. GAF has advised the Company that it expects to obtain funds
to satisfy such obligations from, among other things, dividends and loans from
subsidiaries (principally the
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES--(CONTINUED)
Company), as to which there are restrictions under the indentures relating to
the Deferred Coupon Notes, the Notes and the Credit Agreement, and from payments
pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement between GAF and the Company. The Company
does not believe that the dependence of its parent corporations on the cash
flows of their subsidiaries should have a material adverse effect on the
operations, liquidity or capital resources of the Company. See Notes 3 and 6.
 
     The leases for certain property, plant and equipment at certain of the
Company's roofing facilities are accounted for as capital leases (see Note 10).
The Company is also a lessee under operating leases principally for warehouses
and production, transportation and computer equipment. Rental expense on
operating leases was $7.0, $8.3 and $9.2 million for 1995, 1996 and 1997,
respectively. Future minimum lease payments for properties which were held under
long-term noncancellable leases as of December 31, 1997 were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    CAPITAL     OPERATING
                                                                                     LEASES      LEASES
                                                                                    --------    ---------
                                                                                         (THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                 <C>         <C>
1998.............................................................................   $  6,953     $ 2,499
1999.............................................................................      6,953       2,161
2000.............................................................................      7,463       1,503
2001.............................................................................      8,108         852
2002.............................................................................     17,558         304
Later years......................................................................     21,407         412
                                                                                    --------     -------
Total minimum payments...........................................................     68,442     $ 7,731
                                                                                                 -------
                                                                                                 -------
Less interest included above.....................................................    (18,848)
                                                                                    --------
Present value of net minimum lease payments......................................   $ 49,594
                                                                                    --------
                                                                                    --------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
 
     Effective December 1, 1998, the Company sold its perlite insulation
manufacturing assets to Johns Manville Corporation. The net proceeds of this
sale were approximately $29.0 million. As part of the transaction, Johns
Manville and the Company entered into a long-term agreement to supply the
Company with perlite insulation products, which will enable the Company to
continue to serve its commercial roofing customers.
 
     On December 3, 1998, the Company issued $155 million in aggregate principal
amount at maturity of 8% Senior Notes due 2008. The Company used substantially
all of the net proceeds from such issuance to purchase (and subsequently cancel)
$147.1 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of Deferred Coupon
Notes. In connection with this purchase, the Company recorded an extraordinary
loss of $8.6 million (net of related income tax benefits) in December 1998.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
                         SUPPLEMENTARY DATA (UNAUDITED)
                      QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               1996 BY QUARTER                          1997 BY QUARTER
                                     ------------------------------------     ------------------------------------
                                     FIRST     SECOND    THIRD     FOURTH     FIRST     SECOND    THIRD     FOURTH
                                     ------    ------    ------    ------     ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                                      (MILLIONS)
<S>                                  <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net sales.........................   $166.7    $230.2    $251.6    $203.5     $193.3    $255.9    $274.4    $221.0
Cost of products sold.............    124.3     165.6     180.9     151.5      143.2     180.2     197.9     165.7
                                     ------    ------    ------    ------     ------    ------    ------    ------
Gross profit......................   $ 42.4    $ 64.6    $ 70.7    $ 52.0     $ 50.1    $ 75.7    $ 76.5    $ 55.3
                                     ------    ------    ------    ------     ------    ------    ------    ------
                                     ------    ------    ------    ------     ------    ------    ------    ------
Operating income..................   $  7.7    $ 20.7    $ 22.8    $ 10.2     $  9.3    $ 24.9    $ 25.6    $ 10.3
                                     ------    ------    ------    ------     ------    ------    ------    ------
                                     ------    ------    ------    ------     ------    ------    ------    ------
Interest expense..................   $  7.8    $  8.0    $  7.9    $  8.3     $  9.8    $ 10.3    $ 10.4    $ 12.3
                                     ------    ------    ------    ------     ------    ------    ------    ------
                                     ------    ------    ------    ------     ------    ------    ------    ------
Income (loss) before
  income taxes....................   $ (0.3)   $ 12.4    $ 14.9    $  0.9     $  2.9    $ 16.6    $ 18.7    $  4.6
Income tax (provision)
  benefit.........................      0.1      (4.8)     (5.8)     (0.3)      (1.1)     (6.5)     (7.3)     (1.8)
                                     ------    ------    ------    ------     ------    ------    ------    ------
Net income (loss).................   $ (0.2)   $  7.6    $  9.1    $  0.6     $  1.8    $ 10.1    $ 11.4    $  2.8
                                     ------    ------    ------    ------     ------    ------    ------    ------
                                     ------    ------    ------    ------     ------    ------    ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>

            ------------------------------------------------------
            ------------------------------------------------------

 
     WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANY DEALER, SALES REPRESENTATIVE, OR ANY OTHER
PERSON TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT OFFER TO SELL OR BUY ANY SECURITIES IN
ANY JURISDICTION WHERE IT IS UNLAWFUL.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 PAGE
                                                 ----
 
<S>                                              <C>
Where You Can Find More Information...........      1
Forward-Looking Statements....................      1
Prospectus Summary............................      2
Risk Factors..................................     13
Capitalization................................     17
Selected Financial Data.......................     18
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations..................................     20
Business......................................     25
Management....................................     35
Executive Compensation........................     37
Security Ownership of
  Certain Beneficial Owners
  and Management..............................     40
Certain Relationships.........................     41
The Exchange Offer............................     43
Description of the New Notes..................     49
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations.....     71
Plan of Distribution..........................     71
Legal Matters.................................     72
Experts.......................................     72
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements....    F-1
</TABLE>


            ------------------------------------------------------
            ------------------------------------------------------

 
                                  $155,000,000


                               BUILDING MATERIALS
                             CORPORATION OF AMERICA
 
                                    SERIES B
                            8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008
 

                              --------------------

                                   PROSPECTUS

                              --------------------
 


                                             , 1999
 
            ------------------------------------------------------
            ------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
     Building Materials Corporation of America ("BMCA") is a Delaware
corporation. Subsection (b)(7) of Section 102 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law (the "DGCL") enables a corporation in its original certificate
of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal
liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary
damages for violations of the director's fiduciary duty, except (i) for any
breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders,
(ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the
DGCL (providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or
unlawful stock purchases or redemptions) or (iv) for any transactions from which
a director derived an improper personal benefit. Article Seventh of BMCA's
Certificate of Incorporation has eliminated the personal liability of directors
to the fullest extent permitted by Subsection (b)(7) of Section 102 of the DGCL.
 
     Subsection (a) of Section 145 of the DGCL empowers a corporation to
indemnify any director or officer, or former director or officer, who was or is
a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by
reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding provided that such
director or officer acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be
in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect
to any criminal action or proceeding, provided further that such director or
officer has no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
 
     Subsection (b) of Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any
director or officer, or former director or officer, who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the
fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is
or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines
and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection
with such action, suit or proceeding provided that such director or officer
acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to,
the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action
or proceeding, provided further that such director or officer has no reasonable
cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
 
     Subsection (b) of Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any
director or officer, or former director or officer, who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or
suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by
reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth
above, against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably
incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit
provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the
corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim,
issue or matter as to which such director or officer shall have been adjudged to
be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of
Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine
upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all
the circumstances of the case, such director or officer is fairly and reasonably
entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such
other court shall deem proper.
 
     Section 145 further provides that to the extent a director or officer of a
corporation has been successful in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding
referred to in subsections (a) and (b) or in the defense of any claim, issue or
matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys'
fees) actually and
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith; that indemnification and
advancement of expenses provided for, by, or granted pursuant to, Section 145
shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the indemnified party
may be entitled; and empowers the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance
on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation,
or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture trust or
other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or incurred by him
in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the
corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liabilities under
Section 145.
 
     Article VIII of the Company's By-Laws states that the Company shall
indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party
to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by reason of the fact
that he is or was a director, officer or employee of the corporation, or is or
was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer or employee
of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise
against judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually incurred by him
in connection with such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner
he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the
Company.
 
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
     (a) Exhibits
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER    DESCRIPTION
- -------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>       <C>   <C>
   3.1     --   Certificate of Incorporation of BMCA (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to BMCA's Form 10-Q
                for the quarter ended September 27, 1998).
   3.2     --   By-laws of BMCA (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to BMCA's Registration Statement on Form
                S-4 (Registration No. 33-81808)) (the "Deferred Coupon Note Registration Statement").
  *4.1     --   Indenture, dated as of December 3, 1998, between BMCA and The Bank of New York, as trustee.
  *4.2     --   Form of Notes (included in Exhibit 4.1).
  *4.3     --   Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 3, 1998, between BMCA, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and
                Chase Securities, Inc.
 **5       --   Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP re: legality.
 **8       --   Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP re: tax matters.
  10.1     --   Indenture dated as of June 30, 1994 between BMCA and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated
                by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Deferred Coupon Note Registration Statement).
  10.2     --   Indenture dated as of December 9, 1996, between BMCA and The Bank of New York, as trustee
                (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to BMCA's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration
                No. 333-20859) (the "2006 Notes Registration Statement")).
  10.3     --   Indenture dated as of October 20, 1997, between BMCA and The Bank of New York, as trustee
                (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to BMCA's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration
                No. 333-41531) (the "8% Notes Registration Statement")).
  10.4     --   Indenture dated as of July 17, 1998, between BMCA and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated
                by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to BMCA's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-60633)
                (the "2005 Notes S-4")).
  10.5     --   Management Agreement, dated as of March 3, 1992 ("Management Agreement"), among GAF, G-I Holdings, G
                Industries, ISP, GAF Building Materials Corporation and GAF Broadcasting (incorporated by reference
                to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of G-I Holdings (Registration
                No. 33-72220)).
  10.6     --   Amendment No. 1 dated as of January 1, 1994, to the Management Agreement (incorporated by reference
                to Exhibit 10.10 to G-I Holdings' Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993).
  10.7     --   Amendment No. 2, dated as of May 31, 1994, to the Management Agreement (incorporated by reference to
                Exhibit 10.1 to G-I Holdings' Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 1994).
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>       <C>   <C>
  10.8     --   Amendment No. 3, dated as of December 31, 1994, to the Management Agreement (incorporated by
                reference to Exhibit 10.4 to ISP's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994).
  10.9     --   Amendment No. 4, dated as of December 31, 1995, to the Management Agreement (incorporated by
                reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of G-I Holdings (Registration
                No. 333-2436)).
  10.10    --   Amendment No. 5, dated as of October 18, 1996 to the Management Agreement (incorporated by reference
                to Exhibit 10.6 to ISP Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-17827)).
  10.11    --   Amendment No. 6, dated as of January 1, 1997, to the Management Agreement (incorporated by reference
                to Exhibit 10.8 to the 2006 Notes Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-20859)).
  10.12    --   Amendment No. 7, dated as of December 31, 1997, to the Management Agreement (incorporated by
                reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the 8% Notes Registration Statement).
  10.13    --   Amendment No. 8, dated as of January 1, 1998, to the Management Agreement (incorporated by reference
                to Exhibit 10.11 to the 8% Notes Registration Statement).
  10.14    --   Amendment No. 9, dated as of March 30, 1998, to the Management Agreement (incorporated by reference
                to Exhibit 10.10 to ISP Holdings' Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-53709)).
  10.15    --   Forms of Amendment to Option Agreement relating to Series A Cumulative Redeemable Convertible
                Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to BMCA's Form 10-K for the year ended
                December 31, 1997 (the "1997 Form 10-K")).
  10.16    --   Form of Option Agreement relating to Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock (incorporated by
                reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the 1997 Form 10-K).
  10.17    --   BMCA Preferred Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to BMCA's Form S-8).
  10.18    --   Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of January 31, 1994, among GAF, G-I Holdings and BMCA (incorporated
                by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Deferred Coupon Note Registration Statement).
  10.19    --   Form of Option Agreement relating to Series A Cumulative Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
                (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to BMCA's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996
                (the "1996 Form 10-K")).
  10.20    --   Reorganization Agreement, dated as of January 31, 1994, among GAFBMC, G-I Holdings and BMCA
                (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Deferred Coupon Note Registration Statement).
  10.21    --   Stock Appreciation Right Agreement dated January 1, 1997 between GAF Corporation and Sunil Kumar
                (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the 1996 Form 10-K).
  10.22    --   Amended and Restated Stock Appreciation Right Agreement dated January 1, 1997 between GAF Corporation
                and Sunil Kumar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the 1996 Form 10-K).
  10.23    --   Letter Agreement dated July 8, 1998 among BMCA, ISP and Sunil Kumar (incorporated by reference to
                Exhibit 10.18 to the 2005 Notes S-4).
 *12       --   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
  21       --   Subsidiaries of BMCA (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 to the 2005 Notes S-4).
 *23.1     --   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
**23.2     --   Consent of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (included in Exhibits 5 and 8).
 *24       --   Power of Attorney (included on signature pages to Registration Statement).
 *25       --   Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, of The Bank of
                New York, as Trustee under the Indenture.
  27       --   Financial Data Schedule for the first nine months of fiscal year 1998, which is submitted
                electronically to the Securities and Exchange Commission for information only (incorporated by
                reference to Exhibit 27 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 27, 1998).
**99.1     --   Form of Letter of Transmittal.
**99.2     --   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>       <C>   <C>
**99.3     --   Form of Exchange Agreement between The Bank of New York and BMCA.
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------
 * Filed herewith.
** To be filed by Amendment.
 
     (b) Schedules
 
     Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                  <C>
     Report of Independent Public Accountants.....................................................   S-1
 
     Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts...............................................   S-2
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
     (a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
     (b) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for
information that is incorporated by reference into the Prospectus pursuant to
Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of
such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the Registration Statement through the
date of responding to the request.
 
     (c) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the Registration Statement when it became effective.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized, in the Township of Wayne, State of New
Jersey, on the 24th day of December 1998.
 
                                          BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF
                                          AMERICA

                                          By:      /s/ JAMES P. ROGERS
                                              ---------------------------------
                                            Name: James P. Rogers
                                            Title: Executive Vice President
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated. Each of the Messrs. Heyman, Kumar and
Lang hereby constitutes James P. Rogers such person's true and lawful attorney,
with full power of substitution to sign for such person and in such person's
name and capacity indicated below, any and all amendments to this Registration
Statement, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
hereby ratifying and confirming such person's signature as it may be signed by
said attorney to any and all amendments.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURE                                        TITLE                                    DATE
- ------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------   -----------------
<S>                             <C>                                                           <C>
                                Chairman, Chief Executive Officer
     /s/ SAMUEL J. HEYMAN         and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
       Samuel J. Heyman                                                                       December 24, 1998
 
                                President, Chief Operating Officer
       /s/ SUNIL KUMAR            and Director
         Sunil Kumar                                                                          December 24, 1998
 
        /s/ JAMES P. ROGERS     Executive Vice President and Director
       James P. Rogers                                                                        December 24, 1998
 
                                Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
     /s/ WILLIAM C. LANG          (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
       William C. Lang                                                                        December 24, 1998
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To Building Materials Corporation of America:
 
We have audited in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, the
consolidated financial statements of Building Materials Corporation of America
and subsidiaries included in this registration statement and have issued our
report thereon dated February 20, 1998. Our audit was made for the purpose of
forming an opinion on the basic financial statements taken as a whole. The
schedule listed in item 21(b) is the responsibility of the Company's management
and is presented for purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange
Commission's rules and is not part of the basic financial statements. This
schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of
the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly states in all
material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Roseland, New Jersey
February 20, 1998
 
                                      S-1
<PAGE>
                                                                     SCHEDULE II
 
                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       BALANCE         CHARGED TO                               BALANCE
                                                      JANUARY 1,       SALES OR                               DECEMBER 31,
DESCRIPTION                                              1995          EXPENSES      DEDUCTIONS     OTHER        1995
- ---------------------------------------------------   -------------    ----------    ----------     ------    ---------------
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>           <C>            <C>       <C>
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Deducted from
  Assets To Which They Apply:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts...............      $ 1,908        $    478      $    920(a)   $1,751(c)     $ 3,217(b)
     Allowance for discounts.......................       15,435          65,057        61,695          --         18,797
     Reserve for inventory market valuation........          604              --            30          --            574
</TABLE>
 
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                  (THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  BALANCE         CHARGED TO                    BALANCE
                                                                 JANUARY 1,       SALES OR                    DECEMBER 31,
DESCRIPTION                                                         1996          EXPENSES      DEDUCTIONS       1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------   -------------    ----------    ----------    ---------------
<S>                                                              <C>              <C>           <C>           <C>
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Deducted
  from Assets To Which They Apply:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts..........................      $ 3,217        $    716      $  1,959(a)      $ 1,974(b)
     Allowance for discounts..................................       18,797          73,936        70,265          22,468
     Reserve for inventory market valuation...................          574           2,025            90           2,509
</TABLE>
 
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                  (THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        BALANCE         CHARGED TO                              BALANCE
                                                       JANUARY 1,       SALES OR                              DECEMBER 31,
DESCRIPTION                                               1997          EXPENSES      DEDUCTIONS    OTHER        1997
- ----------------------------------------------------   -------------    ----------    ----------    ------    ---------------
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>           <C>           <C>       <C>
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Deducted
  from Assets To Which They Apply:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts................      $ 1,974        $  2,224      $  1,530(a)  $   84(c)     $ 2,752(b)
     Allowance for discounts........................       22,468          80,989        88,443      4,389(c)      19,403
     Reserve for inventory market valuation.........        2,509             821         1,824         --          1,506
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------
(a) Represents write-offs of uncollectible accounts net of recoveries.
 
(b) The balances at December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 primarily reflect a reserve
    for receivables sold to a trust (see Note 7 to Consolidated Financial
    Statements).
 
(c) Represents balance acquired in an acquisition.
 
                                      S-2



<PAGE>


                                                                EXECUTION COPY
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------





                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA

                           8% Senior Notes due 2008

                                      and

                       Series B 8% Senior Notes due 2008



                    -------------------------------------


                                   INDENTURE


                         Dated as of December 3, 1998


                    -------------------------------------



                             THE BANK OF NEW YORK



                    -------------------------------------


                                    Trustee


- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                             CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
Trust Indenture
Act Section                                                                                 Indenture Section
- ---------------                                                                             -----------------
<S>                                                                                         <C>
310(a)(1).............................................................................      7.10
     (a)(2)...........................................................................      7.10
     (a)(3)...........................................................................      N.A.
     (a)(4)...........................................................................      N.A.
     (a)(5)...........................................................................      7.08
     (b)..............................................................................      7.08; 7.10; 10.02
     (c)..............................................................................      N.A.
311(a)................................................................................      7.11
     (b)..............................................................................      7.11
     (c)..............................................................................      N.A.

312(a)................................................................................      2.05
     (b)..............................................................................      10.03
     (c)..............................................................................      10.03
313(a)................................................................................      7.06
     (b)(1)...........................................................................      N.A.
     (b)(2)...........................................................................      7.06
     (c)..............................................................................      7.06; 10.02
     (d)..............................................................................      7.06
314(a)................................................................................      4.05; 4.06; 10.02
     (b)..............................................................................      N.A.
     (c)(l)...........................................................................      10.04
     (c)(2)...........................................................................      10.04
     (c)(3)...........................................................................      N.A.
     (d)..............................................................................      N.A.
     (e)..............................................................................      10.05
     (f)..............................................................................      N.A.
315(a)................................................................................      7.12(b)
     (b)..............................................................................      7.05; 10.02
     (c)..............................................................................      7.12(a)
     (d)..............................................................................      7.12(c)
     (e)..............................................................................      6.11
316(a)(last sentence).................................................................      2.09
     (a)(1)(A)........................................................................      6.05
     (a)(1)(B)........................................................................      6.04
     (a)(2)...........................................................................      N.A.
     (b)..............................................................................      6.07
     (c)..............................................................................      9.04
317(a)(1).............................................................................      6.08
     (a)(2)...........................................................................      6.09
     (b)..............................................................................      2.04
318(a)................................................................................      10.01
</TABLE>

- ---------------------------
N.A. means "not applicable".

*This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part
of this Indenture.


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                                Page
                                                                                                                ----
<S>                                                                                                             <C>

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE.............................................................1

SECTION 1.01. DEFINITIONS.........................................................................................1
SECTION 1.02. INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF TRUST INDENTURE ACT..................................................17
SECTION 1.03. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION..............................................................................18

ARTICLE II. THE SECURITIES.......................................................................................18

SECTION 2.01. FORM AND DATING....................................................................................18
SECTION 2.02. EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION; AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT...........................................19
SECTION 2.03. REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT.........................................................................20
SECTION 2.04. PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST................................................................20
SECTION 2.05. SECURITYHOLDER LISTS...............................................................................20
SECTION 2.06. TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE..............................................................................21
SECTION 2.07. REPLACEMENT SECURITIES.............................................................................22
SECTION 2.08. OUTSTANDING SECURITIES.............................................................................23
SECTION 2.09. TREASURY SECURITIES................................................................................23
SECTION 2.10. TEMPORARY SECURITIES...............................................................................23
SECTION 2.11. CANCELLATION.......................................................................................23
SECTION 2.12. DEFAULTED INTEREST.................................................................................24
SECTION 2.13. CUSIP NUMBER.......................................................................................24
SECTION 2.14. DEPOSIT OF MONEYS..................................................................................24

ARTICLE III. REDEMPTION..........................................................................................24

SECTION 3.01. NOTICES TO TRUSTEE.................................................................................24
SECTION 3.02. [RESERVED].........................................................................................24
SECTION 3.03. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION...............................................................................25
SECTION 3.04. EFFECT OF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.....................................................................25
SECTION 3.05. DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE........................................................................25
SECTION 3.06. SECURITIES REDEEMED IN PART........................................................................25

ARTICLE IV. COVENANTS............................................................................................26

SECTION 4.01. PAYMENT OF SECURITIES..............................................................................26
SECTION 4.02. MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY....................................................................26
SECTION 4.03. CORPORATE EXISTENCE................................................................................26
SECTION 4.04. PAYMENT OF TAXES AND OTHER CLAIMS..................................................................26
SECTION 4.05. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES............................................................................27
SECTION 4.06. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION REPORTS.........................................................27
SECTION 4.07. WAIVER OF STAY, EXTENSION OR USURY LAWS............................................................28
SECTION 4.08. MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES..........................................................................28
SECTION 4.09. LIMITATION ON DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES.........................28
SECTION 4.10. LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS AND RESTRICTED INVESTMENTS.......................................30
SECTION 4.11. LIMITATION ON LIENS................................................................................32
SECTION 4.12. LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.........................................................33
SECTION 4.13. LIMITATION ON DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES.......................35
SECTION 4.14. CHANGE OF CONTROL..................................................................................36
SECTION 4.15. LIMITATION ON ASSET SALES..........................................................................38
SECTION 4.16. RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER OF CERTAIN ASSETS TO SUBSIDIARIES..........................................40
SECTION 4.17. INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT.............................................................................40
SECTION 4.18. CONSENTS, ETC......................................................................................40
</TABLE>

                                                                i
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                Page
                                                                                                                ----
<S>                                                                                                              <C>

ARTICLE V. SUCCESSOR CORPORATION.................................................................................41

SECTION 5.01. WHEN THE COMPANY MAY MERGE, ETC....................................................................41
SECTION 5.02. SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SUBSTITUTED..................................................................41

ARTICLE VI. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES................................................................................42

SECTION 6.01. EVENTS OF DEFAULT..................................................................................42
SECTION 6.02. ACCELERATION.......................................................................................43
SECTION 6.03. OTHER REMEDIES.....................................................................................43
SECTION 6.04. WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS............................................................................44
SECTION 6.05. CONTROL BY MAJORITY................................................................................44
SECTION 6.06. LIMITATION ON REMEDIES.............................................................................44
SECTION 6.07. RIGHTS OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PAYMENT...............................................................44
SECTION 6.08. COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE.........................................................................45
SECTION 6.09. TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM...................................................................45
SECTION 6.10. PRIORITIES.........................................................................................45
SECTION 6.11. UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS..............................................................................45
SECTION 6.12. RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.................................................................46

ARTICLE VII. TRUSTEE.............................................................................................46

SECTION 7.01. RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE..................................................................................46
SECTION 7.02. INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.......................................................................47
SECTION 7.03. MONEY HELD IN TRUST................................................................................47
SECTION 7.04. TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER...............................................................................47
SECTION 7.05. NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.................................................................................47
SECTION 7.06. REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS......................................................................47
SECTION 7.07. COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY.........................................................................47
SECTION 7.08. REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE.............................................................................48
SECTION 7.09. SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC...................................................................49
SECTION 7.10. ELIGIBILITY: DISQUALIFICATION......................................................................49
SECTION 7.11. PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST THE COMPANY..............................................49
SECTION 7.12. DUTIES OF TRUSTEE..................................................................................50
SECTION 7.13. TRUSTEE'S APPLICATION FOR INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE COMPANY............................................50

ARTICLE VIII. DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE.................................................................51

SECTION 8.01. DISCHARGE OF LIABILITY ON SECURITIES DEFEASANCE....................................................51
SECTION 8.02. CONDITIONS TO DEFEASANCE...........................................................................52
SECTION 8.03. APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY.........................................................................53
SECTION 8.04. REPAYMENT TO COMPANY...............................................................................53
SECTION 8.05. INDEMNITY FOR GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS...............................................................53
SECTION 8.06. REINSTATEMENT......................................................................................53

ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS..................................................................54

SECTION 9.01. WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS.........................................................................54
SECTION 9.02. WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS............................................................................54
SECTION 9.03. REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS..................................................................55
SECTION 9.04. RECORD DATE........................................................................................56
SECTION 9.05. NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES..............................................................56
SECTION 9.06. TRUSTEE MAY SIGN AMENDMENTS, ETC...................................................................56
SECTION 9.07. COMPLIANCE WITH TIA................................................................................56

ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS.........................................................................................57
</TABLE>

                                      ii

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                Page
                                                                                                                ----
<S>                                                                                                              <C>
SECTION 10.01. TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939.......................................................................57
SECTION 10.02. NOTICES...........................................................................................57
SECTION 10.03. COMMUNICATION BY HOLDERS WITH OTHER HOLDERS.......................................................57
SECTION 10.04. CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT................................................58
SECTION 10.05. STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN CERTIFICATE OR OPINION.....................................................58
SECTION 10.06. RULES BY TRUSTEE, PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR.........................................................58
SECTION 10.07. GOVERNING LAW.....................................................................................58
SECTION 10.08. NO INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS.............................................................58
SECTION 10.09. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS........................................................................59
SECTION 10.10. LEGAL HOLIDAYS....................................................................................59
SECTION 10.11. SUCCESSORS........................................................................................59
SECTION 10.12. DUPLICATE ORIGINALS...............................................................................59
SECTION 10.13. SEPARABILITY......................................................................................59
SECTION 10.14. TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC..................................................................59
SECTION 10.15. BENEFITS OF INDENTURE.............................................................................59

</TABLE>


                                     iii

<PAGE>


                  INDENTURE, dated as of December 3, 1998, between BUILDING
MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA, a Delaware corporation, and THE BANK OF NEW
YORK, a New York banking corporation (the "Trustee"), having its Corporate
Trust Office at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286.

                  The parties agree as follows for the benefit of each other
and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Company's 8%
Senior Notes due 2008 (the "Initial Securities") and the Company's Series B 8%
Senior Notes due 2008 (the "Exchange Securities"):

                                  ARTICLE I.

                  DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

                  Section 1.01.      Definitions.

                  "Accredited Investor" has the meaning set forth in Rule
501(a)(l), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

                  "Acquired Debt", with respect to any Person, means (i) Debt
(including any then unutilized commitment under any revolving working capital
facility) of an entity, which entity is acquired by such Person or any of its
Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; provided that such Debt (including any such
facility) is outstanding at the time of the acquisition of such entity, is not
created in contemplation of such acquisition and is not, directly or
indirectly, recourse (including by way of set-off) to such Person or its
Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets other than to the entity and
its Subsidiaries so acquired and the assets of the entity and its Subsidiaries
so acquired, (ii) Debt of such Person that is not, directly or indirectly,
recourse (including by way of set-off) to such Person and its Subsidiaries or
any of their respective assets other than to specified assets acquired by such
Person or its Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, which Debt is outstanding at
the time of the acquisition of such assets and is not created in contemplation
of such acquisition, or (iii) Refinancings of Debt described in clause (i) or
(ii), provided that the recourse with respect to such Refinancing Debt is
limited to the same extent as the Debt so Refinanced.

                  "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person
directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this
definition, "control" when used with respect to any Person means the power to
direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;
and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the
foregoing. For the avoidance of doubt, ISP and its Affiliates (so long as they
are under common control with the Company) shall be deemed to be Affiliates of
the Company.

                  "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-Registrar of
the Securities.

                  "Applicable Premium" means, with respect to any Security,
the greater of (x) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Security and (y) the
excess, if any, of (a) the present value of the remaining interest payments,
principal and future optional redemption premium (if applicable) of 

<PAGE>

such security, discounted on a semi-annual bond equivalent basis from the
maturity date of the Security to the applicable date of purchase at a per
annum interest rate equal to the Treasury Yield for such redemption date plus
100 basis points, over (b) the sum of the principal amount of such Security
plus accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date.

                  "Asset Sale" means, with respect to any Person, the sale,
lease, assignment or other disposition (including, without limitation,
dispositions pursuant to any consolidation, merger or sale and leaseback
transaction) by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries in any single
transaction or series of related transactions which consists of the
disposition of (i) any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary or (ii) all or
substantially all of the properties and assets of any division or line of
business of such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person (other than of a
Non-Recourse Subsidiary) to any other Person which is not the Company or a
Subsidiary of the Company. For the purposes of this definition, the term
"Asset Sale" shall not include (A) any sale, lease, assignment or other
disposition of properties or assets that is governed by the provisions of
Article V or (B) any sale, lease, assignment or other disposition by a Person
that has outstanding senior debt securities all of which (I) are rated BBB- or
higher by S&P and have not been placed on credit watch by S&P for a possible
downgrade or (II) are rated Baa3 or higher by Moody's and have not been placed
on credit watch by Moody's for a possible downgrade.

                  "Average Life" means, with respect to any Debt, the quotient
obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (a) the number of years
from the date of the transaction or event giving rise to the need to calculate
the Average Life of such Debt to the date, or dates, of each successive
scheduled principal payment of such Debt multiplied by (b) the amount of each
such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments.

                  "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar
Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

                  "Board of Directors" of any Person means the Board of
Directors or similar governing body of such Person, or any duly authorized
committee of such Board of Directors or similar governing body.

                  "Board Resolution" means, with respect to the Board of
Directors of any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or
Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by such Board of
Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification
and delivered to the Trustee.

                  "Book-Entry Security" means a Security represented by a
Global Security and registered in the name of the nominee of the Depository.

                  "Business Day" means a day that is not a Legal Holiday.

                  "Capitalized Lease Obligation" means any rental obligation
that, in accordance with GAAP, is required to be classified and accounted for
as a capitalized lease and the amount of Debt represented by such obligation
shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined 

                                      2
<PAGE>

in accordance with GAAP; and the stated maturity thereof shall be the date of
the last payment of rent or any other amount due in respect of such
obligation.

                  "Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares,
interests (including partnership interests), warrants, rights, options or
other interests, participations or other equivalents of or interests in
(however designated) equity of such Person, including common or preferred
stock, whether now outstanding or issued after the Issue Date, but excluding
any debt securities convertible into or exchangeable for such equity.

                  "Cash Equivalents" means (i) marketable direct obligations
Issued by, or unconditionally Guaranteed by, the United States Government or
Issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the
United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of
acquisition thereof, (ii) marketable direct obligations Issued by any State of
the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such State or
any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of
acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two
highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody's, (iii) commercial paper
maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the
time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1
from Moody's, (iv) certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances maturing
within one year from the date of acquisition thereof Issued by any commercial
bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state
thereof or the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank
having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital surplus of not less
than $500,000,000, (v) Eurodollar time deposits maturing within one year from
the date of acquisition thereof and issued or accepted by any commercial bank
having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not
less than $500,000,000, (vi) repurchase obligations with a term of not more
than thirty days for underlying securities of the types described in clause
(i) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in
clause (iv) above and (vii) investments in money market funds having assets in
excess of $500,000,000 and which invest substantially all their assets in
securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (vi) above.

                  "Cedel" means Cedel Bank, S.A.

                  "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the
following events:

                   (i) prior to the time that at least 15% of the then
         outstanding Voting Stock of Parent, the Company, or any Subsidiary of
         Parent of which the Company is also a Subsidiary is publicly traded
         on a national securities exchange or in the NASDAQ (national market
         system), the Permitted Holders cease to be the "beneficial owner" (as
         defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or
         indirectly, of majority voting power of the Voting Stock of the
         Company, whether as a result of issuance of securities of the Company
         or any of its Affiliates, any merger, consolidation, liquidation or
         dissolution of the Company or any of its Affiliates, any direct or
         indirect transfer of securities by any Permitted Holder or by Parent
         or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise (for purposes of this clause
         (i) and clause (ii) below, the Permitted Holders shall be deemed to
         beneficially own any Voting Stock of a corporation (the "specified


                                      3
<PAGE>


         corporation") held by any other corporation (the "parent
         corporation") so long as the Permitted Holders beneficially own (as
         so defined), directly or indirectly, a majority of the Voting Stock
         of the parent corporation);

                   (ii) any "Person" (as such term is used in sections 13(d)
         and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted
         Holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in clause (i)
         above, except that a Person shall be deemed to have "beneficial
         ownership" of all shares that any such Person has the right to
         acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after
         the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the
         Voting Stock of Parent or the Company; provided that the Permitted
         Holders beneficially own (as defined in clause (i) above), directly
         or indirectly, in the aggregate a lesser percentage of the Voting
         Stock of Parent or the Company than such other Person and do not have
         the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect
         or designate for election a majority of the Board of Directors of
         Parent or the Company; or

                   (iii) during any period of two consecutive years,
         individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board
         of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose
         election by such Board or whose nomination for election by the
         shareholders of the Company including predecessors, was approved by a
         vote of a majority of the directors of the Company then still in
         office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or
         whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved)
         cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of
         Directors of the Company then in office.

                  "Change of Control Payment Date" has the meaning set forth
in Section 4.14.

                  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
from time to time.

                  "Commencement Date" means April 3, 1994.

                  "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission,
as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or if at any
time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and
performing the duties now assigned to it under the TIA, then the body
performing such duties at such time.

                  "Common Stock" of any Person means any and all shares,
interests, participations, or other equivalents (however designated) of such
Person's common stock whether now outstanding or issued after the Issue Date.

                  "Company" means Building Materials Corporation of America, a
Delaware corporation, and its successors.

                  "Consolidated EBITDA Coverage Ratio" with respect to any
Person for any period means the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of EBITDA of
such Person for such period to 


                                      4
<PAGE>

(ii) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; provided
that (A) if such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person has Issued any Debt
or Capital Stock since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding
on the date such calculation is made or if the transaction giving rise to the
need to calculate the Consolidated EBITDA Coverage Ratio is an Issuance of
Debt or Capital Stock, or both, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for
such period shall be calculated after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to
the issuance of such Debt or Capital Stock as if such Debt or Capital Stock
had been Issued on the first day of such period and the discharge of any other
Debt or Capital Stock Refinanced or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of
such new Debt or Capital Stock as if such discharge had occurred on the first
day of such period, (B) if since the beginning of such period such Person or
any Subsidiary of such Person shall have made any asset sales out of the
ordinary course of business, EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an
amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets
which are the subject of such asset sale for such period, or increased by an
amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for
such period, and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be
reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly
attributable to any Debt or Capital Stock of such Person or any Subsidiary of
such Person Refinanced or otherwise discharged with respect to such Person and
its continuing Subsidiaries (including as a result of the assumption of such
Debt or Capital Stock by the purchaser of such assets, provided that such
Person or any of its Subsidiaries is no longer liable therefor) in connection
with such asset sales for such period (or if the Capital Stock of any
Subsidiary of such Person is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such
period directly attributable to the Debt of such Subsidiary to the extent such
Person and its continuing Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Debt
after such sale) and (C) if since the beginning of the period such Person or
any Subsidiary of such Person (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an
Investment in any Subsidiary of such Person (or any Person which becomes a
Subsidiary of such Person) or an acquisition of assets, including any
acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a
calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all of an operating unit
of a business, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall
be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto, as if such Investment or
acquisition occurred on the first day of such period. For purposes of this
definition, pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a
responsible financial or accounting officer of the Person with respect to
which the calculation is being made. If any Debt or Capital Stock bears a
floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on
such Debt and the dividends on such Capital Stock shall be calculated as if
the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate
for the entire period.

                  "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any
Person, for any period, the sum of (a) the interest expense of such Person and
its consolidated Subsidiaries (other than interest expense related to
Non-Recourse Debt) for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied, plus the amount of all dividends paid or accrued on any
series of Preferred Stock (other than non-Redeemable Stock) of such Person and
its Subsidiaries (other than Non-Recourse Subsidiaries).


                                      5
<PAGE>


                  "Consolidated Net Income (Loss)" means, with respect to any
Person, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person
and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance
with GAAP, adjusted to the extent included in calculating such net income (or
loss), by excluding (i) all extraordinary gains or losses in such period; (ii)
net income (or loss) of any other Person attributable to any period prior to
the date of combination of such other Person with such Person or any of its
Subsidiaries on a "pooling of interests" basis; (iii) net gains or losses in
respect of dispositions of assets by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries
(including pursuant to a sale-and-leaseback arrangement) other than in the
ordinary course of business; (iv) the net income (loss) of any Subsidiary of
such Person to the extent that the declaration of dividends or distributions
by that Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted, directly or
indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement,
instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulations
applicable to that Subsidiary or its shareholders; (v) the net income (or net
loss) of any other Person that is not a Subsidiary of the first Person with
respect to which Consolidated Net Income is being calculated (the "first
Person") and in which any other Person (other than such first Person and/or
any of its Subsidiaries) has an equity interest or of a Non-Recourse
Subsidiary of such first Person, except to the extent of the amount of
dividends or other distributions actually paid or made to such first Person or
any of its Subsidiaries by such other Person during such period (subject, in
the case of a dividend or distribution received by a Subsidiary of such first
Person, to the limitations contained in clause (iv) above); (vi) any interest
income resulting from loans or investments in Affiliates, other than cash
interest income actually received; (vii) any reserve established at the time
the Company's Affiliates first acquired USI; and (viii) the cumulative effect
of a change in accounting principles. In determining Consolidated Net Income
(Loss), gains or losses resulting from the early retirement, extinguishment or
refinancing of indebtedness for money borrowed, including any fees and
expenses associated therewith, shall be deducted or added back, respectively.

                  "Consolidated Net Worth" of any Person means, at any date,
all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be included under
shareholders' equity on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person as at such
date less (to the extent otherwise included therein) any amounts attributable
to Redeemable Stock.

                  "Corporate Trust Office" means the corporate trust office of
the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall
be principally administered, which on the date hereof is located at 101
Barclay Street, Floor 21 West, New York, New York 10286, except that, with
respect to presentation of Securities for payment or registration of transfer
and exchange and the location of the Securities register, such term means the
office or agency of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate
agency business shall be conducted, which is, on the date hereof, located at
101 Barclay Street, Corporate Trust Services Window, New York, New York 10286.

                  "Credit Agreement" means the credit agreement, dated as of
August 29, 1997, among the Company, the Lenders party thereto and The Bank of
New York, as administrative agent, as amended and supplemented from time to
time.


                                      6
<PAGE>


                  "Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee,
liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

                  "Debt" of any Person means, without duplication, (i) the
principal in respect of (A) indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed and
(B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar
instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable
(other than those payable to government agencies to defer the payment of
workers' compensation liabilities, taxes, assessments or other obligations,
and provided in the ordinary course of business of such Person); (ii) all
Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (iii) all obligations of such Person
issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional
sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any
title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable and other
accrued current liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business); (iv)
all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any
letter of credit, bankers' acceptance or similar credit transaction (other
than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other
than obligations described in (i) through (iii) above) entered into in the
ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of
credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is
reimbursed no later than the third Business Day following receipt by such
Person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of
credit); (v) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the
redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Preferred Stock (but
excluding any accrued dividends); (vi) all obligations of the type referred to
in clauses (i) through (v) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons
for the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or
liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including
guarantees of such obligations and dividends; and (vii) all obligations of the
type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of other Persons secured by any
Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation
is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be
the lesser of the value of such property or assets or the amount of the
obligation so secured. For purposes of Section 4.15, Debt of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries shall include the provision for existing or future
asbestos-related bodily injury claims, as set forth in the then most recent
consolidated financial statement of the Company.

                  "Default" means any event which is, or after notice or
passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

                  "Deferred Coupon Notes" means the Company's Series B 11 3/4%
Senior Deferred Coupon Notes due 2004.

                  "Depository" means, with respect to the Securities issued in
the form of one or more Book-Entry Securities, The Depository Trust Company or
another person designated as Depository by the Company, which must be a
clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act.

                  "EBITDA" with respect to any Person for any period means the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, adjusted to the extent
deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income by adding back (without
duplication): (i) income tax expense of such 

                                      7
<PAGE>

Person and its Subsidiaries accrued in accordance with GAAP for such period
(other than income taxes attributable to extraordinary items or other items
excluded from the definition of Consolidated Net Income), (ii) Consolidated
Interest Expense of such Person for such period, (iii) depreciation expense of
such Person for such period, (iv) amortization expense of such Person for such
period, and (v) minority interest in any non Wholly-Owned Recourse Subsidiary
that is otherwise consolidated in the financial statements of such Person, but
only so long as such Subsidiary is consolidated with such Person for such
period for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

                  "Euroclear" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,
Brussels office, as operator of the Euroclear system.

                  "Events of Default" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.

                  "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

                  "Exchange Offer" means the registration by the Company under
the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement of the offer by the
Company to each Holder of the Initial Securities to exchange all the Initial
Securities held by such Holder for the Exchange Securities in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Initial
Securities held by such Holder, all in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement.

                  "Exchange Securities" has the meaning assigned to that term
in the preambles to this Indenture.

                  "GAF" means GAF Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its
successors.

                  "Generally Accepted Accounting Principles" or "GAAP" means
generally acceptable accounting principles set forth in the opinions and
pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the
Financial Accounting Standards Board as of the date of the Indenture.

                  "GFC" means GAF Fiberglass Corporation, a Delaware
corporation, and its successors.

                  "G-I Holdings" means G-I Holdings Inc., a Delaware
corporation, and its successors.

                  "Glass Fiber Contract" means the supply agreement effective
as of January 1, 1997 between GFC and the Company.

                  "Global Security" means a Security evidencing all or a part
of the Securities to be issued as Book-Entry Securities, including a
Regulation S Global Security, issued to the Depository in accordance with
Section 2.02 and bearing the legend prescribed in Exhibit C.


                                      8
<PAGE>


                  "Granules Contracts" means (i) the supply agreement, dated
as of January 1, 1995, between ISP Technologies, Inc. and the Company, as
amended by amendment dated as of December 31, 1995 and (ii) the letter dated
November 9, 1995 from ISP Mineral Products Inc. to USI.

                  "Guarantee" by any Person means any obligation, contingent
or otherwise, of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt or
other obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any other Person and, without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect,
contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or
supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or other obligation of
such other Person (whether arising by virtue of participation arrangements, by
agreement to keep well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to
take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or
(ii) entered into for the purpose of assuring the obligee of such Debt or
other obligation in any other manner of the payment thereof or to protect such
obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided that
the term "guarantee" shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit
in the ordinary course of business. The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a
corresponding meaning.

                  "Holder" or "Securityholder" means the Person in whose name
a Security is registered on the Registrar's books.

                  "Incur" means incur, create, assume, Guarantee or otherwise
become liable; and the terms "incurred" and "incurrence" having meanings
correlative to the foregoing.

                  "Indenture" means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented
from time to time.

                  "Initial Purchasers" means Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and
Chase Securities Inc.

                  "Initial Securities" has the meaning assigned to that term
in the preambles to this Indenture.

                  "Interest Payment Date" means the Stated Maturity of an
installment of interest on the Securities.

                  "Investment" means any direct or indirect advance, loan
(other than advances or loans to customers in the ordinary course of business,
which are recorded, in accordance with GAAP, at the time made as accounts
receivable on the balance sheet of the Person making such advance or loan) or
other extension of credit or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer
of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services
for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital
Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities Issued by, any other
Person.

                  "ISP" means International Specialty Products Inc., a
Delaware corporation, and its successors.


                                      9
<PAGE>


                  "Issue" means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise
become liable for; provided that any Debt or Capital Stock of a Person
existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of another Person
(whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed
to be Issued by such Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary of such
other Person.

                  "Issue Date" means December 3, 1998.

                  "Legal Holiday" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.10.

                  "Lien" means any lien, mortgage, charge, pledge, security
interest, or other encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or
other title retention agreement and any lease in the nature thereof).

                  "Management Agreement" means the amended and restated
management agreement, dated as of March 3, 1992, between the Company and ISP,
as amended through the Issue Date.

                  "Margin Stock" shall have the meaning provided in Regulation
U.

                  "Material Assets" means assets, singly or in the aggregate,
the book or fair market value of which equals 5% or more of the consolidated
tangible assets of the Company, as set forth on its most recently publicly
available balance sheet.

                  "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or its
successors.

                  "Net Cash Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale,
the proceeds in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in
respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of cash or
Cash Equivalents received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from such
Asset Sale net of (a) reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to
such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and
investment banking fees and sales commissions), (b) taxes paid or payable ((1)
including, without limitation, income taxes reasonably estimated to be
actually payable as a result of any disposition of property within two years
of the date of disposition, including under any tax sharing arrangements, and
(2) after taking into account any reduction in tax liability due to available
tax credits or deductions applicable to the transaction), (c) a reasonable
reserve for the after-tax cost of any indemnification obligations (fixed
and/or contingent) attributable to seller's indemnities to the purchaser
undertaken by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with such
Asset Sale and (d) repayment of Debt that is required to be repaid in
connection with such Asset Sale, under the agreements governing such Debt or
Asset Sale.

                  "Net Proceeds Offer" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 4.15.

                  "Non-Recourse Debt" of any Person means Debt or the portion
of Debt (i) as to which neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries (other than
a Non-Recourse Subsidiary) (A) provides credit support (including any
undertaking, agreement or instrument which would 


                                      10
<PAGE>

constitute Debt), (B) is directly or indirectly liable or (C) constitutes the
lender and (ii) no default with respect to which (including any rights which
the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against the assets of
a Non-Recourse Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both)
any holder of any other Debt of such Person or its Subsidiaries (other than
Non-Recourse Subsidiaries) to declare a default on such other Debt or cause
the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity.

                  "Non-Recourse Subsidiary" of any Person means a Subsidiary
(A) which has been designated as such by such Person, (B) which has not
acquired any assets directly or indirectly from Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries other than at fair market value, including by the receipt of
Capital Stock of such Non-Recourse Subsidiary, provided that, if any such
acquisition or series of related acquisitions involves assets having a value
in excess of $2,000,000, such acquisition or series of related acquisitions
shall be approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of
the Company in a Board Resolution which shall set forth that such acquisitions
are being, or have been, made at fair market value, and (C) which has no Debt
other than Non-Recourse Debt.

                  "Obligations" means (a) the full and punctual payment of the
principal and interest on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by
acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations
of the Company under this Indenture and the Securities and (b) the full and
punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company under this
Indenture and the Securities.

                  "Offering" means the Company's offering of the Initial
Securities.

                  "Offering Memorandum" means the Offering Memorandum dated
November 24, 1998, pursuant to which the Initial Securities were offered.

                  "Officer" of any corporation means the Chairman of the
Board, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the
Treasurer, the Secretary, the Controller or the Assistant Secretary of such
corporation.

                  "Officers' Certificate" of any corporation means a
certificate signed by two Officers or by an Officer and an Assistant Treasurer
or Assistant Secretary of such corporation and delivered to the Trustee and
which complies with Section 10.05.

                  "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal
counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and which complies with
Section 10.05. Such legal counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the
Company or its Affiliates.

                  "Parent" means GAF so long as it owns, and any other Person
which acquires or owns, directly or indirectly, 80% or more of the Voting
Stock of the Company.


                                      11
<PAGE>


                  "Participant" means with respect to the Depositary,
Euroclear or Cedel, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear
or Cedel, respectively (and, with respect to The Depository Trust Company,
shall include Euroclear and Cedel).

                  "Paying Agent" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03,
except that, for the purposes of Article VIII and Sections 4.14 and 4.15, the
Paying Agent shall not be the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or an
Affiliate of any thereof.

                  "Permitted Holders" means (i) Samuel J. Heyman, his heirs,
administrators, executors and entities of which a majority of the Voting Stock
is owned by Samuel J. Heyman, his heirs, administrators or executors and (ii)
any Person controlled, directly or indirectly, by Samuel J. Heyman or his
heirs, administrators or executors.

                  "Permitted Lien" means:

                   (1) Liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges
         to the extent not required to be paid under this Indenture;

                   (2) statutory Liens of landlords and carriers,
         warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen or other
         like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and with
         respect to amounts not yet delinquent or being contested in good
         faith by an appropriate process of law, and for which a reserve or
         other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP
         shall have been made;

                   (3) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business
         to secure lease obligations or non-delinquent obligations under
         workers' compensation, unemployment insurance or similar legislation;

                   (4) Liens to secure the performance of public statutory
         obligations that are not delinquent, appeal bonds, performance bonds
         or other obligations of a like nature (other than for borrowed
         money);

                   (5) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, minor defects
         or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances
         not interfering in any material respect with the business of the
         Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

                   (6) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities
         arising as a matter of law to secure payment of nondelinquent customs
         duties in connection with the importation of goods;

                   (7) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to a
Default or Event of Default;

                   (8) leases or subleases granted to others not interfering
         in any material respect with the business of the Company and its
         Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;



                                      12
<PAGE>

                   (9) Liens encumbering deposits made in the ordinary course
         of business to secure non-delinquent obligations arising from
         statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty requirements of the
         Company or any of its Subsidiaries for which a reserve or other
         appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall
         have been made;

                   (10) any interest or title of a lessor in the property
         subject to any lease, whether characterized as capitalized or
         operating other than any such interest or title resulting from or
         arising out of default by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of
         its obligations under any such lease which is material;

                   (11) Liens arising from filing UCC financing statements for
         precautionary purposes in connection with true leases or conditional
         sales of personal property that are otherwise permitted under this
         Indenture and under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is
         lessee;

                   (12) broker's Liens securing the payment of commissions and
         management fees in the ordinary course of business;

                   (13) Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents posted as margin
         pursuant to the requirements of any bona fide hedge agreement
         relating to interest rates, foreign exchange or commodities listed on
         public exchanges, but only to the extent such Liens are required from
         customers generally (regardless of creditworthiness) in accordance
         with customary market practice;

                   (14) Liens on cash collateralizing reimbursement
         obligations in respect of letters of credit issued for the account of
         the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
         business (other than letters of credit issued as credit support for
         any Debt);

                   (15) Liens arising in respect of accounts receivable
         arising as a result of non-recourse sales thereof; and

                   (16) Liens on stock or assets of any Non-Recourse
         Subsidiary securing Debt owing by such Non-Recourse Subsidiary.

                  "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership,
joint venture, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint-stock
company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or other agency or
political subdivision thereof or other entity of any kind.

                  "Preferred Stock", as applied to the Capital Stock of any
corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated)
which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution
of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such
corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such
corporation. Preferred Stock of any Person shall include Redeemable Stock of
such Person.


                                      13
<PAGE>


                  "Principal" of a debt security, including the Securities,
means the principal of such security plus, when appropriate, the premium, if
any, on such security.

                  "Private Exchange Notes" has the meaning assigned to such
term in the Registration Rights Agreement.

                  "Proceeds Purchase Date" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 4.15.

                  "Qualified Institutional Buyer" or "QIB" shall have the
meaning specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

                  "Receivables" means accounts receivables, and related
documentation, contract rights, related proceeds and general intangibles.

                  "Receivables Financing Agreement" means the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, dated as of November 1, 1996, among the Company, BMCA
Receivables Corporation and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, and related
agreements, as amended or supplemented.

                  "Recourse Subsidiaries" of any Person means all Subsidiaries
of such Person other than Non-Recourse Subsidiaries of such Person.

                  "Redeemable Stock" means, with respect to any Person,
Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms or otherwise (x) is required,
directly or indirectly, to be redeemed on or prior to the ninetieth day after
the Stated Maturity of the Securities, (y) is redeemable or puttable, directly
or indirectly, at the option of the holder thereof at any time on or prior to
the ninetieth day after the Stated Maturity of the Securities, or (z) is
exchangeable or convertible into another security (other than a security that
is not itself Redeemable Stock).

                  "Refinance" means, in respect of any Debt, to refinance,
extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue
Debt in exchange or replacement for, such Debt. "Refinanced" and "Refinancing"
shall have correlative meanings.

                  "Registrar" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03.

                  "Registration Rights Agreement" means the registration
rights agreement dated December 3, 1998, between the Company and the Initial
Purchasers.

                  "Regulation S" means Regulation S promulgated under the
Securities Act.

                  "Regulation S Global Security" means a global security
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the legend prescribed in
Exhibit C and deposited with or on behalf of the Depository and registered in
the name of the Depository or its nominee and issued in a denomination equal
to the outstanding principal amount of the Securities initially resold by the
Initial Purchasers in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.


                                      14
<PAGE>


                  "Restricted Investment" means, with respect to the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries, an Investment by such Person in an Affiliate of
the Company; provided that the following shall not be Restricted Investments:
(i) Investments in the Company or any of its Recourse Subsidiaries; (ii)
Investments in Unrestricted Affiliates; and (iii) Investments in Affiliates
that become, as a result of such Investment, Recourse Subsidiaries.

                  "Restricted Payment" means (i) the declaration or making of
any dividend or of any other payment or distribution (other than dividends,
payments or distributions payable solely in shares of the Company's Capital
Stock other than Redeemable Stock) on or with respect to the Company's Capital
Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) and (ii) any payment on account of the
purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of the
Company's Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock).

                  "Restricted Period" means the 40-day restricted period
referred to in Regulation S.

                  "Restricted Security" has the meaning set forth in Rule
144(a)(3) under the Securities Act.

                  "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Rating Services or its
successors.

                  "Securities" means the Initial Securities, the Exchange
Securities and the Private Exchange Notes treated as a single class of
securities.

                  "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder.

                  "Shelf Registration Statements" means the shelf registration
statement, which the Company will use its best efforts to cause to become
effective with respect to the resale of the Initial Securities in the event
that the Exchange Offer is not completed, pursuant to the terms of the
Registration Rights Agreement.

                  "Significant Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary (other
than a Non-Recourse Subsidiary) of the Company which at the time of
determination either (A) had assets which, as of the date of the Company's
most recent quarterly consolidated balance sheet, constituted at least 5% of
the Company's total assets on a consolidated basis as of such date, in each
case determined in accordance with GAAP, or (B) had revenues for the 12-month
period ending on the date of the Company's most recent quarterly consolidated
statement of income which constituted at least 5% of the Company's total
revenues on a consolidated basis for such period, or (ii) any Subsidiary of
the Company (other than a Non-Recourse Subsidiary) which, if merged with all
Defaulting Subsidiaries (as defined below) of the Company, would at the time
of determination either (A) have had assets which, as of the date of the
Company's most recent quarterly consolidated balance sheet, would have
constituted at least 10% of the Company's total assets on a consolidated basis
as of such date or (B) have had revenues for the 12-month period ending on the
date of the Company's most recent quarterly consolidated statement of income
which would have constituted at least 10% of the Company's total revenues on a
consolidated basis for such 



                                      15
<PAGE>

period (each such determination being made in accordance with GAAP).
"Defaulting Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company (other than a
Non-Recourse Subsidiary) with respect to which an event described under clause
(6), (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 has occurred and is continuing.

                  "Stated Maturity" when used with respect to any Security or
any installment of interest thereon, means the dates specified in such
Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such
installment of interest is due and payable, and when used with respect to any
other Debt, means the date specified in the instrument governing such Debt as
the fixed date on which the principal of such Debt or any installment of
interest is due and payable.

                  "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (i) a
corporation a majority of whose Capital Stock with voting power, under
ordinary circumstances, to elect directors is at the time, directly or
indirectly, owned by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person
or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries thereof or (ii) any other
Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person, one or more
Subsidiaries thereof or such Person and one or more Subsidiaries thereof,
directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof has at least
majority ownership interest and the power to direct the policies, management
and affairs thereof. For purposes of this definition, any director's
qualifying shares or investments by foreign nationals mandated by applicable
law shall be disregarded in determining the ownership of a Subsidiary.

                  "Tax Sharing Agreement" means the tax sharing agreement,
dated as of January 31, 1994, among the Company, G-I Holdings and GAF.

                  "TIA" means, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.07,
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in effect on the date hereof.

                  "Treasury Yield" means the yield to maturity at the time of
computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as
compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release
H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days
prior to the applicable redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no
longer published, any publicly available source of similar data) most nearly
equal to the then remaining Average Life of the Securities; provided that, if
the Average Life of the Securities is not equal to the constant maturity of a
United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the
Treasury Yield shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the
nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States
Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that, if the
average life of the Securities is less than one year, the weekly average yield
on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant
maturity of one year shall be used.

                  "Trustee" means the party named as such in this Indenture
until a successor replaces such party in accordance with the provisions of
this Indenture, and thereafter means such successor.


                                      16
<PAGE>


                  "Trust Officer" means, when used with respect to the
Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee,
including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary,
assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who
customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who
at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate
trust matter is referred because of such Person's knowledge of and familiarity
with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the
administration of this Indenture.

                  "2005 Notes" means the Company's Series B 7 3/4% Senior
Notes due 2005.

                  "2006 Notes" means the Company's Series B 8 5/8% Senior
Notes due 2006.

                  "2007 Notes" means the Company's 8% Senior Notes due 2007
and the Company's Series B 8% Senior Notes due 2007.

                  "Unrestricted Affiliate" means a Person (other than a
Subsidiary of the Company except a Non-Recourse Subsidiary) controlled by, or
under common control with, the Company in which no Affiliate of the Company
(other than (i) the Company or a Wholly-Owned Recourse Subsidiary, (ii) any
director or officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries whose primary
employment is by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than a
Non-Recourse Subsidiary, except for Permitted Holders or members of their
immediate family, and (iii) another Unrestricted Affiliate) has an Investment.

                  "U.S. Government Obligations" means money or direct
non-callable obligations of the United States of America for the payment of
which the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged.

                  "U.S. Person" means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902
under the Securities Act.

                  "USI" means U.S. Intec, Inc., a Texas corporation, and its
successors.

                  "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person, Capital
Stock of any class or kind normally entitled to vote in the election of the
board of directors or other governing body of such Person.

                  "Wholly-Owned Recourse Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of a
Person (other than a Non-Recourse Subsidiary) all the Capital Stock of which
(other than directors qualifying shares) is owned by such Person or another
Wholly-Owned Recourse Subsidiary of such Person.

                  "Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary all the Capital
Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) is owned by the
applicable corporation or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the applicable
corporation.

                  Section 1.02. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture
Act. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA,
the provision is incorporated by reference in and made 


                                      17
<PAGE>

a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have
the following meanings:

                  "Commission" means the SEC;

                  "indenture securities" means the Securities;

                  "indenture security holder" means Holder or a Securityholder;

                  "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

                  "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the
Trustee; and

                  "obligor" on the indenture securities means the Company and
any other obligor on the Securities.

                  All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined
by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by
Commission rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to
them therein.

                  Section 1.03.      Rules of Construction.

                    Unless the context otherwise requires:

                         (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

                         (2) "or" is not exclusive;

                         (3) words in the singular include the plural, and 
         words in the plural include the singular;

                         (4) provisions apply to successive events and
         transactions;

                         (5) "herein," "hereof" and other words of similar
         import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular
         Article, Section or other Subdivision; and

                         (6) all calculations made for the purpose of
         determining compliance with the terms of the covenants set forth in
         Article IV and other provisions of this Indenture shall utilize GAAP
         in effect at the time of preparation of, and in conformity with those
         used to prepare, the historical consolidated financial statements of
         the Company at and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.

                                  ARTICLE II.

                                THE SECURITIES

                  Section 2.01.      Form and Dating.

                    The Initial Securities and the Trustee's certificate of
authentication thereon shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.
The 


                                      18
<PAGE>

Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Notes and the Trustee's
certificate of authentication thereon shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit B. The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required
by law, stock exchange rule or agreements to which the Company is subject, if
any, or usage. The Company shall approve the form of the Securities and any
notation, legend or endorsement on them, and such approval shall be evidenced
by the execution of such Securities by two Officers of the Company. Each
Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

                  The terms and provisions contained in the form of the
Securities, annexed hereto as Exhibits A and B, shall constitute, and are
hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture.

                  Section 2.02.      Execution and Authentication; 
Aggregate Principal Amount. Two Officers shall sign the Securities for the 
Company by facsimile or manual signature. The Company's seal may be reproduced 
or imprinted on the Securities, by facsimile or otherwise.

                  If a Person whose signature is on a Security as an Officer
no longer holds that office or position at the time the Trustee authenticates
the Security, the Security shall be valid nevertheless.

                  A Security shall not be valid until the Trustee manually
signs the certificate of authentication on the Security. The signature shall
be conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this
Indenture.

                  The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for
delivery (i) Initial Securities for original issue in an aggregate principal
amount of $155,000,000, and (ii) Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Notes
from time to time for issue only in exchange for a like principal amount of
Initial Securities in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, in
each case upon a written order of the Company signed by an Officer of the
Company to a Trust Officer. The order shall specify the amount of Securities
to be authenticated, the date on which the Securities are to be authenticated
and whether the Securities are to be Initial Securities, Exchange Securities
or Private Exchange Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Securities
outstanding at any time may not exceed $155,000,000, except as provided in
Section 2.07.

                  The Securities shall be issuable only in registered form and
only in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

                  The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable
to the Company to authenticate the Securities, which authenticating agent
shall be compensated by the Company. Unless limited by the terms of such
appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the
Trustee may do so, except with regard to the original issuance of the
Securities and pursuant to Section 2.06. Except as provided in the preceding
sentence, each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee
includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same
rights as any Agent.


                                      19
<PAGE>


                  If the Securities are to be issued in the form of one or
more Global Securities, then the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver one or more Global Securities that (i) shall
represent and shall be in minimum denominations of $1,000 or in the
approximate equivalent amount, (ii) shall be registered in the name of the
Depository for such Global Security or Securities or the nominee of such
Depository, (iii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or
pursuant to such Depository's instructions and (iv) shall bear the legend set
forth in Exhibit C.

                  Section 2.03.      Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company 
shall maintain an office or agency where Securities may be presented for
registration of transfer or for exchange ("Registrar") and an office or agency
where Securities may be presented for payment ("Paying Agent"). The Registrar
shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The
Company may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional Paying
Agents. The term "Paying Agent" includes any additional Paying Agent.

                  The Company shall enter into an appropriate written agency
agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture. Each such agreement
shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent.
The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the name and
address of any such Agent and any change in the address of such Agent. The
Company may change an Agent without prior notice to the Holders. In the event
that there is a change in the address of an Agent or if the Company changes an
Agent, the Company shall promptly notify the Holders in writing. If the
Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act
as such.

                  The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and
Paying Agent in connection with the Securities.

                  Section 2.04.      Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust.
The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in
writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of
Securityholders all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of
principal of or interest on the Securities, and such Paying Agent shall notify
the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. If the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate
the money and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may
require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account
for any funds disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time during the
continuance of any payment default, upon written request to a Paying Agent,
require such Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to
account for any funds disbursed. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent shall have no
further liability for the money so paid over to the Trustee.

                  Section 2.05.      Securityholder Lists. The Trustee shall 
preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent
list available to it of the names and addresses of Securityholders and shall
otherwise comply with TIA ss. 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the
Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least ten Business Days before each
Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in
writing a list in such form and as of 


                                      20
<PAGE>


such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of
Securityholders, and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).

                  The Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon a certificate of
the Registrar, the Company or such other Paying Agent, as the case may be, as
to the names and addresses of the Securityholders and the principal amounts
and serial numbers of the Securities.

                  Section 2.06.      Transfer and Exchange. The Securities 
shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the
surrender of such Securities for registration or transfer. When Securities are
presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request to register the
transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Securities of
other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer or
make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transactions are
met; provided that every Security presented or surrendered for registration of
transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written
instrument or transfer in a form satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar
duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in
writing; and provided further that prior to the expiration of the Restricted
Period, transfers of book-entry interests in the Regulation S Global Security
may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S.
Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). To permit registrations of transfer
and exchanges, the Company shall execute the Securities, and the Trustee shall
authenticate the Securities at the Registrar's request. No service charge to
the Securityholder shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange,
but the Company or the Trustee may require from the transferring or exchanging
Securityholder payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or
similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any
such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges
pursuant to Sections 2.10, 4.14, 4.15 or 9.05). The Registrar or co-Registrar
shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Security
(i) during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the
mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities and ending at the close of
business on the day of such mailing and (ii) selected for redemption in whole
or in part pursuant to Article III, except the unredeemed portion of any
Security being redeemed in part.

                  If a Security is a Restricted Security in certificated form,
then as provided in this Indenture and subject to the limitations herein set
forth, the Holder, provided it is a Qualified Institutional Buyer, an
Accredited Investor or a Holder pursuant to Regulation S, may exchange such
Security for a Book-Entry Security by instructing the Trustee to arrange for
such Security to be represented by a beneficial interest in a Global Security
in accordance with the customary procedures of the Depository.

                  In accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and
subject to certain limitations herein set forth, an owner of a beneficial
interest in a Global Security which has not been exchanged for an Exchange
Security may request a Security in certificated form, in exchange in whole or
in part, as the case may be, for such beneficial owner's interest in the
Global Security.

                  Upon any exchange provided for in the preceding paragraph,
the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to
the person specified by the Depository a 


                                      21
<PAGE>

new Security or Securities registered in such names and in such authorized
denominations as the Depository, pursuant to the instructions of the
beneficial owner of the Securities requesting the exchange, shall instruct the
Trustee. Thereupon, the beneficial ownership of such Global Security shown on
the records maintained by the Depository or its nominee shall be reduced by
the amounts so exchanged and an appropriate endorsement shall be made by or on
behalf of the Trustee on the Global Security. Any such exchange shall be
effected through the Depository in accordance with the procedures of the
Depository therefor.

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Global Security shall be
registered for transfer or exchange, or authenticated and delivered, whether
pursuant to this Section, Section 2.07, 2.10 or 3.06 or otherwise, in the name
of a person other than the Depository for such Global Security or its nominee
until (i) the Company notifies the Trustee that the Depository is unwilling or
unable to continue as Depository for such Global Security or if at any time
the Depository ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange
Act, and a successor depository is not appointed by the Company within 90
days, (ii) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company order
that all such Global Securities shall be exchangeable or (iii) there shall
have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default. Upon the occurrence in
respect of any Global Security representing the Securities of any one or more
of the conditions specified in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of the preceding
sentence, such Global Security may be registered for transfer or exchange for
Securities registered in the names of, authenticated and delivered to, such
persons as the Trustee or the Depository, as the case may be, shall direct.

                  Except as provided above, any Security authenticated and
delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of,
any Global Security, whether pursuant to this Section, Section 2.07, 2.10 or
3.06 or otherwise, shall also be a Global Security and bear the legend
specified in Exhibit C.

                  The provisions of the "Operating Procedures of the Euroclear
System" and "Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear" and the "General
Terms and Conditions of Cedel Bank" and "Customer Handbook" of Cedel Bank
shall be applicable to transfers of book-entry interests in the Regulation S
Global Securities that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Cedel
Bank.

                  The Company shall not have any liability to any Person
relating to (i) the performance by the Depositary, Euroclear, Cedel or any of
their respective direct or indirect Participants under the rules and
procedures governing, the Depository, Euroclear or Cedel including with
respect to transferring book-entry interests in the Securities, or (ii)
maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of such entities relating to
the Securities.

                  Section 2.07.      Replacement Securities. If a mutilated 
Security is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder of a Security claims
that such Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company
shall issue a replacement Security, and the Trustee shall authenticate such
replacement Security if the Trustee's requirements are met. If required by the
Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be provided by the
Securityholder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the
Company to protect the Company, the Trustee or 



                                      22
<PAGE>

any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Security is
replaced. The Company or the Trustee may charge such Holder for its expenses
in replacing a Security.

                  Every replacement Security is an additional obligation of
the Company.

                  Section 2.08.      Outstanding Securities.  Securities 
outstanding at any time are all Securities that have been authenticated by the
Trustee, except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. A
Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or one of its
Affiliates holds the Security.

                  If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it
ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it
that the replaced Security is held by a bona fide purchaser.

                  If the Paying Agent holds (or, if the Company or a
Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, segregates and holds in trust), in accordance
with this Indenture, on the maturity or redemption date, money sufficient to
pay Securities payable on that date, then on and after that date such
Securities shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and interest on them
shall cease to accrue.

                  Section 2.09.      Treasury Securities. In determining 
whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have
concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Company
or any of its Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that for the purpose of
determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such
direction, waiver or consent, only Securities which a Trust Officer of the
Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

                  Section 2.10.      Temporary Securities. Until definitive 
Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare, and the Trustee
shall authenticate upon written order of the Company signed by an Officer
thereof, temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in
the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Company
considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay,
the Company shall prepare, and the Trustee shall authenticate, definitive
Securities in exchange for temporary Securities.

                  Until such exchange, such temporary Securities shall be
entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as the definitive
Securities.

                  Section 2.11.      Cancellation.  The Company at any time 
may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the
Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them
for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else
shall cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer,
exchange, payment or cancellation. The Company may not issue new Securities to
replace Securities it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.


                                      23
<PAGE>


                  Section 2.12.      Defaulted Interest. If the Company 
defaults in a payment of interest on the Securities, it shall pay the
defaulted interest, plus, to the extent permitted by law, any interest payable
on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Securityholders on a
subsequent special record date. Such special record date shall be the
fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Company for the payment of
defaulted interest, whether or not such day is a Business Day. At least 15
days before the special record date, the Company shall mail or cause to be
mailed to each Securityholder and the Trustee a notice that states the special
record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.

                  Section 2.13.      CUSIP Number.  The Company in issuing 
the Securities may use one or more "CUSIP" numbers. If so, the Trustee shall
use "CUSIP" numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to
Securityholders; provided that any such notice may state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed
on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the
Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any
change in a CUSIP number.

                  Section 2.14.      Deposit of Moneys.  On or before 
11:00 A.M., New York City time, on each payment date, the Company shall
deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent in immediately available funds money
sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such payment date. The
principal amount and interest due on Book-Entry Securities shall be payable to
the Depository or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered
owner and the sole holder of the Book-Entry Securities represented thereby.
The principal amount and interest on Securities in certificated form shall be
payable at the office of the Paying Agent; provided however that the Company,
at its option, may pay interest by check by mailing such check to the Holder's
registered address.

                                 ARTICLE III.

                                  REDEMPTION

                  Section 3.01.      Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects 
to redeem Securities pursuant to paragraph 5(a) of the Securities, it shall
notify the Trustee in writing of the redemption date and the principal amount
of Securities to be redeemed.

                  The Company shall give the notice to the Trustee provided
for in this Section at least 45 days before the redemption date, unless the
Trustee consents in writing to a shorter notice period. Such notice shall be
accompanied by an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained in this
Indenture and will set forth the redemption price.

                  Section 3.02.      [Reserved]


                                      24
<PAGE>


                  Section 3.03.      Notice of Redemption. At such time as is 
provided by paragraph 5(a) of the Securities, the Company shall mail a notice of
redemption by first-class mail to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed.

                  The notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and
shall state:

                  (A) the redemption date;

                  (B) the redemption price;

                  (C) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

                  (D) that Securities called for redemption must be
surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

                  (E) that, unless the Company defaults in making such
redemption payment, interest on Securities called for redemption ceases to
accrue on and after such redemption date; and

                  (F) the CUSIP number, if any, and that no representation is
made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in
such notice or printed on the Securities.

                  At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice
of redemption in the Company's name and at the Company's expense. In such
event, the Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required by
clauses (A), (B) and (C) at least 45 days before the redemption date.

                  Section 3.04.      Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once 
notice of redemption is mailed, Securities called for redemption become due and
payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice.
Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, subject to the Company's compliance with
Section 3.05 herein, such Securities shall be paid at the redemption price
stated in the notice, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
redemption date.

                  Section 3.05.      Deposit of Redemption Price. On or prior 
to the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent in
immediately available funds (or, if the Company or a Subsidiary is the Paying
Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption
price of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all Securities to be
redeemed on that date other than Securities or portions of Securities called for
redemption which have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for
cancellation.

                  Section 3.06.      Securities Redeemed in Part. Upon 
surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and
the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Company's expense) a new
Security equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security
surrendered.

                                      25
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE IV.

                                   COVENANTS

                  Section 4.01.      Payment of Securities. The Company shall 
pay, or cause to be paid, the principal of and interest on the Securities on the
dates and in the manner provided herein and in the Securities. Principal or
interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee or Paying Agent
holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay all principal and
interest payable in cash in each case as then due. The Company shall pay
interest on overdue principal, as the case may be, at the rate specified
therefor in the Securities.

                  Section 4.02.      Maintenance of Office or Agency. The 
Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an
office or agency where Securities may be surrendered for registration of
transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and
demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture
may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of
the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at
any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or
shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the
Trustee as set forth in Section 10.02.

                  The Company may also from time to time designate one or more
other offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered
for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such
designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any
matter relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency
pursuant to this Section 4.02. The Company shall give prompt written notice to
the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the
location of any such other office or agency.

                  The Company hereby initially designates the office of the
Trustee or its agent located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New
York, as such office of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03.

                  Section 4.03.      Corporate Existence. The Company shall do 
or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and
effect its (i) corporate existence and the corporate existence of each of its
Subsidiaries (other than Non-Recourse Subsidiaries) in accordance with their
respective organizational documents and (ii) the material rights (charter and
statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries;
provided that (i) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be
required to preserve any such right or franchise, or corporate existence, if the
Board of Directors of the Company or such Subsidiary shall determine that the
loss thereof is not, and will not be, adverse in any material respect to the
Company or the Holders and (ii) nothing in this Section 4.03 shall prevent the
Company from taking any action that complies with the provisions of Section
5.01.

                  Section 4.04.      Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The 
Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries (other than Non-Recourse
Subsidiaries) to, pay or discharge or

                                      26

<PAGE>

cause to be paid or discharged, before any penalty accrues from the failure to
so pay or discharge, (1) all material taxes, assessments and governmental
charges levied or imposed upon it or any of such Subsidiaries or upon the
income, profits or property of it or any of such Subsidiaries, and (2) all
material, lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid,
might by law become a Lien upon its property or the property of any
Subsidiary; provided that there shall not be required to be paid or discharged
any such tax, assessment, charge or claim if the amount, applicability or
validity thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
and adequate provision therefor has been made.

                  Section 4.05.      Compliance Certificates. (a) The Company 
shall deliver to the Trustee within 60 days after the end of each of the
Company's fiscal quarters (120 days after the end of the Company's last fiscal
quarter of its fiscal year) an Officers' Certificate, stating whether or not the
signers, after due inquiry, know of any Default or Event of Default which
occurred during such fiscal quarter. An Officers' Certificate delivered within
120 days after the end of the Company's fiscal year shall also contain a
certification from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer
or principal accounting officer of the Company as to such officer's knowledge of
the Company's compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture.
For purposes of this Section 4.05(a), such compliance shall be determined
without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under
this Indenture. If the officer does know of such a Default or Event of Default,
the certificate shall describe any such Default or Event of Default, and its
status. The first certificate to be delivered pursuant to this Section 4.05(a)
shall be for the first fiscal quarter beginning after the execution of this
Indenture.

                  (b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as
possible and in any event within 10 days after the Company becomes aware of
the occurrence of each Default or Event of Default which is continuing, an
Officers' Certificate setting forth the details of such Default or Event of
Default, and the action which the Company has taken and proposes to take with
respect thereto. Following receipt of such Officers' Certificate, the Trustee
shall send the notice called for by Section 7.05, except as provided therein.

                  Section 4.06.      Securities and Exchange Commission Reports.
(a) The Company shall file with the Trustee and provide Holders of record,
within 15 days after it files them with the Commission, copies of its annual
report and the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such
portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may by rules and regulations
prescribe) which the Company is required to file with the Commission pursuant to
Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, without exhibits in the case of each
Holder, unless the Company is requested in writing by such Holder.
Notwithstanding that the Company may not be required to remain subject to the
reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company
will continue to file with the Commission and provide the Trustee and Holders
with such annual reports and information, documents and other reports (or copies
of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may by rules and
regulations prescribe) which are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the
Exchange Act, without exhibits in the case of Holders, unless the Company is
requested in writing by the Holders. The Company also will comply with the other
provisions of TIA Section 314(a).

                                     27
<PAGE>

                  (b) So long as any of the Securities remain outstanding, the
Company shall cause each annual, quarterly and other financial report mailed
or otherwise furnished by it generally to public securityholders to be filed
with the Trustee and mailed to the Holders of record at their addresses
appearing in the register of Securities maintained by the Registrar, in each
case at the time of such mailing or furnishing to stockholders. The Company
shall provide to any Holder or any beneficial owner of Notes any information
reasonably requested by such holder or such beneficial owner concerning the
Company and its Subsidiaries (including financial statements) necessary in
order to permit such holder or such beneficial owner to sell or transfer Notes
in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any similar rule or
regulation adopted by the Commission.

                  (c) Delivery of such reports to the Trustee is for
informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such reports shall
not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or
determinable from information contained therein, including the Company's
compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is
entitled to rely conclusively and exclusively on Officers' Certificates).

                  Section 4.07.      Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.
The Company covenants (to the full extent permitted by applicable law) that it
will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or
take the benefit or advantage of, and will actively resist any attempts to claim
the benefit of any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law which
would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the
principal of or interest on the Securities as contemplated herein, wherever
enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the
covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and (to the full extent
permitted by applicable law) the Company hereby expressly waives all benefit or
advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or
impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer
and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been
enacted.

                  Section 4.08.      Maintenance of Properties. Subject to this 
Article IV, the Company shall cause all material properties owned by or leased
to it or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Non-Recourse Subsidiaries) and used
or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of such Subsidiaries to
be maintained and kept in normal condition, repair and working order and
supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary
repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in
the judgment of the Company or such Subsidiary may be necessary so that the
business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously
conducted at all times; provided that nothing in this Section 4.08 shall prevent
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from discontinuing the use, operation or
maintenance of any of such properties, or disposing of any of them, if such
discontinuance or disposal is not, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of
the Company or such Subsidiary, adverse in any material respect, to the Company
or the Holders.

                  Section 4.09.      Limitation on Debt and Preferred Stock of 
the Company and its Subsidiaries. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not 
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, Issue, directly or indirectly, any Debt
unless, at the time of such Issuance and after giving effect thereto, 

                                      28
<PAGE>

(i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and
(ii) the Consolidated EBITDA Coverage Ratio of the Company for the period of
its most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters ending at least
45 days prior to the date such Debt is Issued is at least 2.00 to 1.00.

                  (b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, there may be issued 
the following Debt:
                         (1)    The Securities;

                         (2) (i) Debt of the Company Issued to and held by a
         Wholly-Owned Recourse Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) Debt of a
         Recourse Subsidiary of the Company Issued to and held by the Company
         or a Wholly-Owned Recourse Subsidiary of the Company; provided that
         any subsequent transfer of such Debt (other than to the Company or to
         a Wholly-Owned Recourse Subsidiary of the Company) shall be deemed,
         in each case, to constitute the Issuance of such Debt by the Company
         or such Subsidiary;

                         (3) Debt the proceeds of which are used to acquire
         assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that, after
         giving effect to the Issuance of any such Debt that otherwise
         complies with this clause (3), the aggregate amount of all Debt then
         outstanding at any time under this clause (3), including all
         Refinancings thereof then outstanding, shall not at any time exceed
         $80,000,000;

                         (4)    Acquired Debt;

                         (5) (x) Debt outstanding on the Issue Date (including
         the Deferred Coupon Notes, the 2005 Notes, the 2006 Notes and the
         2007 Notes) and (y) Debt Issued to Refinance any Debt permitted by
         clause (a), this clause (5) or by clauses (1) and (3) of this Section
         4.09(b); provided that, in the case of a Refinancing, (i) the amount
         of the Debt so Issued shall not exceed the principal amount or the
         accreted value (in the case of Debt Issued at a discount) of the Debt
         so Refinanced plus, in each case, the reasonable costs incurred by
         the issuer in connection with such Refinancing, (ii) the Average Life
         and Stated Maturity of the Debt so Issued shall equal or exceed that
         of the Debt so Refinanced, (iii) the Debt so Issued shall not rank
         senior in right of payment to the Debt being Refinanced, (iv) if the
         Debt being Refinanced does not bear interest in cash prior to a
         specified date, the Refinancing Debt shall not bear interest in cash
         prior to such specified date, (v) if the Debt being Refinanced is
         Debt permitted by clause (3), such Refinancing Debt is not secured by
         any assets not securing the Debt so Refinanced or improvements or
         additions thereto, or replacements thereof, and (vi) the obligors
         with respect to the Refinancing Debt shall not include any Persons
         who were not obligors (including predecessors thereof) with respect
         to the Debt being Refinanced;

                         (6) Non-Recourse Debt of a Non-Recourse Subsidiary of
         the Company and Guarantees of Non-Recourse Debt of Non-Recourse
         Subsidiaries which Guarantees are recourse only to the stock of the
         Non-Recourse Subsidiaries;

                                      29
<PAGE>

                         (7) Debt under the Credit Agreement or any
         Refinancing thereof; provided that the aggregate outstanding amount
         thereunder does not at any time exceed $150,000,000;

                         (8) Debt secured by Receivables, including to
         Refinance the Receivables Financing Agreement, provided that the
         amount of such Debt does not exceed 85% of the face amount of the
         Receivables; and

                         (9) Debt (other than Debt identified in clauses (1)
         through (8) above) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at
         any one time not to exceed $100,000,000.

                  (c) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, Issue any Preferred Stock; provided that there may be issued
the following Preferred Stock:

                         (1) Preferred Stock of the Company or any Subsidiary
         of the Company issued to and held by the Company or a Wholly-Owned
         Recourse Subsidiary of the Company; provided that any subsequent
         transfer of such Preferred Stock (other than to the Company or to a
         Wholly-Owned Recourse Subsidiary of the Company) or such Wholly-Owned
         Recourse Subsidiary of the Company ceasing to be a Wholly-Owned
         Recourse Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed, in each case, to
         constitute the Issuance of such Preferred Stock by the Company or
         such Subsidiary;

                         (2) Preferred Stock (other than Preferred Stock
         described in clause (1) but including the Preferred Stock referred to
         in the proviso to clause (1) above); provided that the liquidation
         value of any Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (2) shall
         constitute Debt for purposes of this Section 4.09 and dividends on
         such Preferred Stock shall be included in determining Consolidated
         Interest Expense of the Company for purposes of calculating the
         Consolidated EBITDA Coverage Ratio of the Company under paragraph (a)
         of this Section 4.09; and

                         (3) Preferred Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of
the Company.

                  (d) To the extent the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
Guarantees any Debt of the Company or any other Subsidiary, such Guarantee and
such Debt will be deemed to be the same Debt and only the amount of the Debt
will be deemed to be outstanding. If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
Guarantees any Debt of a Person that, subsequent to the Issuance of such
Guarantee, becomes a Subsidiary of the Company, such Guarantee and the Debt so
Guaranteed shall be deemed to be the same Debt, which shall be deemed to have
been Issued when the Guarantee was Issued and shall be deemed to be permitted
to the extent the Guarantee was permitted when Issued.

                  Section 4.10.      Limitation on Restricted Payments and 
Restricted Investments. (a) So long as no Default or an Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, the Company may make, and may permit any of
its Subsidiaries to make, directly or indirectly, a Restricted Payment or
Restricted Investment so long as, at the time of such 

                                      30
<PAGE>

Restricted Payment or Restricted Investment and immediately after giving
effect thereto, the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made since the
Issue Date and the aggregate amount of Restricted Investments made since the
Issue Date and then outstanding (the amount expended for such purposes, if
other than in cash, shall be the fair market value of such property as
determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith as of the
date of payment or investment) shall not exceed the sum of:

                  (i) 75% of the cumulative Consolidated Net Income (or minus
         100% of the cumulative Consolidated Net Loss) of the Company accrued
         during the period beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on
         the last day of the fiscal quarter for which financial information
         has been made publicly available by the Company but ending no more
         than 135 days prior to the date of such Restricted Payment or
         Restricted Investment (treating such period as a single accounting
         period);

                  (ii) 100% of the net cash proceeds, including the fair
         market value of property other than cash as determined by the Board
         of Directors of the Company in good faith, as evidenced by a Board
         Resolution, received by the Company from any Person (other than a
         Subsidiary of the Company) from the Issuance and sale subsequent to
         the Commencement Date of Capital Stock of the Company (other than
         Redeemable Stock) or as a capital contribution; provided that, if the
         value of the non-cash contribution is in excess of $10,000,000 the
         Company shall have received the written opinion of a nationally
         recognized investment banking firm that the terms thereof, from a
         financial point of view, are fair to the shareholders of the Company
         or such Subsidiary, in their capacity as such (the determination as
         to the value of any non-cash consideration referred to in this clause
         (ii) to be made by such investment banking firm), and such opinion
         shall have been delivered to the Trustee;

                  (iii) 100% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company
         from the exercise of options or warrants on Capital Stock of the
         Company (other than Redeemable Stock) since the Commencement Date;

                  (iv) 100% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company
         from the conversion into Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock)
         of convertible Debt or convertible Preferred Stock issued and sold
         (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) since the Commencement
         Date; and

                  (v)    $60,000,000.

                  The designation by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of
a Subsidiary as a Non-Recourse Subsidiary shall be deemed to be the making of
a Restricted Investment by the Company in an amount equal to the outstanding
Investments made by the Company and its Subsidiaries in such Person being
designated a Non-Recourse Subsidiary at the time of such designation.

                                      31
<PAGE>

                  (b) Section 4.10(a) shall not prevent the following, as long
as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or
would result therefrom other than pursuant to Section 4.10(a)):

                         (1) the making of any Restricted Payment or
         Restricted Investment within 60 days after (x) the date of
         declaration thereof or (y) the making of a binding commitment in
         respect thereof; provided that at such date of declaration or
         commitment such Restricted Payment or Restricted Investment complied
         with Section 4.10(a);

                         (2) any Restricted Payment or Restricted Investment
         made out of the net cash proceeds received by the Company from the
         substantially concurrent sale of its Common Stock (other than to a
         Subsidiary of the Company); provided that such net cash proceeds so
         utilized shall not be included in paragraph (a) in determining the
         amount of Restricted Payments or Restricted Investments the Company
         could make under Section 4.10(a);

                         (3) cumulative Investments in Non-Recourse
         Subsidiaries not in excess of $50,000,000 in the aggregate determined
         as of the date of Investment (the amount so expended, if other than
         cash, to be determined by the Company's Board of Directors, as
         evidenced by a Board Resolution); and

                         (4) repurchases of Capital Stock of the Company, in
         each case from employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
         (other than any Permitted Holder); provided, however, that the
         aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause shall
         not exceed $1,500,000 in any fiscal year.

Restricted Payments or Restricted Investments made pursuant to clauses (2),
(3) or (4) shall not be deducted in determining the amount of Restricted
Payments or Restricted Investments made or then outstanding under Section
4.10(a).

                  Section 4.11.      Limitation on Liens. The Company shall not,
and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur
or suffer to exist any Liens upon their respective property or assets whether
owned on the Issue Date or acquired after such date, or on any income or profits
therefrom, other than the following:

                         (1)    Liens existing on the Issue Date;

                         (2)    Permitted Liens;

                         (3) Purchase money Liens on assets of the Company and
         its Subsidiaries or improvements or additions thereto existing or
         created within 180 days after the time of acquisition of or
         improvements or additions to such assets, or replacements thereof;
         provided that (i) such acquisition, improvement or addition is
         otherwise permitted by this Indenture, (ii) the principal amount of
         Debt (including Debt in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations)
         secured by each such Lien in each asset shall not exceed the cost

                                      32
<PAGE>

         (including all such Debt secured thereby, whether or not assumed) of
         the item subject thereto, and such Liens shall attach solely to the
         particular item of property so acquired, improved or added and any
         additions or accessions thereto, or replacements thereof, and (iii)
         the aggregate amount of Debt secured by Liens permitted by this
         clause (3) shall not at any time exceed $40,000,000;

                         (4) Liens to secure Refinancing of any Debt secured
         by Liens described in clauses (l)-(3) above and (5) below; provided
         that (i) Refinancing does not increase the principal amount of Debt
         being so Refinanced and (ii) the Lien of the Refinancing Debt does
         not extend to any asset not securing the Debt being Refinanced or
         improvements or additions thereto, or replacements thereof;

                         (5) Liens securing Acquired Debt; provided that (i)
         any such Lien secured the Acquired Debt at the time of the incurrence
         of such Acquired Debt by the Company or by one of its Subsidiaries
         and such Lien and Acquired Debt were not incurred by the Company or
         any of its Subsidiaries or by the Person being acquired or from whom
         the assets were acquired in connection with, or in anticipation of,
         the incurrence of such Acquired Debt by the Company or by one of its
         Subsidiaries and (ii) any such Lien does not extend to or cover any
         property or assets of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries other
         than the property or assets that secured the Acquired Debt prior to
         the time such Debt became Acquired Debt of the Company or of one of
         its Subsidiaries;

                         (6) Liens on Receivables securing Debt permitted by
         Section 4.09(b)(8);

                         (7) Liens securing intercompany Debt permitted by
         Section 4.09(b)(2); and

                         (8) Liens on assets of the Company and its
         Subsidiaries in addition to those referred to in clauses (1)-(7),
         provided that such Liens only secure Debt of the Company and its
         Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any one time
         outstanding $60,000,000.

                  Section 4.12.      Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.
(a) The Company shall not enter, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries
to enter, directly or indirectly, into any transaction or series of related
transactions with any Affiliate of the Company (other than (x) the making of a
Restricted Payment or Restricted Investment otherwise permitted by Section
4.10 or those transactions specifically permitted by Section 4.10(b), (y)
transactions between or among Non-Recourse Subsidiaries of the Company or (z)
transactions between or among the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than
Non-Recourse Subsidiaries)) including, without limitation, any loan, advance
or investment or any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or the
rendering of any service, unless the terms of such transaction or series of
transactions are set forth in writing and at least as favorable as those
available in a comparable transaction in arms-length dealings from an
unrelated Person; provided that (i) if any such transaction or series of
related transactions (other than any purchase or sale of inventory in the
ordinary course of business, but including entering into any long-term
arrangement involving the purchase of granules or glass fiber from, or 

                                      33
<PAGE>

the provision of management services of the type currently provided under the
Management Agreement by, an Affiliate of the Company, including ISP or a
Subsidiary thereof) involves aggregate payments or other consideration in
excess of $10,000,000, such transaction or series of related transactions
shall be approved (and the value of any non-cash consideration shall be
determined) by a majority of those members of the Board of Directors of the
Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, having no personal stake in
such business, transaction or transactions; and (ii) in the event that such
transaction or series of related transactions (other than any purchase or sale
of inventory in the ordinary course of business or other than purchases of
granules or glass fiber from an Affiliate of the Company, including ISP or a
Subsidiary thereof) involves aggregate payments or other consideration in
excess of $35,000,000 (with the value of any non-cash consideration being
determined by a majority of those members of the Board of Directors of the
Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, having no personal stake in
such business, transaction or transactions), the Company or such Subsidiary,
as the case may be, shall have also received a written opinion from a
nationally recognized investment banking firm that such transaction or series
of related transactions is fair to the shareholders, in their capacity as
such, of the Company or such Subsidiary from a financial point of view and
such opinion has been delivered to the Trustee; provided further, in the event
that each member of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Subsidiary,
as the case may be, proposing to engage in a transaction or series of related
transactions described in the preceding proviso has a personal stake in such
business, transaction or transactions, the Company or such Subsidiary may
enter into such transaction or series of transactions if the Company or such
Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall have received the written opinion of a
nationally recognized investment banking firm that the terms thereof, from a
financial point of view, are fair to the shareholders of the Company or such
Subsidiary, in their capacity as such (the determination as to the value of
any non-cash consideration referred to in the preceding proviso to be made by
such investment banking firm), and such opinion shall have been delivered to
the Trustee.

                  (b)    Section 4.12(a) shall not prevent the following:

                         (1) the purchase of granules from an Affiliate of the
         Company, including ISP or a Subsidiary of ISP, provided that (a)
         subject to Section 4.12(c), the price and other terms shall not be
         less favorable to the Company than those set forth in the Granules
         Contracts or (b) a nationally recognized investment banking firm or
         accounting firm has delivered a written opinion to the Company to the
         effect that either the terms thereof are fair to the Company from a
         financial point of view or are on terms at least as favorable to the
         Company as those available in comparable transactions in arms-length
         dealings from an unrelated third party;

                         (2) the continuance of the Management Agreement
         (including with an Affiliate of the Company other than ISP) (a) in
         accordance with its terms or on terms no less favorable to the
         Company than those contained in the Management Agreement or (b) on
         other terms provided that the Company shall have received the written
         opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking firm or
         accounting firm that either the terms thereof, from a financial point
         of view, are fair to the Company or are on terms at least as

                                      34
<PAGE>

         favorable to the Company as those available in comparable
         transactions in arms-length dealings from an unrelated Person;

                         (3) any transaction between the Company or a
         Subsidiary thereof and its own employee stock ownership or benefit
         plan;

                         (4) any transaction with an officer or director of
         the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company entered into in the
         ordinary course of business (including compensation or employee
         benefit arrangements with any such officer or director);

                         (5) any business or transactions with an Unrestricted
         Affiliate;

                         (6) borrowings by the Company or its Subsidiaries
         from Affiliates of the Company; provided that such loans are
         unsecured, are prepayable at any time without penalty, contain no
         restrictive covenants and the effective cost of borrowings thereunder
         do not exceed the interest rate then in effect from time to time
         under the Credit Agreement or any Refinancings thereof (or, if such
         agreement is not outstanding, under the unsecured bank debt of the
         Company);

                         (7) payments made pursuant to the Tax Sharing
         Agreement; or

                         (8) purchases made pursuant to the Glass Fiber
         Contract; provided that the terms of such contract are set forth in
         writing and are at least as favorable to the Company as those
         available in a comparable transaction in arms-length dealings with an
         unrelated Person.

                  (c) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, amend, modify or waive any provision of the Tax Sharing
Agreement, the Granules Contracts or the Glass Fiber Contract in any manner
which is significantly adverse to the Company or the holders of the Notes (it
being understood that an extension or modification of any of the Granules
Contracts (or any similar granules purchase contract) or the Glass Fiber
Contract on terms at least as favorable to the Company as those available at
the time of the extension or modification (or any such new agreement) in a
comparable transaction in arms-length dealings with an unrelated Person shall
not be deemed significantly adverse to the Company or the Holders).

                  Section 4.13.      Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment 
Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall not 
permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than Non-Recourse Subsidiaries) to,
directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective
any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to (a) pay
dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or pay any Debt
owed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) make loans or advances to
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (c) transfer any of its properties or
assets to the Company or (d) incur or suffer to exist Liens in favor of the
Holders, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by
reason of any of the following:

                         (1) applicable law;

                         (2) this Indenture and the indentures governing the
         Deferred Coupon Notes, the 2005 Notes, the 2006 Notes and the 2007
         Notes;

                         (3) customary provisions restricting subletting or
         assignment of any lease or license or other commercial agreement;

                         (4) any instrument governing Acquired Debt of any
         Person, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any
         Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than such
         Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of such Person
         and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

                         (5) the Liens specifically permitted by Section 4.11;
         provided that such Liens and the terms governing such Liens do not,
         directly or indirectly, restrict the Company or its Subsidiaries from
         granting other Liens, except as to the assets subject to such Liens;

                         (6) the Credit Agreement, the Receivables Financing
         Agreement or other Debt existing on the Issue Date; and

                         (7) any Refinancing of the Credit Agreement, the
         Receivables Financing Agreement or any such other Debt existing on
         the Issue Date; provided that the terms and conditions of any such
         Refinancing agreements relating to the terms described under clauses
         (a)-(d) above are no less favorable to the Company than those
         contained in the agreements governing the Debt being Refinanced.

                  Section 4.14.      Change of Control. (a) In the event of 
any Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right, at such Holder's
option, to require the Company to purchase all or any portion (in integral
multiples of $1,000) of such Holder's Securities on the date (the "Change of
Control Payment Date") which is 25 Business Days after the date the Change of
Control Notice (as defined below) is mailed or is required to be mailed (or such
later date as is required by applicable law) at 101% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued interest to the Change of Control Payment Date (the "Put
Amount").

                  (b) The Company or, at the request of the Company, the
Trustee shall send, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders,
within ten Business Days after the occurrence of each Change of Control, a
notice of the occurrence of such Change of Control (the "Change of Control
Notice"), specifying a date by which a Holder must notify the Company of such
Holder's intention to exercise the repurchase right and describing the
procedure that such Holder must follow to exercise such right. The Company is
required to deliver a copy of such notice to the Trustee and to cause a copy
of such notice to be published in a daily newspaper of national circulation.

                  Each Change of Control Notice shall state:

                                      36
<PAGE>

                         (1) that a Change of Control has occurred, that each
         Holder has the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any
         part of such Holder's Security at a purchase price in cash equal to
         their Put Amount, that the change of control offer is being made
         pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Securities tendered will
         be accepted for payment;

                         (2) the purchase price and the Change of Control
         Payment Date;

                         (3) that any Security not tendered will continue to
         accrue interest;

                         (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making
         payment therefor, any Security accepted for payment pursuant to the
         change of control offer shall cease to accrue interest after the
         Change of Control Payment Date;

                         (5) that Holders electing to have a Security
         purchased pursuant to a change of control offer will be required to
         surrender the Security, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to
         Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Security completed, to the
         Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the
         close of business on the Business Day prior to the Change of Control
         Payment Date;

                         (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their
         election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than five Business
         Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile
         transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the
         principal amount of the Securities the Holder delivered for purchase
         and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have
         such Security purchased;

                         (7) that Holders whose Securities are purchased only
         in part will be issued new Securities in a principal amount equal to
         the unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered;

                         (8) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding
         such Change of Control, including but not limited to the identity of
         the purchaser and pro forma financial information; and

                         (9) that the Company has the right, pursuant to the
         provision described in paragraph 5(a) of the Securities, to purchase
         any securities not tendered as provided therein.

                  No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notice shall
limit any Holder's right to exercise a repurchase right. The Company shall
comply with all applicable Federal and state securities laws in connection
with each Change of Control Notice.

                  On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company
shall (i) accept for payment Securities or portions thereof tendered pursuant
to the change of control offer, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent money
sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Securities so 

                                      37
<PAGE>

tendered and (iii) deliver to the Trustee Securities so accepted together with
an Officers' Certificate stating the Securities or portions thereof being
purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to the Holders
of Securities so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price,
and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holders new
Securities equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the
Securities surrendered. Any Securities not so purchased shall be promptly
mailed by the Company to the Holder thereof. For purposes of this Section
4.14, the Trustee shall act as the Paying Agent.

                  Section 4.15.      Limitation on Asset Sales. (a) The Company
shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries, directly or
indirectly, to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

                         (1) the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may
         be, receives consideration (including non-cash consideration, whose
         fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Board of
         Directors of the Company or such Subsidiary, as evidenced by a Board
         Resolution) at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair
         market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of (as
         determined in good faith by its Board of Directors, as evidenced by a
         Board Resolution);

                         (2) at least 75% of the consideration received by the
         Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall be cash or Cash
         Equivalents; provided that this clause (2) shall not prohibit any
         Asset Sale for which the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may
         be, receives 100% of the consideration, directly or through the
         acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, in operating assets; and

                         (3) in the case of an Asset Sale by the Company or
         any of its Subsidiaries, the Company shall commit to apply the Net
         Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale within 300 days of the consummation
         of such Asset Sale, and shall apply such Net Cash Proceeds within 360
         days of receipt thereof (i) to invest in the businesses that the
         Company and its Recourse Subsidiaries are engaged in at the time of
         such Asset Sale or any like or related business, (ii) to pay or
         satisfy any Debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other
         than Debt which is subordinated by its terms to the Securities) or
         Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary, including the Debt referred to in
         the last sentence of the definition thereof or make provision for the
         payment thereof, through an escrow or other fund, and/or (iii) to
         offer to purchase the Securities in a tender offer (a "Net Proceeds
         Offer") at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount
         thereof plus accrued interest thereon to the date of purchase;
         provided, however, that the Company shall, to the extent required
         under the indentures governing the Deferred Coupon Notes, the 2005
         Notes, the 2006 Notes and 2007 Notes, first offer to purchase any
         outstanding Deferred Coupon Notes in a tender offer at a redemption
         price equal to 100% of the accreted value thereof to the date of
         redemption, and then offer to purchase any outstanding 2006 Notes, in
         a tender offer at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal 
         amount thereof plus accrued interest thereon to the date of purchase,
         and then offer to purchase any outstanding 2007 Notes, in a tender
         offer at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount
         thereof plus accrued interest thereon to the date of repurchase, and
         then offer to purchase any outstanding 2005 Notes, in a tender offer 
         at a redemption price equal to 100% of the 
                                      38
<PAGE>

         principal amount thereof plus accrued interest thereon to the date of 
         purchase, provided, further, however, that the Company may defer 
         making a Net Proceeds Offer until the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds from 
         Asset Sales to be applied pursuant to this clause (3)(iii) equal or 
         exceed $25,000,000;

provided that (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries may retain up to $7,000,000
of Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales in any twelve-month period (without
complying with clause (3)), and (ii) any Asset Sale that would result in a
Change of Control shall not be governed by this Section 4.15 but shall be
governed by the provisions described under Section 4.14 and paragraph 5(a) of
the Securities.

                  (b) Notice of a Net Proceeds Offer shall be mailed or caused
to be mailed, by first class mail, by the Company, within 300 days after the
relevant Asset Sale to all Holders at their last registered addresses as of a
date within 15 days prior to the mailing of such notice, with a copy to the
Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to
enable such Holders to tender Securities pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer
and shall state the following terms:

                         (1) that the Net Proceeds Offer is being made
         pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Securities tendered will
         be accepted for payment; provided that, if the aggregate principal
         amount of Securities tendered in a Net Proceeds Offer exceeds the
         aggregate amount available for the Net Proceeds Offer, the Company
         shall select the Securities to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with
         such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company, so that
         only Securities in denominations of $1,000 or multiples thereof shall
         be purchased);

                         (2) the purchase price and the purchase date (which
         shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.15(a)) (the
         "Proceeds Purchase Date");

                         (3) that any Security not tendered will continue to
         accrue interest;

                         (4) that, unless there is a default in making payment
         therefor, any Security accepted for payment pursuant to the Net
         Proceeds Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Proceeds
         Purchase Date;

                         (5) that Holders electing to have a Security
         purchased pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer will be required to
         surrender the Security, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to
         Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Security completed, to the
         Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the
         close of business on the Business Day prior to the Proceeds Purchase
         Date;

                         (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their
         election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than two Business
         Days prior to the Proceeds Purchase Date, a facsimile transmission or
         letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount 

                                      39
<PAGE>

         of the Securities the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement 
         that such Holder is withdrawing his or her election to have such
         Securities purchased; and

                         (7) that Holders whose Securities are purchased only
         in part will be issued new Securities in a principal amount equal to
         the unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered.

                  The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in
connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer.

                  On or before the Proceeds Purchase Date, the Company or such
Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, shall (i) accept for payment
Securities or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer
which are to be purchased in accordance with item (b)(l) above, (ii) deposit
with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of all
Securities to be purchased and (iii) deliver to the Trustee Securities so
accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the Securities or
portions thereof being purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent shall
promptly mail to the Holders of Securities so accepted payment in an amount
equal to the purchase price. For purposes of this Section 4.15, the Trustee
shall act as the Paying Agent.

                  Section 4.16.      Restriction on Transfer of Certain Assets 
to Subsidiaries. If the Company transfers or causes to be transferred, in
one or a series of related transactions, Material Assets to any one or more
Non-Recourse Subsidiaries of the Company, the Company shall cause such
transferee Subsidiary to (i) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental
indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which
such transferee Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee, on a senior basis,
all of the Company's obligations under the Securities and (ii) deliver to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel that such supplemental indenture has been duly
executed and delivered by such transferee Subsidiary.

                  Section 4.17.      Investment Company Act. The Company shall 
not take any action that would require it or any of its Subsidiaries to register
as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

                  Section 4.18.      Consents, etc. The Company shall not, and 
shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or
cause to be paid any fee, interest or other amount to any Holders in
connection with any consent, waiver or amendment to this Indenture or the
Securities, unless such fee, interest or other amount is offered or agreed to
be paid to all Holders who are given the same opportunity to so consent, waive
or agree to amend and who, in fact, so consent, waive or agree to amend.

                                      40
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE V.

                             SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

                  Section 5.01.      When the Company May Merge, etc. The 
Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into or sell, assign,
transfer or lease all or substantially all of its properties and assets
(either in one transaction or in a series of related transactions) to any
Person, unless:

                         (1) the Company shall be the continuing Person, or
         the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if other than the
         Company) shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws
         of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia
         and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto,
         executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably
         satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under
         the Securities and this Indenture, and this Indenture shall remain in
         full force and effect;

                         (2) immediately before and immediately after giving
         effect to such transaction (and treating any Debt which becomes an
         obligation of the resulting, surviving or transferee Person or any of
         its Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been
         issued by such Person or such Subsidiary at the time of such
         transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
         be continuing;

                         (3) immediately before and after giving effect to
         such transaction, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person could
         incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt under Section 4.09(a); and

                         (4) immediately after giving effect to such
         transaction, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person shall have
         a Consolidated Net Worth in an amount which is not less than the
         Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such
         transaction.

                  In connection with any consolidation, merger, sale,
assignment, transfer or lease contemplated by this Section 5.01, the Company
shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers' Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale,
assignment, transfer or lease and the supplemental indenture in respect
thereto comply with this Article V and that all conditions precedent herein
provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

                  Section 5.02.      Successor Corporation Substituted. Upon any
consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, transfer or lease of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section
5.01, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the
Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer or lease is
made, shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right
and power of, the Company under this Indenture, with the same effect as if
such successor corporation had been 

                                      41
<PAGE>

named as the Company herein, and, except in the case of a lease, the Company
will be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and
the Securities.

                                  ARTICLE VI.

                             DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

                  Section 6.01.      Events of Default. An "Event of Default" 
occurs if:

                         (1) the Company defaults in the payment of interest
         on any Security when the same becomes due and payable and the default
         continues for a period of 30 days;

                         (2) (i) the Company defaults in the payment of the
         principal of any Security when the same becomes due and payable at
         maturity or otherwise or (ii) the Company fails to redeem or
         repurchase Securities when required pursuant to this Indenture or the
         Securities;

                         (3) the Company fails to comply with the provisions
         of Article V;

                         (4) the Company fails to comply for 30 days after
         notice with any of its obligations under Sections 4.03, 4.06 and 4.09
         through 4.14, inclusive;

                         (5) the Company fails to comply for 60 days after
         notice with its other agreements contained in this Indenture or the
         Securities (other than those referred to in clauses (1)-(4) above);

                         (6) principal of or interest on Debt of the Company
         or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is not paid within any
         applicable grace period or is accelerated by the holders thereof
         because of a default and the total amount that is unpaid or
         accelerated exceeds $15,000,000 or its foreign currency equivalent
         and such default continues for five days after notice;

                         (7) the Company or any of its Significant
         Subsidiaries (A) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts
         generally as they become due, (B) commences a voluntary case or
         proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law with respect to itself, (C)
         consents to the entry of a judgment, decree or order for relief
         against it in an involuntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy
         Law, (D) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for
         substantially all of its property, (E) consents to or acquiesces in
         the institution of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding against
         it, (F) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors,
         or (G) takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the
         foregoing; and

                         (8) any judgment or order for the payment of money in
         excess of $15,000,000 in the aggregate is rendered against the
         Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and (i) there is a
         period of 60 days following the entry of such judgment or 

                                      42
<PAGE>

         order during which such judgment or order is not discharged, waived or
         the execution thereof stayed and such default continues for 10 days 
         after the notice specified below or (ii) foreclosure proceedings 
         therefor have begun and have not been stayed within five days of the
         commencement of such foreclosure proceeding.

                  A Default under clauses (4), (5), (6) or (8) is not an Event
of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Securities notify the Company in writing
of the Default, and the Company does not cure the Default within the time
specified in such clause after receipt of such notice. Such notice shall be
given by the Trustee if so requested in writing by the Holders of at least 25%
in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities. When a Default
under clause (4), (5), (6) or (8) is cured or remedied within the specified
period, it ceases to exist.

                  Section 6.02.      Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other
than an Event of Default with respect to the Company specified in Section
6.01(7)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by written notice to the
Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Securities, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may
declare all unpaid principal of and accrued interest on the Securities then
outstanding to be due and payable (the "Default Amount"). Upon a declaration
of acceleration, such amount shall be due and payable immediately.

                  If an Event of Default with respect to the Company specified
in Section 6.01(7) occurs, the Default Amount shall ipso facto become and be
immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part
of the Trustee or any Securityholder.

                  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the Securities then outstanding, by written notice to the Trustee and the
Company, may rescind an acceleration with respect to the Securities and its
consequences if (i) all existing Defaults and Events of Default, other than
the non-payment of the principal of the Securities which has become due solely
by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived, (ii) to the
extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue principal,
which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has
been paid and (iii) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or
decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

                  Section 6.03.      Other Remedies. Notwithstanding any other 
provision of this Indenture, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing
and the Holders are entitled to payment as a result of acceleration, the
Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to
collect the payment of principal of and/or interest on the Securities or to
enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.

                  The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not
possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the
proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Securityholder in
exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not
impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the
Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available
remedies are cumulative.

                                      43
<PAGE>

                  Section 6.04.      Waiver of Past Defaults. Subject only to 
the provisions of Sections 6.07 and 9.02, the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the
Trustee may waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its
consequences, except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or
interest on any Security as specified in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 6.01.
When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is cured and ceases to exist.

                  Section 6.05.      Control by Majority. The Holders of a 
majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities may
direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the
Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that
conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be
unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Securityholder as such, or that
may subject the Trustee to personal liability. The Trustee may take any other
action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such
direction.

                  Section 6.06.      Limitation on Remedies. Except as provided
in Section 6.07, a Securityholder may not pursue any remedy with respect to
this Indenture or the Securities unless:

                         (1) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of
         a continuing Event of Default;

                         (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
         amount of the outstanding Securities make a written request to the
         Trustee to pursue the remedy;

                         (3) such Holder or Holders offer and provide to the
         Trustee reasonable indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee
         against any loss, liability or expense;

                         (4) the Trustee does not comply with such request
         within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security
         or indemnity; and

                         (5) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a
         majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities
         do not give the Trustee a direction which, in the opinion of the
         Trustee, is inconsistent with the request.

                  A Securityholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the
rights of another Securityholder or to obtain a preference or priority over
such other Securityholder.

                  Section 6.07.      Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder
of a Security to receive payment of the principal amount of and interest on
the Security, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Security,
or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such
respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of
such Holder.

                                      44
<PAGE>

                  Section 6.08.      Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of 
Default specified in clause (1) or (2) of Section 6.01 occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of
an express trust against the Company or any other obligor on the Securities
for the whole amount of the principal amount, together with, to the extent
that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue principal, at the
rate per annum specified in the Securities, and such further amount as shall
be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel.

                  Section 6.09.      Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The 
Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be
necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including
any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Securityholders
allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other
obligor upon the Securities), its creditors or its property. The Trustee shall
be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or
other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in
any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Securityholder to
make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall
consent to the making of such payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay
to the Trustee any amount due to the Trustee for the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel,
and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing herein
contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to
or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights
of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the
claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.

                  Section 6.10.      Priorities. If the Trustee collects any 
money pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money in the following
order:

                  First:  to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

                  Second: to Securityholders for amounts due and unpaid on the
Securities ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to
the amounts due and payable on the Securities for the principal amount and
interest, respectively; and

                  Third:  to the Company.

                  The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any
payment to Securityholders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

                  Section 6.11.      Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the
enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against
the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its
discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in 

                                      45
<PAGE>

the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its
discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees
and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the
merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.
This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder
pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by any Holder or a group of Holders of
more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities.

                  Section 6.12.      Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the
Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or
remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or
abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or
to such Holder, then, and in every such case, subject to any determination in
such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored
severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter
all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as
though no such proceeding had been instituted.

                                 ARTICLE VII.

                                    TRUSTEE

                  Section 7.01.      Rights of Trustee. Subject to TIA ss. 
315(a) through (d):

                  (A) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document
whether in its original or facsimile form believed by it to be genuine and to
have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not
investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

                  (B) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may
require an Officers' Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel, which shall
conform to Section 10.05. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it
takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers' Certificate
and/or Opinion of Counsel.

                  (C) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and
shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent
appointed with due care.

                  (D) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes
or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within
its rights or powers; provided that the Trustee's conduct does not constitute
negligence.

                  (E) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own choosing
and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full
and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken,
omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the
advice or opinion of such counsel.

                  (F) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any
of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or
direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such
Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory
to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by
it in compliance with such request or direction.

                                      46
<PAGE>


                  Section 7.02.      Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee 
in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of
Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or any of its Affiliates
with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent or
Affiliate (including without limitation Chase Securities Inc., one of the
Initial Purchasers) may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee is
subject to TIA ss.ss. 310(b) and 311.

                  Section 7.03.      Money Held in Trust. The Trustee shall not
be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may
agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not
be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

                  Section 7.04.      Trustee's Disclaimer. The Trustee makes no
representation as to the legality or validity or adequacy of this Indenture or
the Securities, it shall not be accountable for the Company's use of the
proceeds from the Securities, it shall not be responsible for the use or
application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee
and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Securities other than
its certificate of authentication.

                  Section 7.05.      Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs 
and is continuing and if it is actually known to a Trust Officer of the
Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder notice of the Default
within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in the payment
of the principal of or interest on any Security, the Trustee may withhold
notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith
determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders.

                  Section 7.06.      Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 
days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the Issue Date, the
Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder a report dated as of May 15 as to
the matters set forth in TIA Section 313(a) if required by TIA Section 
313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Sections 313(b) and 313(c).

                  A copy of each such report at the time of its mailing to
Securityholders shall be filed with the Commission and each stock exchange, if
any, on which the Securities are listed.

                  The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing if
the Securities become listed on any national securities exchange or of any
delisting thereof.

                  Section 7.07.      Compensation and Indemnity. The Company 
agrees that it shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as
the Company and the Trustee shall agree in writing for its services. The
Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation
relating to the trustee of an express trust. The Company agrees that it shall
reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses
and advances incurred or made by it. Such expenses shall include the
reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee's agents
and counsel. Such expenses shall also include any taxes or other reasonable
costs incurred by the trust created under Section 8.01.

                                      47
<PAGE>

                  The Company shall indemnify each of the Trustee and any
predecessor Trustee for, and hold it harmless against, any and all loss,
damage, claim or liability or expense, including taxes (other than taxes based
on the income of the Trustee) incurred by it in connection with the
administration of this trust and its duties hereunder, including the costs and
expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with
the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties
hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim asserted
against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to
so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations
hereunder unless the Company is actually prejudiced thereby. The Company shall
defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee
may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and
expenses of such counsel. The Company need not reimburse the Trustee for any
expense or indemnify the Trustee against any loss or liability incurred by the
Trustee through negligence or bad faith.

                  To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section
7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Securities on all money or
property held or collected by the Trustee except money or property held in
trust to pay principal or interest on particular Securities.

                  When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in
connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7), the expenses
and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

                  The Company's obligations under this Section 7.07 and any
Lien arising hereunder shall survive the resignation or removal of any
Trustee, the discharge of the Company's obligations pursuant to Article VIII
and/or the termination of this Indenture.

                  Section 7.08.      Replacement of Trustee. A resignation or 
removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee shall become
effective only upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of appointment as
provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign by so notifying the
Company in writing at least 30 days prior to the date of the proposed
resignation. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying a Trust Officer
of the Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the
Company's consent. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

                         (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

                         (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an
         insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the
         Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

                         (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge
 of the Trustee or its property; or

                         (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

                                      48
<PAGE>

                  If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists
in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. The Trustee shall be entitled to payment of its fees and
reimbursement of its expenses while acting as Trustee, and to the extent such
amounts remain unpaid, the Trustee that has resigned or has been removed shall
retain the Lien afforded by Section 7.07. Within one year after the successor
Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
at maturity of the outstanding Securities may appoint a successor Trustee to
replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

                  A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of
its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately
thereafter, subject to the Lien provided in Section 7.07, the retiring Trustee
shall transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee,
the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and
the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the
retiring Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice
of its succession to each Securityholder.

                  If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days
after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the
Company or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Securities may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court
of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

                  If any Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any
Securityholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. Any
successor Trustee shall comply with TIA ss. 310(a)(5).

                  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this
Section 7.08, the Company's obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for
the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

                  Section 7.09.      Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.  If the 
Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or
substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or
national banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee
corporation or national banking association without any further act shall be
the successor Trustee, if such corporation or association complies with
Section 7.10.

                  Section 7.10.      Eligibility: Disqualification. This 
Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA
ss. 310(a)(l). The Trustee shall have (or, in the case of a corporation
included in a bank holding company system, the related bank holding company
subsidiary shall have) a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000
as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The
Trustee also shall comply with TIA ss. 310(b).

                  Section 7.11.      Preferential Collection of Claims Against
the Company. The Trustee is subject to TIA ss. 311(a), excluding from
the operation of TIA ss. 311(a) any creditor relationship listed in TIA ss.
311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA ss.
311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

                                      49
<PAGE>

                  Section 7.12.      Duties of Trustee. (A) If a Default or an 
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such
of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree
of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use
under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

                  (B) Except during the continuance of a Default or an Event
of Default:

                         (1) the Trustee need perform only those duties as are
         specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others and no implied
         covenants or obligation shall be read into this Indenture against the
         Trustee; and

                         (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the
         Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and
         the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates
         or opinions furnished to the Trustee and which conform to the
         requirements of this Indenture; however, in the case of any such
         certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are
         specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee
         shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or
         not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

                  (C) The Trustee shall not be relieved from liability for its
own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful
misconduct, except that:

                         (1) this paragraph does not limit, the effect of
          paragraph (B) of this Section 7.12;

                         (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
         judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved
         that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
         and

                         (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to
         any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with
         a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

                  (D) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee
to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in
the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of
its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that
repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability
is not reasonably assured to it.

                  (E) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way
relates to the Trustee is subject to Sections 7.12(A), (B), (C) and (D).

                  Section 7.13. Trustee's Application for Instructions from
the Company. Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the
Company may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action
proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this 

                                      50
<PAGE>

Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or
such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any
action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal
included in such application on or after the date specified in such
application (which date shall not be less than three Business Days after the
date any officer of the Company actually receives such application, unless any
such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior
to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission),
the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such
application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

                                 ARTICLE VIII.

                      DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

                  Section 8.01.      Discharge of Liability on Securities 
Defeasance. (a) When (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee all
outstanding Securities (other than Securities replaced pursuant to Section
2.07) for cancellation or (ii) all outstanding Securities have become due and
payable, and the Company irrevocably deposits with the Trustee money
sufficient to pay at maturity all outstanding Securities, including interest
thereon, if any, (other than Securities replaced pursuant to Section 2.07) and
if in either case the Company pays all other sums payable hereunder by the
Company, then this Indenture shall, subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.06,
cease to be of further effect. The Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture on demand of the Company accompanied by an
Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as to the satisfaction of all
conditions to such satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and at the
cost and expense of the Company.

                  (b) Subject to Sections 8.01(c), 8.02 and 8.06, the Company
may at any time terminate (i) all its obligations under the Securities and
this Indenture ("legal defeasance"), or (ii) its obligations under Sections
4.03, 4.04, 4.06, 4.08 through 4.17, inclusive, and the operation of Section
6.01(3), 6.01(4), 6.01(5), 6.01(6), 6.01(7) (with respect only to Significant
Subsidiaries) and 6.01(8) and the limitations contained in Section 5.01(3) and
(4) ("covenant defeasance").

                  The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option
notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If the
Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Securities may
not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto.

                  Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and
upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the
discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates.

                  (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Company's
obligations in Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 7.07, 7.08, 8.04, 8.05
and 8.06 shall survive until the Securities have been paid in full.
Thereafter, the Company's obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.04 and 8.05 shall
survive.

                                      51
<PAGE>

                  Section 8.02.      Conditions to Defeasance. The Company may 
exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

                         (1) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with
         the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of
         principal on the Securities and interest, if any, to maturity or
         redemption, as the case may be;

                         (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate
         from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants
         expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest
         when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government
         Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide
         cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay
         principal and interest, if any, when due on all the Securities to
         maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

                         (3) no Default has occurred and is continuing on the
         date of such deposit and after giving effect thereto;

                         (4) the deposit does not constitute a default under 
         any other agreement binding on the Company;

                         (5) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of
         Counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does
         not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company
         under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

                         (6) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of
         Counsel stating that the Securityholders will not recognize income,
         gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such
         deposit and defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on
         the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would
         have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred,
         and, in the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel
         shall be based on a ruling received from or published by the Internal
         Revenue Service or a change, since the date of this Indenture, in the
         applicable federal income tax law, and

                         (7) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers'
         Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
         conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the
         Securities as contemplated by this Article VIII have been complied
         with.

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section,
the conditions set forth in the foregoing paragraphs (2), (3), (4), (5), (6)
and (7) need not be satisfied so long as, at the time the Company makes the
deposit described in paragraph (1), (i) no Default under Section 6.01(1),
6.01(2), 6.01(7) or 6.01(8) has occurred and is continuing on the date of such
deposit and after giving effect thereto and (ii) either (x) a notice of
redemption has been mailed pursuant to Section 3.03 providing for redemption
of all the Securities 30 days after such mailing and the provisions of Section
3.01 with respect to such redemption shall have been complied with or (y) the
Stated Maturity of all of the Securities will occur within 30 days. If the
conditions of the 

                                      52
<PAGE>

preceding sentence are satisfied the Company shall be deemed to have exercised
its covenant defeasance option.

                  Before or after a deposit, the Company may make arrangements
satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Securities at a future date
in accordance with Article III and paragraph 5(a) of the Securities (including
by utilizing amounts under deposit).

                  Section 8.03.      Application of Trust Money. The Trustee 
shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it
pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money and the
money from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in
accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest, if
any, on the Securities.

                  Section 8.04.      Repayment to Company. The Trustee and the 
Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any excess
money or securities held by them at any time.

                  Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the
Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon written request any
money held by them for the payment of principal and interest, if any, that
remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Securityholders entitled to
the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors.

                  Section 8.05.      Indemnity for Government Obligations. The 
Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or
other charges imposed on or assessed against U.S. Government Obligations
deposited with the Trustee hereunder or the principal and interest received on
such U.S. Government Obligations.

                  Section 8.06.      Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying 
Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in
accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by
reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority
enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the
Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived
and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII
until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such
money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII;
provided that, if the Company has made any payment of interest, if any, on or
principal of any Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations,
the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such
Securities to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government
Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

                                      53
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE IX.

                      AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

                  Section 9.01.      Without Consent of Holders. The Company, 
when authorized by a resolution of its Board of Directors, and the Trustee may
amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities without notice to or
consent of any Securityholder:

                         (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

                         (2) to comply with Article V;

                         (3) to provide for uncertificated Securities in
         addition to certificated Securities;

                         (4) to comply with any requirements of the Commission
         in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture
         under the TIA;

                         (5) to make any change that would provide any
         additional benefit or rights to the Securityholders or that does not
         adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder; or

                         (6) to provide for issuance of the Exchange
         Securities or Private Exchange Notes, if applicable, which will have
         terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial
         Securities (except that, with respect to the Exchange Securities, the
         transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Securities will be
         modified or eliminated, as appropriate), and which will be treated
         together with any outstanding Initial Securities, as a single issue
         of securities.

                  Notwithstanding the above, the Trustee and the Company may
not make any change that adversely affects the rights of any Securityholders
hereunder.

                  Section 9.02.      With Consent of Holders. Subject to 
Section 6.07, the Company, when authorized by resolution of its Board of
Directors, and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Securities with the
written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the Securities then outstanding, and the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Securities then outstanding by written notice to the
Trustee may waive future compliance by the Company with any provision of this
Indenture or the Securities.

                  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9.02, without
the consent of each Securityholder affected, an amendment or waiver, including
a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not:

                  (A) change the stated maturity of the principal of, or any
installment of interest on, any Security or reduce the principal amount
thereof, the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the
redemption thereof, or change the coin or currency in which any 

                                      54
<PAGE>

Security or any premium or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the
right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment after the
stated maturity thereof;

                  (B) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the
outstanding Securities, the consent of the Holders of which is required for
any supplemental indenture or the consent of the Holders of which is required
for any waiver of compliance with provisions of this Indenture or Defaults
hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture;

                  (C) modify any of the provisions relating to supplemental
indentures requiring the consent of Holders or relating to the waiver of past
defaults or relating to the waiver of covenants, except to increase any such
percentage of outstanding Securities required for such actions or to provide
that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived
without the consent of each Securityholder affected thereby;

                  (D) waive a default in the payment of the principal of or
interest on any Security or modify or waive the Company's obligation to
repurchase Securities under Section 4.14 or 4.15;

                  (E) except as otherwise permitted by the covenants contained
in Article V, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Company of any of
its rights and obligations under this Indenture;

                  (F) make any change in this Section 9.02 or Section 6.04 
or 6.07; or

                  (G) change the time at which any Security must be redeemed
or repaid in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Securities.

                  It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders
under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent
approves the substance thereof. Any amendment, waiver or consent shall be
deemed effective upon receipt by the Trustee of the necessary consents and
shall not require execution of any supplemental indenture to be effective.

                  After an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes
effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of each Security affected
thereby, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice briefly describing the amendment
or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect
therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any
such amendment, waiver or consent. Except as otherwise provided in this
Section 9.02, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Securities then outstanding may waive compliance in a particular instance by
the Company with any provisions of this Indenture or the Securities.

                  Section 9.03.      Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until 
an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a
Holder is a continuing consent by such Holder and every subsequent Holder of a
Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the
consenting Holder's Security, even if notation of the consent is not made on any

                                      55
<PAGE>

Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the
consent as to his Security or portion of a Security. Such revocation shall be
effective only if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the
date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective.

                  After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective,
it shall bind every Securityholder; provided that if such amendment,
supplement or waiver makes a change described in any of clauses (A) through
(G) of Section 9.02, such amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind each
Holder of a Security who has consented to it; and provided, further, that if
notice of such amendment, supplement or waiver is reflected on a Security that
evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Security, such amendment,
supplement or waiver shall bind every subsequent Holder of a Security or
portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's
Security.

                  Section 9.04.      Record Date. The Company shall be 
permitted to set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of
Securityholders entitled to vote or consent on any matter arising under this
Indenture. In the Company's sole discretion, the record date shall be either
(i) the record date as determined pursuant to ss. 316(c) of the TIA or (ii)
such other record date as the Company shall select.

                  Section 9.05.      Notation on or Exchange of Securities. If 
an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Security, the
Trustee may (and, at the request of the Company, shall) require the Holder of
the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may (and, at the
request of the Company, shall) place an appropriate notation on the Security
about the changed terms and return it to the Holder and the Trustee may (and,
at the request of the Company, shall) place an appropriate notation on any
Security thereafter authenticated. Alternatively, if the Company or the
Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Security shall issue
and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed
terms.

                  Section 9.06.      Trustee May Sign Amendments, etc. The 
Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to
this Article IX if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely
affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it
does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it. In signing or refusing to sign
such amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive
and, subject to TIA ss. 315(a) through (d), shall be fully protected in
relying upon, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive
evidence that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted
by this Indenture, that it is not inconsistent herewith, and that it will be
valid and binding upon the Company in accordance with its terms.

                  Section 9.07.      Compliance with TIA. Every amendment or 
supplement to this Indenture or Securities shall comply with the TIA as then
in effect.

                                      56
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE X.

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

                  Section 10.01.     Trust Indenture Act of 1939. This 
Indenture is subject to the provisions of the TIA that are required to be a
part of this Indenture, and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by
such provisions.

                  Section 10.02.     Notices. Any notice or communication shall
be sufficiently given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first
class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

                  If to the Company, to:

                           Building Materials Corporation of America
                           1361 Alps Road
                           Wayne, New Jersey  07470
                           Attention:  General Counsel

                  If to the Trustee, to:

                           The Bank of New York
                           101 Barclay Street, 21 West
                           New York, New York  10286
                           Attention:  Corporate Trust Trustee Administration

                  The parties hereto by notice to the other parties may
designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications.

                  Any notice or communication mailed, postage prepaid, to a
Securityholder shall be mailed by first class mail to him at his address as it
appears on the Securities register maintained by the Registrar and shall be
sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed. Copies of
any such communication or notice to a Holder shall also be mailed to the
Trustee.

                  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a
Securityholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with
respect to other Securityholders. Except for a notice to the Trustee or the
Company, which is deemed given only when received, if a notice or
communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given,
whether or not the addressee receives it.

                  Section 10.03.     Communication by Holders with Other 
Holders. Securityholders may communicate pursuant to TIA ss. 312(b) with other
Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the
Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other person shall
have the protection of TIA ss. 312(c).

                                      57
<PAGE>

                  Section 10.04.     Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions 
Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to
take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee:

                         (1) an Officers' Certificate stating that, in the
         opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided
         for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been
         complied with; and

                         (2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the
         opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been
         complied with.

                  Section 10.05.     Statements Required in Certificate or 
Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to 
Section 4.05(b)) shall include:

                         (1) a statement that the Person making such
         certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

                         (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of
         the examination or investigation upon which the statement or opinions
         contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

                         (3) a brief statement that, in the opinion of such
         Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary
         to enable him to express an opinion as to whether or not such
         covenant or condition has been complied with; and

                         (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion
         of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with;
         provided that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel
         may rely on an Officers' Certificate or certificates of public
         officials.

                  Section 10.06.     Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar.
The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of
Securityholders. The Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for
its functions.

                  Section 10.07.     Governing Law. The laws of the State of 
New York shall govern this Indenture and the Securities without regard to
principles of conflicts of law. The Trustee, the Company and the
Securityholders agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State
of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Indenture or the Securities.

                  Section 10.08.     No Interpretation of Other Agreements.
This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt
agreement of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. No such indenture, loan
or debt agreement may be used to interpret this Indenture.

                                      58
<PAGE>

                  Section 10.09.     No Recourse Against Others. No director, 
officer, employee, stockholder or Affiliate, as such, of the Company shall
have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or
this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of, such
obligations or their creation. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security
waives and releases all such liability.

                  Section 10.10.     Legal Holidays. A "Legal Holiday" is a 
Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York
are not required to be open. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place
of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that
is not a Legal Holiday and interest shall not accrue for the intervening
period.

                  Section 10.11.     Successors. All agreements of the Company 
in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successors. All agreements
of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

                  Section 10.12.     Duplicate Originals. The parties may sign 
any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original,
but all such executed copies together represent the same agreement.

                  Section 10.13.     Separability. In case any provision in 
this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and a Holder
shall have no claim therefor against any party hereto.

                  Section 10.14.     Table of Contents, Headings, etc. The 
Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and
Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference
only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or
restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

                  Section 10.15.     Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this 
Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person,
other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, and the Holders,
any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this
Indenture.

                                      59
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above.


                                BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA

                                By:
                                   ------------------------------------------
                                   Name:
                                   Title:


                                THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                as Trustee

                                By:
                                   ------------------------------------------
                                   Name:
                                   Title:


                                      60
<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT A

                      [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL SECURITY]

THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSORS) EVIDENCED HEREBY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE 'SECURITIES ACT'), AND THE
SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY NOT BE
OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE
DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS
EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY
ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES (A) TO OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER
THIS SECURITY ONLY (1) TO THE COMPANY, (2) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION
STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) TO A
PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A 'QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER' AS DEFINED
IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A") IN A TRANSACTION MEETING
THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (4) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S.
PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (5) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL
'ACCREDITED INVESTOR' (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OR (6) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AND IN THE CASE OF A
TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (4), (5) OR (6), BASED ON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF
THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
JURISDICTION AND (B) THAT IT WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO,
NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE
RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE.

                                     A-1
<PAGE>


No.                                                           $_______________

                                                             CUSIP No. _______

                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA

                           8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008

                  BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA, a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), promises to pay to

                  , or registered assigns, the principal sum of
                  Dollars on December 1, 2008.

                  Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1, commencing
June 1, 1999.

                  Record Dates:  May 15 and November 15.

                  Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this
Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for
all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.



                                     A-2
<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Security to
be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.


                                  BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION
                                   OF AMERICA

                                  By:
                                     --------------------------------------
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


                                  By:
                                     --------------------------------------
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


Dated:  ______________, 1998

Trustee's Certificate of Authentication

This is one of the 8% Senior 
Notes due 2008 described in the 
within-mentioned Indenture.

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee

By: 
     -----------------------------
       Authorized Signatory


                                     A-3
<PAGE>


                    [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE INITIAL SECURITY]

                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA

                           8% Senior Notes due 2008

                  1. Interest. BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA, a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), promises to pay cash interest on the
principal amount of this Security at a rate of 8% per annum, payable on June 1
and December 1 of each year (the "Interest Payment Date"), commencing June 1,
1999. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate of 8%
per annum. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve
30-day months.

                  2. Method of Payment. The Company shall pay interest on the
Securities (except defaulted interest) to the persons who are the registered
Holders at the close of business on the Record Date immediately preceding the
Interest Payment Date even if the Securities are canceled on registration of
transfer or registration of exchange after such Record Date. The Holder must
surrender this Security to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The
Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at
the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
The Company, however, may pay principal and interest by a check payable in
such money. The Company may mail an interest check to the Holder's registered
address. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment
may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal
Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

                  3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New
York (the "Trustee") or its agent will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The
Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar without prior
notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates may
act in any such capacity, except in certain circumstances.

                  4. Indenture. The Company issued the Securities under an
Indenture dated as of December 3, 1998 (the "Indenture") between the Company
and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used in this Security and not defined in
this Security shall have the meaning set forth in the Indenture. The terms of
the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of
the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on
the date of the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and
Holders of Securities are referred to the Indenture and said Act for a
statement of such terms.

                  The Securities are senior unsecured obligations of the
Company limited to $155,000,000 aggregate principal amount. This Security is
one of the Initial Securities referred to in the Indenture. The Securities
include the Initial Securities, any Exchange Securities, as defined below,
issued in exchange for the Initial Securities pursuant to the Indenture, and
the Private Exchange Notes. The Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities,
and the Private Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities
under the Indenture.

                                     A-4
<PAGE>

                  5.     Redemption.

                  (a) Optional Redemption.

                  In the event a Change of Control occurs, the Company shall
have the option to redeem all, but not less than all, of the Securities, at a
redemption price equal to the sum of (x) 100% of the principal amount thereof
plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date and (y) the
Applicable Premium with respect to each $1,000 principal amount of Securities
so redeemed. Notice of any redemption to be made pursuant to this paragraph
must be given no later than 10 days after the Change of Control Payment Date,
and redemption must be made within 30 days of the date of such notice.

                  (b) Mandatory Redemption. The Securities will not have the
benefit of any sinking fund.

                  6. Put Provisions. Upon a Change of Control, any Holder of
Securities will have the right to cause the Company to repurchase all or any
part of the Securities (in integral multiples of $1,000) of such Holder at a
repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued
interest to the date of repurchase as provided in, and subject to the terms
of, the Indenture.

                  7. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemptions pursuant to
paragraph 5 will be mailed at such time as is provided by paragraph 5(a) to
each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at the Holder's registered address.
If money sufficient to pay the redemption price and accrued interest on all
Securities to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying
Agent on the redemption date, on and after such date interest will cease to
accrue on such Securities.

                  8. Proceeds on Disposition of Assets. As described in
Section 4.15 of the Indenture, the Company is required under certain
circumstances to apply the Net Cash Proceeds (or a portion thereof) from Asset
Sales to offer to purchase Securities at a price equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued interest thereon to the date of
purchase.

                  9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Securities are in
registered form in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. A
Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Securities as provided in the
Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, provide certain
certifications and legal opinions as described herein and to pay any taxes and
fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

                  10. Persons Deemed Owners. The Company, the Trustee and any
agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name the
Security is registered with the Registrar as the owner for all purposes.

                                     A-5
<PAGE>

                  11. Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of interest or
principal remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent
will pay the money back to the Company at its written request. After such
time, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment
unless an abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability
of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease.

                  12. Discharge Prior to Maturity. Subject to certain
conditions described in Article VIII of the Indenture, if the Company deposits
with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay the
principal of and interest on the Securities to maturity, the Company will be
discharged (to the extent provided in the Indenture) from the Indenture and
the Securities.

                  13. Amendments, Supplements and Waivers. Subject to certain
exceptions requiring the consent of each Holder affected as described in
Article IX of the Indenture, the Indenture or the Securities may be amended or
supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Securities, and any existing Default
may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Securities. Without notice to or the consent of
any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the
Securities to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or
inconsistency, provide for the assumption of the obligations of the Company to
Holders or make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any
Holder.

                  14. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture imposes certain
limitations on, among other things, the ability of the Company to merge or
consolidate with any other Person or sell, lease or otherwise transfer all or
substantially all of its properties or assets, the ability of the Company or
certain of its Subsidiaries to make Restricted Payments and Restricted
Investments and the ability of the Company and certain of its Subsidiaries to
incur Debt, create Liens or engage in transactions with Affiliates or issue
Preferred Stock, all subject to certain limitations and qualifications
described in the Indenture.

                  15. Successor Corporation. When a successor Person or other
entity assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Securities and
the Indenture, the predecessor Person will be released from those obligations.

                  16. Defaults and Remedies. The Securities have the Events of
Default as set forth in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. Subject to certain
limitations in the Indenture, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Securities may declare all the Securities to be due and payable
immediately, except that in the case of an Event of Default arising from
certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization relating to the
Company, all outstanding Securities shall become due and payable immediately
without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the
Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require
indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the
Securities. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Securities may direct 

                                     A-6
<PAGE>

the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Company must furnish
quarterly compliance certificates to the Trustee.

                  17. Trustee Dealings with the Company. The Trustee under the
Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept
deposits from, and perform services for the Company or any of its Affiliates,
and may otherwise deal with the Company or any of its Affiliates, as if it
were not the Trustee.

                  18. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer,
employee, stockholder or Affiliate, as such, of the Company shall not have any
liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such
obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Security waives and
releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issue of the Securities.

                  19. Authentication. This Security shall not be valid until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or any authenticating
agent.

                  20. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in
the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common),
TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (=
Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

                  21. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated
by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company
has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Securities and has directed the
Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to
Securityholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers
either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of
redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
placed thereon.

                  22. Registration Rights. Pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement among the Company and the Initial Purchasers of the Initial
Securities, the Company has certain obligations regarding an Exchange Offer
pursuant to which the Holder of this Security shall have the right to exchange
this Security for the Company's Series B 8% Senior Notes Due 2008 (the
"Exchange Securities"), which have been registered under the Securities Act,
in like principal amount and having identical terms as the Initial Securities.
The Holders of the Initial Securities shall be entitled to receive certain
additional interest payments in the event such exchange offer is not
consummated and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in
accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. Within five
days after the occurrence of an event so resulting in such additional interest
payments, the Company shall provide the Trustee with an Officers' Certificate
describing such event and providing the Trustee with all necessary details
relating to the payment of such interest, including, without limitation, the
interest rate, the effective date of such interest rate and the method of
calculating interest.

                                     A-7
<PAGE>

                  The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request
and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Request may be made to:

                  Building Materials Corporation of America
                  1361 Alps Road
                  Wayne, New Jersey 07470
                  Attention:  Secretary


                                     A-8
<PAGE>


                                ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Security to

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              (insert assignee's social security or tax I.D. no.)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                             agent to 
                        ----------------------------------------- 
transfer this Security on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute 
another to act for him.

Date:                           Your signature:
     -------------------------                  ---------------------------
    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security)

Signature Guarantee:
                    ---------------------------------------

In connection with any transfer of any of the Securities evidenced by this
certificate occurring prior to the date that is two years after the later of
the date of original issuance of such Securities and the last date, if any, on
which such Securities were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the
Company, the undersigned confirms that such Securities are being transferred:


                                     A-9
<PAGE>


                  CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

                  (1) / / to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; or

                  (2) / / inside the United States to a qualified institutional
buyer in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended; or

                  (3) / / to an institutional "accredited investor" (as 
defined in Rule 50l(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes to the Trustee a signed
letter containing certain representations and agreements relating to the
restrictions on transfer of the note evidenced thereby (the form of which
letter can be obtained from the Trustee); or

                  (4) / / outside the United States to a non-U.S. Person in
compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended; or

                  (5) / / pursuant to the exemption from registration under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (if available); or

                  (6) / / pursuant to a registration statement which has been
declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                  Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse
to register any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate in the name of
any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided that if box (3),
(4) or (5) is checked, the holder must, prior to such transfer, furnish to the
Trustee such certifications, legal opinions, or other information as the
Company may reasonably require to confirm that such transfer is being made
pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                                                 ------------------------------
Signature Guarantee:                             Signature


- ---------------------------------                ------------------------------
                                                 Signature


- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     A-10
<PAGE>


                      OPTIONS OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

                  If you want to elect to have all of this Security purchased
by the Company pursuant to Section 4.14 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the
box:

                                     / /

                  If you want to elect to have only part of this Security
purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.14 or 4.15 of the Indenture,
state the Principal Amount:
$

Date:                                Your Signature:
     --------------------------                      --------------------------
     (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Security)

Signature Guarantee:
                    -----------------------------------------------------------
                        (Signature must be guaranteed)

                                     A-11
<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT B

           [FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE OR PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTE*]

No.                                                          $_______________

                                                            CUSIP No. _______

                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA

                       SERIES B 8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2008


                  BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA, a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), promises to pay to

                  , or registered assigns, the principal sum of         Dollars 
on December 1, 2008.

                  Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1, commencing
June 1, 1999.

                  Record Dates: May 15 and November 15.

                  Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this
Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for
all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.





- --------
*     If the certificate is a Private Exchange Note issued pursuant to the
      Registration Rights Agreement in a Private Exchange (as defined
      therein), add the restricted securities legend from Exhibit A to this
      Indenture and replace the Assignment Form included in this Exhibit B
      with the Assignment Form included in Exhibit A.

                                     B-1
<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Security to
be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.


                                    BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION
                                     OF AMERICA

                                    By:
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


                                    By:
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


Dated:

Trustee's Certificate of Authentication

This is one of the Series B 8% 
Senior Notes due 2008 [Private Exchange 
8% Senior Notes due 2008] described 
in the within-mentioned Indenture.

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
  as Trustee

By:
   -------------------------------------------
   Authorized Signatory


                                     B-2
<PAGE>


      [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE EXCHANGE SECURITY AND PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTE]

                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA

                       Series B 8% Senior Notes due 2008

                   Private Exchange 8% Senior Notes due 2008

                  1. Interest. BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA, a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), promises to pay cash interest on the
principal amount of this Security at a rate of 8% per annum, payable on June 1
and December 1 of each year (the "Interest Payment Date"), commencing June 1,
1999. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate of 8%
per annum. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve
30-day months.

                  2. Method of Payment. The Company shall pay interest on the
Securities (except defaulted interest) to the persons who are the registered
Holders at the close of business on the Record Date immediately preceding the
Interest Payment Date even if the Securities are canceled on registration of
transfer or registration of exchange after such Record Date. The Holder must
surrender this Security to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The
Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at
the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
The Company, however, may pay principal and interest by a check payable in
such money. The Company may mail an interest check to the Holder's registered
address. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment
may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal
Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

                  3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New
York (the "Trustee") or its agent will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The
Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar without prior
notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates may
act in any such capacity, except in certain circumstances.

                  4. Indenture. The Company issued the Securities under an
Indenture dated as of December 3, 1998 (the "Indenture") between the Company
and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used in this Security and not defined in
this Security shall have the meaning set forth in the Indenture. The terms of
the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of
the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on
the date of the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and
Holders of Securities are referred to the Indenture and said Act for a
statement of such terms.

                  The Securities are senior unsecured obligations of the
Company limited to $155,000,000 aggregate principal amount. This Security is
one of the [Exchange Securities] [Private Exchange Notes] referred to in the
Indenture. The Securities include the Initial Securities, any Exchange
Securities issued in exchange for the Initial Securities pursuant to the
Indenture, and the Private Exchange Notes. The Initial Securities, the
Exchange Securities, and the Private Exchange Notes are treated as a single
class of securities under the Indenture.


                                     B-3
<PAGE>

                  5. Redemption.

                  (a) Optional Redemption. In the event a Change of Control
occurs, the Company shall have the option to redeem all, but not less than
all, of the Securities, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (x) 100% of
the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the
redemption date and (y) the Applicable Premium with respect to each $1,000
principal amount of Securities so redeemed. Notice of any redemption to be
made pursuant to this paragraph must be given no later than 10 days after the
Change of Control Payment Date, and redemption must be made within 30 days of
the date of such notice.

                  (b) Mandatory Redemption. The Securities will not have the
benefit of any sinking fund.

                  6. Put Provisions. Upon a Change of Control, any Holder of
Securities will have the right to cause the Company to repurchase all or any
part of the Securities (in integral multiples of $1,000) of such Holder at a
repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued
interest to the date of repurchase as provided in, and subject to the terms
of, the Indenture.

                  7. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemptions pursuant to
paragraph 5 will be mailed at such time as is provided by paragraph 5(a) to
each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at the Holder's registered address.
If money sufficient to pay the redemption price and accrued interest on all
Securities to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying
Agent on the redemption date, on and after such date interest will cease to
accrue on such Securities.

                  8. Proceeds on Disposition of Assets. As described in
Section 4.15 of the Indenture, the Company is required under certain
circumstances to apply the Net Cash Proceeds (or a portion thereof) from Asset
Sales to offer to purchase Securities at a price equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued interest thereon to the date of
purchase.

                  9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Securities are in
registered form in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. A
Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Securities as provided in the
Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, provide certain
certifications and legal opinions as described herein and to pay any taxes and
fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

                  10. Persons Deemed Owners. The Company, the Trustee and any
agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name the
Security is registered with the Registrar as the owner for all purposes.

                  11. Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of interest or
principal remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent
will pay the money back to the Company at its written request. After such
time, Holders entitled to the money must look to the 

                                     B-4
<PAGE>

Company for payment unless an abandoned property law designates another
Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to
such money shall cease.

                  12. Discharge Prior to Maturity. Subject to certain
conditions described in Article VIII of the Indenture, if the Company deposits
with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay the
principal of and interest on the Securities to maturity, the Company will be
discharged (to the extent provided in the Indenture) from the Indenture and
the Securities.

                  13. Amendments, Supplements and Waivers. Subject to certain
exceptions requiring the consent of each Holder affected as described in
Article IX of the Indenture, the Indenture or the Securities may be amended or
supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Securities, and any existing Default
may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Securities. Without notice to or the consent of
any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the
Securities to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or
inconsistency, provide for the assumption of the obligations of the Company to
Holders or make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any
Holder.

                  14. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture imposes certain
limitations on, among other things, the ability of the Company to merge or
consolidate with any other Person or sell, lease or otherwise transfer all or
substantially all of its properties or assets, the ability of the Company or
certain of its Subsidiaries to make Restricted Payments and Restricted
Investments and the ability of the Company and certain of its Subsidiaries to
incur Debt, create Liens or engage in transactions with Affiliates or issue
Preferred Stock, all subject to certain limitations and qualifications
described in the Indenture.

                  15. Successor Corporation. When a successor Person or other
entity assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Securities and
the Indenture, the predecessor Person will be released from those obligations.

                  16. Defaults and Remedies. The Securities have the Events of
Default as set forth in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. Subject to certain
limitations in the Indenture, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Securities may declare all the Securities to be due and payable
immediately, except that in the case of an Event of Default arising from
certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization relating to the
Company, all outstanding Securities shall become due and payable immediately
without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the
Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require
indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the
Securities. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Securities may direct the Trustee in its
exercise of any trust or power. The Company must furnish quarterly compliance
certificates to the Trustee.

                  17. Trustee Dealings with the Company. The Trustee under the
Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept
deposits from, and perform services 

                                     B-5
<PAGE>

for the Company or any of its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the
Company or any of its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

                  18. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer,
employee, stockholder or Affiliate, as such, of the Company shall not have any
liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such
obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Security waives and
releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issue of the Securities.

                  19. Authentication. This Security shall not be valid until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or any authenticating
agent.

                  20. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in
the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common),
TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (=
Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

                  21. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated
by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company
has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Securities and has directed the
Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to
Securityholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers
either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of
redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
placed thereon.

                  The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request
and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Request may be made to:

                  Building Materials Corporation of America
                  1361 Alps Road
                  Wayne, New Jersey  07470
                  Attention:  Secretary


                                     B-6
<PAGE>


                                ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Security to

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              (insert assignee's social security or tax I.D. no.)

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint
                         -----------------------------------------------------
agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may
substitute another to act for him.

Date:                                Your signature:
     ----------------------------                    ------------------------ 
    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security)

Signature Guarantee:
                    -----------------------------------


                                     B-7
<PAGE>


                      OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

                  If you want to elect to have all of this Security purchased
by the Company pursuant to Section 4.14 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the
box:


                                     / /


                  If you want to elect to have only part of this Security
purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.14 or 4.15 of the Indenture,
state the Principal Amount:
$

Date:                                Your Signature:
     --------------------------                      --------------------------
     (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Security)

Signature Guarantee:
                    -----------------------------------------------------------
                        (Signature must be guaranteed)

                                     B-8
<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT C

                  [FORM OF LEGEND FOR BOOK-ENTRY SECURITIES]

                  Any Global Security authenticated and delivered hereunder
shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required
in the case of a Restricted Security) in substantially the following form:

                  THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE
                  INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE
                  NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY OR A
                  SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. THIS SECURITY IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR
                  SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE
                  DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED
                  CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF
                  THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A
                  WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY
                  A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER
                  NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE
                  LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

                  UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
                  REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK
                  CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION
                  OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE
                  ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH
                  OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
                  OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH
                  OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
                  OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE
                  OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE
                  REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.


                                     C-1
<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT D

            FORM OF LETTER TO BE DELIVERED BY ACCREDITED INVESTORS

                  The undersigned is delivering this letter in connection with
an offering of 8% Senior Notes Due 2008 (the "Notes") of Building Materials
Corporation of America (the "Company"), all as described in the Offering
Memorandum (the "Offering Memorandum") relating to the offering.

                  The undersigned hereby confirms that:

                  (i) the undersigned is an "accredited investor" within the
         meaning of Rule 50l(a)(1), (2) or (3) under the Securities Act of
         1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or an entity in which all of
         the equity owners are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule
         501(a)(1), (2) or (3) under the Securities Act (an "Institutional
         Accredited Investor");

                  (ii) (A) any purchase of Notes by the undersigned will be
         for the undersigned's own account or for the account of one or more
         other Institutional Accredited Investors or as fiduciary for the
         account of one or more trusts, each of which is an "Accredited
         investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(7) under the Securities
         Act and for each of which we exercise sole investment discretion or
         (B) we are a "bank," within the meaning of Section 3(a)(2) of the
         Securities Act, or a "savings and loan association or other
         institution described in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act
         that is acquiring Notes as fiduciary for the account of one or more
         institutions for which we exercise sole investment discretion;

                  (iii) in the event that the undersigned purchases any notes,
         it will acquire Notes having a minimum principal amount of not less
         than $250,000 for the undersigned's own account or for any separate
         account for which the undersigned is acting;

                  (iv) the undersigned has such knowledge and experience in
         financial and business matters that the undersigned is capable of
         evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing Notes;

                  (v) the undersigned is not acquiring Notes with a view to
         distribution thereof or with any present intention of offering or
         selling Notes, except as permitted below; provided that the
         disposition of the undersigned's property and property of any
         accounts for which the undersigned is acting as fiduciary shall
         remain at all times within the undersigned's control; and

                  (vi) the undersigned has received a copy of the Offering
         Memorandum and acknowledges that the undersigned has had access to
         such financial and other information, and has been afforded the
         opportunity to ask such questions of representatives of the 

                                     D-1
<PAGE>

         Company and receive answers thereto, as the undersigned deems necessary
         in connection with the undersigned's decision to purchase Notes.

                  The undersigned understands that the Notes were offered in a
transaction not involving any public offering within the United States within
the meaning of the Securities Act and that the Notes have not been registered
under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws, and the
undersigned agrees, on the undersigned's own behalf and on behalf of each
account for which the undersigned acquires any Notes, that if in the future
the undersigned decides to resell or otherwise transfer any Notes (A) such
resale or transfer will be only (1) to the Company, (2) pursuant to a
registration statement which has been declared effective under the Securities
Act, (3) to a person it reasonably believes is a 'Qualified Institutional
Buyer' as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act ("Rule 144A") in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (4) pursuant to offers and
sales to Non-U.S. Persons that occur outside the United States in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 904 under the Securities Act, (5)
to an institutional 'Accredited Investor' (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) under the Securities Act) in a transaction meeting the requirements
of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or (6) pursuant to any other available
exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act (and in
the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (4), (5) or (6), based on an opinion
of counsel if the Company so requests), subject in each of the foregoing cases
to applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other
applicable jurisdiction and (B) that it will, and each subsequent holder is
required to, notify any purchaser from it of any Notes of the resale
restrictions set forth in (A) above. The undersigned agrees that any such
transfer of Notes referred to in this paragraph shall be in accordance with
applicable securities laws of any State of the United States or any other
applicable jurisdiction and in accordance with the legends set forth on the
Notes. The undersigned understands that the register and transfer agent for
the Notes will not be required to accept for registration or transfer any
Notes, except upon presentation of evidence satisfactory the Company that the
foregoing restrictions on transfer have been complied with. The undersigned
further understands that any Notes will be in the form of definitive physical
certificates and that such certificates will bear a legend (unless the sale of
the Notes has been registered under the Securities Act) reflecting the
substance of this paragraph.

                  The undersigned acknowledges that the Company, others and
you will rely upon the undersigned's confirmations, acknowledgments and
agreements set forth herein, and the undersigned agrees to notify you promptly
in writing if any of the undersigned's representations or warranties herein
ceases to be accurate and complete.

                                      2
<PAGE>


                  THIS LETTER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.


                                             --------------------------------
                                             (Name of Purchaser)


                                             By:
                                                -----------------------------
                                                Name:
                                                Title:
                                                Address:



                                      3



<PAGE>


                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

                   BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA

                                  $155,000,000

                            8% Senior Notes Due 2008

                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                                                                December 3, 1998

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
Chase Securities Inc.
c/o Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
  245 Park Avenue
  New York, New York 10167

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          Building Materials Corporation of America, a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), proposes to issue and sell to you (the "Initial Purchasers"), upon
the terms set forth in a purchase agreement dated November 24, 1998 (the
"Purchase Agreement"), $155,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 8% Senior
Notes due 2008 (the "Notes"). The Notes will be issued pursuant to an indenture
(the "Indenture") between the Company and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the
"Trustee") dated December 3, 1998, substantially in the form previously 
furnished to the Initial Purchasers. As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers,
the Company agrees with the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders
of the Notes (including, without limitation, the Initial Purchasers, herein
referred to as the "Holders"), as follows:

          1. Registered Exchange Offer. The Company shall prepare and, by the
earlier of 90 days after the date of original issuance of the Notes (the "Issue
Date") and the date of filing of a registration statement in respect of an
initial public offering of common stock of the Company (other than a
registration statement on Form S-8), file with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement (the "Exchange Offer
Registration Statement") on an appropriate form under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), with respect to a proposed offer (the
"Registered Exchange Offer") to the Holders of the Notes to issue and deliver to
such Holders, in exchange for the Notes, a like principal amount of



<PAGE>


debt securities of the Company identical in all material respects to the Notes
(the "Exchange Notes"), except for the transfer restrictions relating to the
Notes. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause such Exchange Offer
Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act within 150
days of the Issue Date. Following the declaration of the effectiveness of the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly commence the
Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange
Offer to enable each Holder of the Notes electing to exchange the Notes for
Exchange Notes and (assuming that such Holder is not an affiliate of the Company
within the meaning of the Securities Act, acquires the Exchange Notes in the
ordinary course of such Holder's business and has no arrangements with any
person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes) to trade such
Exchange Notes from and after their receipt without any limitations or
restrictions under the Securities Act and the securities laws of the several
states of the United States. In connection with such Registered Exchange Offer,
the Company shall take such further action, including, without limitation,
appropriate filings under state securities laws, as may be necessary to 
realize the foregoing objective subject to the proviso of Section 3(h).

          The Company shall include within the prospectus contained in the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled "Plan of Distribution",
reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, which shall contain a summary
statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the Commission
with respect to the potential "underwriter" status of any broker dealer that is
the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) of Exchange Notes received by such
broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (a "Participating Broker-
Dealer"), whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by
the staff of the Commission or such positions or policies, in the reasonable
judgment of the Initial Purchasers, represent the prevailing views of the staff
of the Commission. Such "Plan of Distribution" section shall also allow the use
of the prospectus by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements
of the Securities Act, including Participating Broker-Dealers, and include a
statement describing the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell
the Exchange Notes.

          The Company shall use its best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the prospectus
contained therein, in order to permit such prospectus to be lawfully delivered
by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the 
Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with such
requirements in order to resell the Exchange Notes; provided that such period
shall not exceed 180 days (or such longer period if extended pursuant to Section
3(j) below).

          If, upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, an Initial Purchaser
holds Notes acquired by it as part of its initial distribution, the Company
upon the request of such Initial Purchaser shall simultaneously with the
delivery of the Exchange Notes pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer issue
and deliver to such Initial Purchaser, in exchange (the "Private Exchange") for
the Notes held by such Initial Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt

                                      -2-

<PAGE>


securities of the Company identical in all material respects to the Notes (the
"Private Exchange Notes"). The Private Exchange Notes shall bear the same CUSIP
number as the Exchange Notes.

          In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

          (a) mail to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the
     Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter
     of transmittal and related documents;

          (b) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20
     business days after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or
     longer if required by applicable law);

          (c) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange
     Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York;

          (d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Notes at any time prior to the
     close of business, New York time, on the last business day on which the
     Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and

          (e) otherwise comply in all respects with all applicable laws.

          As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange
Offer or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall:

          (i) accept for exchange all the Notes tendered and not validly
     withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and the Private
     Exchange;

          (ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all the Notes so accepted
     for exchange; and

          (iii) cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each
     Holder of the Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case
     may be, equal in principal amount to the Notes of such Holder so accepted
     for exchange.

          The Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes may be issued under
(i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture substantially similar to the Indenture,
which in either event will provide that the Exchange Notes will not be subject
to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and that the Exchange
Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Notes will vote and consent together
on all matters as one class and that none of the Exchange Notes, the Private
Exchange Notes or the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate
class on any matter.

          2. Shelf Registration. If, (i) because of any change in law or in
currently prevailing interpretations of the staff of the Commission, the Company
is not permitted to effect a 


                                      -3-

<PAGE>


Registered Exchange Offer, as contemplated by Section 1 hereof, (ii) for any
reason the Registered Exchange Offer is not completed within 180 days of the
Issue Date (the "Completion Deadline"), (iii) the Initial Purchasers so request
with respect to the Notes or the Private Exchange Notes held by them following
consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer or (iv) any Holder is not eligible
to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer or, in the case of any Holder
that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, such
Holder does not receive freely tradeable Exchange Notes on the date of the
exchange, the Company shall, at its cost, take the following actions:

          (a) as promptly as reasonably practicable file with the Commission and
     thereafter shall use its best efforts to cause to be declared effective a
     registration statement (the "Shelf Registration Statement" and, together
     with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a "Registration Statement")
     on an appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and
     sale of the Notes or, if applicable, the Private Exchange Notes by the
     Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of
     distribution set forth in the Shelf Registration Statement and Rule 415
     under the Securities Act (hereafter, the "Shelf Registration").

          (b) use its best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement
     continuously effective in order to permit the prospectus included therein
     to be lawfully delivered by the Holders of the Notes or, if applicable, the
     Private Exchange Notes for a period of two years (or for such longer period
     if extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) from the Issue Date or such
     shorter period that will terminate when all the Notes or, if applicable,
     the Private Exchange Notes covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have
     been sold pursuant thereto; provided, that the Company shall be deemed not
     to have used its best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement
     effective during the requisite period if it voluntarily takes any action
     that would result in Holders of the Notes or, if applicable, the Private
     Exchange Notes covered thereby not being able to offer and sell the Notes
     or, if applicable, the Private Exchange Notes during that period, unless
     such action is required by applicable law.

          (c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the
     contrary, the Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the
     related prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the 
     effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement, amendment or 
     supplement, (i) to comply in all material respects with the applicable 
     requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the 
     Commission and (ii) not to contain any untrue statement of a material 
     fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or 
     necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the 
     circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

          3. Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration
contemplated by Section 2 hereof and, to the extent applicable, any Registered
Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 1 hereof, the following provisions shall
apply:


                                      -4-
<PAGE>


          (a) The Company shall furnish to the Initial Purchasers, prior to the
     filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement
     and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus
     included therein and shall obtain the consent of the Initial Purchasers to
     any such filing, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

          (b) The Company shall give written notice to the Initial Purchasers,
     the Holders of the Notes and any Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the
     Company has received prior written notice that it will be a Participating
     Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer:

               (i) when the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has
          been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or
          any posteffective amendment thereto has become effective;

               (ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or
          supplements to the Registration Statement or the prospectus included
          therein or for additional information, provided that the request and
          the contents of the request need only be disclosed to the Initial
          Purchasers and one counsel appointed by and on behalf of the Holders
          of the Notes as described in Section 4;

               (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order
          suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the
          initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;

               (iv) of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any
          notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of
          the Notes or, if applicable, the Private Exchange Notes for sale in
          any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding
          for such purpose; and

               (v) of the happening of any event that requires the Company to
          make changes in the Registration Statement or the prospectus in order
          to make the statements therein not misleading (which notice shall be
          accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus
          until the requisite changes have been made).

          (c) The Company shall use its best efforts to prevent the issuance or
     obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of the
     Registration Statement at the earliest possible time.

          (d) The Company shall furnish to each Holder of the Notes or, if
     applicable, the Private Exchange Notes included within the coverage of the
     Shelf Registration, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration
     Statement and any post-effective 


                                      -5-
<PAGE>


     amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if
     the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits (including those, if any,
     incorporated by reference).

          (e) The Company shall deliver to the Initial Purchasers and to any
     other Holder who so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the
     Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment
     thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if the Initial
     Purchasers or any such Holder requests, all exhibits (including those
     incorporated by reference).

          (f) The Company shall deliver to each Holder of the Notes or, if
     applicable, the Private Exchange Notes included within the coverage of the
     Shelf Registration, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus
     (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Shelf Registration
     Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such person may
     reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this
     Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement
     thereto by each of the selling Holders of the Notes or, if applicable, the
     Private Exchange Notes in connection with the offering and sale of the
     Notes or, if applicable, the Private Exchange Notes covered by the
     prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf
     Registration Statement.

          (g) The Company shall deliver to the Initial Purchasers, any
     Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a
     prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many
     copies of the final prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration
     Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such persons may
     reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of
     this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or
     supplement thereto by the Initial Purchasers, if necessary, any
     Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a
     prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the
     offering and sale of the Exchange Notes covered by the prospectus, or any
     amendment or supplement thereto, included in such Exchange Offer
     Registration Statement. 

          (h) Prior to any public offering of the Notes or, if applicable, the
     Private Exchange Notes, pursuant to the Shelf Registration, the Company
     shall register or qualify or cooperate with the Holders of the Notes or, if
     applicable, the Private Exchange Notes, included therein and their
     respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of
     the Notes or, if applicable, the Private Exchange Notes, for offer and sale
     under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder
     of the Notes or the Private Exchange Notes reasonably requests in writing
     and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable
     the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Notes covered by the Shelf
     Registration; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i)
     qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then
     so qualified or (ii)


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

     take any action which would subject it to general service of process or to
     taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

          (i) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of the Notes or, if
     applicable, the Private Exchange Notes to facilitate the timely preparation
     and delivery of certificates representing the Notes or, if applicable, the
     Private Exchange Notes to be sold in the Shelf Registration free of any
     restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names
     as the Holders may request a reasonable period of time prior to sales of
     the Notes or, if applicable, the Private Exchange Notes pursuant to the
     Shelf Registration.

          (j) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(b)(v)
     above, the Company shall promptly prepare a post-effective amendment to the
     Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus or file
     any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Holders of
     the Notes, the Exchange Notes or, if applicable, the Private Exchange
     Notes, as the case may be, the prospectus will not contain an untrue
     statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary
     to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which
     they were made, not misleading. If the Company notifies the Initial
     Purchasers, the Holders of the Notes and any known Participating Broker
     Dealer in accordance with Section 3(b)(v) above to suspend the use of the
     prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made,
     then the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Notes and any such
     Participating Broker-Dealers shall suspend use of such prospectus, and the
     period of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in
     Section 2(b) above and the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided
     for in Section 1 above shall each be extended by the number of days from
     and including the date of the giving of such notice to Holders of the Notes
     and any known Participating Broker-Dealer shall have received such amended
     or supplemented prospectus pursuant to this Section 3(j).

          (k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration
     Statement, the Company will provide a CUSIP number for the Notes or
     Exchange Notes, as the case may be, and provide the applicable trustee with
     certificates for the Notes or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, in a form
     eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.

          (l) The Company will comply with all rules and regulations of the
     Commission to the extent and so long as they are applicable to the
     Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration and will make generally
     available to its securities holders (or otherwise provide in accordance
     with Section ll(a) of the Securities Act) an earnings statement satisfying
     the provisions of Section ll(a) of the Securities Act, no later than 45
     days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a
     fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Company's first fiscal
     quarter commencing after the effective date of the Shelf Registration,
     which statement shall cover such 12-month period.


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

          (m) The Company shall cause the Indenture (or an indenture
     substantially identical to the Indenture in the case of a Registered
     Exchange Offer) to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
     amended.

          (n) The Company may require each Holder of the Notes to be sold
     pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such
     information regarding the Holder and the distribution of the Notes as the
     Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in the Shelf
     Registration Statement.

          (o) The Company shall enter into such customary agreements (including
     if requested an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all
     such other action, if any, as any Holder of the Notes shall reasonably
     request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Notes pursuant to
     any Shelf Registration.

          (p) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company shall (i) make
     reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of the Notes, any
     underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the Shelf
     Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent
     retained by the Holders of the Notes or any such underwriter all relevant
     financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties
     of the Company and (ii) cause the Company's officers, directors and
     employees to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the
     Holders of the Notes or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent
     in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement; provided that the
     foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on
     behalf of the Initial Purchasers by the Initial Purchasers and on behalf
     of the other parties, by one counsel designated by and on behalf of such
     other parties as described in Section 4.

          (q) In the case of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall
     (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, any
     known Participating Broker-Dealer and any attorney, accountant or other
     agent retained by the Initial Purchasers or such Participating Broker
     Dealer all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate
     documents and properties of the Company and (ii) cause the Company's
     officers, directors and employees to supply all relevant information 
     reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers, such Participating Broker
     Dealer or any such attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the
     Exchange Offer Registration Statement; provided that the foregoing
     inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the
     Initial Purchasers by the Initial Purchasers and on behalf of the other
     parties, by one counsel designated by and on behalf of such other parties
     as described in Section 4.

          (r) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company, if requested
     by any Holder of the Notes or, if applicable, the Private Exchange Notes,
     shall cause its counsel to deliver an opinion relating to the Notes or, if
     applicable, the Private Exchange Notes in customary form, cause its
     officers to execute and deliver all customary documents and 


                                      -8-
<PAGE>

     certificates requested by any underwriters of the Notes or, if applicable,
     the Private Exchange Notes and cause its independent public accountants to
     provide to the selling Holders of the Notes or, if applicable, the Private
     Exchange Notes and any underwriter therefor a comfort letter in customary
     form.

          (s) In the case of the Registered Exchange Offer, if requested by the
     Initial Purchasers or any known Participating Broker-Dealer, the Company
     shall cause its outside counsel to deliver to the Initial Purchasers or
     such Participating Broker-Dealer a signed opinion in the form set forth in
     Section 5(c)(A) of the Purchase Agreement with such changes as are
     customary in connection with the preparation of a Registration Statement
     and shall cause its independent public accountants to deliver to the
     Initial Purchasers or such Participating Broker-Dealer a comfort letter, in
     customary form, meeting the requirements as to the substance thereof as set
     forth in Section 5(f) of the Purchase Agreement, with appropriate date
     changes.

     4. Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all expenses incurred in
connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 1 through 3
hereof (including the reasonable fees and expenses of Latham & Watkins, counsel
to the Initial Purchasers, incurred in connection with the Registered Exchange
Offer) and, in the event of a Shelf Registration, shall bear or reimburse the
Holders of the Notes or, if applicable, the Private Exchange Notes for the
reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of counsel designated by the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and, if applicable, the
Private Exchange Notes to act as counsel for the Holders of the Notes, and, if
applicable, the Private Exchange Notes in connection therewith, which counsel
shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

     5. Indemnification. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
each Holder of the Notes or, if applicable, the Private Exchange Notes and each
person, if any, who controls such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each director, officer,
employee or agent of such Holder and each director, officer, employee or agent
of each such controlling person (each Holder, such controlling persons and each
such director, officer, employee and agent are referred to collectively as the
"Indemnified Parties") from and against any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, joint or several, or any actions in respect thereof (including, but
not limited to, any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions relating to
purchases and sales of the Notes or, if applicable, the Private Exchange Notes),
to which each Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act, the
Exchange Act or other wise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities
or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or
prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of, or are
based upon, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and shall
reimburse, as incurred, the Indemnified Parties for any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending or
preparing to defend against or appearing as a 



                                      -9-
<PAGE>


third-party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability
or action in respect thereof; provided, however, that the Company shall not be
liable in any such case to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability
arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
or omission or alleged omission made in a Registration Statement or prospectus
or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus
relating to a Shelf Registration in reliance upon and in conformity with written
information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically
for inclusion therein; provided, further, that (A) the Company shall not be
obligated to indemnify or hold harmless any Indemnified Party in respect of any
loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that any such loss,
claim, damage, liability or action arises out of or is based upon an untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in a
preliminary Registration Statement or preliminary prospectus if the applicable
Holder or Initial Purchaser failed to deliver a copy of a final prospectus or
an amended or supplemented Registration Statement or prospectus that was made
available by the Company to such Indemnified Party prior to the applicable sale
to the person or persons asserting the claim which is the basis of 
indemnification and such final prospectus or amended or supplemented
Registration Statement or prospectus cured such defect and (B) this indemnity
agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise
have to such Indemnified Party. The Company will not settle or compromise or
consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action,
suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder
(whether or not such Indemnified Party or any person who controls such
Indemnified Party within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or
Section 20 of the Exchange Act is a party to such claim, action, suit or 
proceeding) without the prior written consent of such Indemnified Party, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, unless such settlement, compromise
or consent includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party and each
such controlling person from all liability arising out of such claim, action,
suit or proceeding. No Indemnified Party will settle or compromise or consent to
the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or
proceeding in respect of which indemnification may be sought without the prior
written consent of the Company (which consent will not be unreasonably
withheld). The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, selling brokers,
dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in
the distribution (as described in such Registration Statement), their officers
and directors and each person who controls such persons (within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) to the same
extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders of
the Notes if requested by such Holders.

          (b) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial
Purchaser, any Participating Broker-Dealer and each person, if any, who controls
an Initial Purchaser or a Participating Broker-Dealer within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each
director, officer, employee or agent of an Initial Purchaser or a Participating
Broker-Dealer and each director, officer, employee or agent of each such
controlling person (the Initial Purchasers, any Participating Broker-Dealer,
such controlling persons and each such director, officer, employee and agent of
the Initial Purchasers, such Participating Broker-Dealer or such controlling
person are referred to collectively as the 




                                      -10-
<PAGE>


"Exchange Offer Indemnified Parties") from and against any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities, joint or several, or any actions in respect thereof
(including, but not limited to, any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
actions relating to purchases and sales of Exchange Notes), to which each
Exchange Offer Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act,
the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement or prospectus contained therein or in any amendment or
supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading, and shall reimburse, as incurred, the
Exchange Offer Indemnified Parties for any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to
defend against or appearing as a third-party witness in connection with any such
loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof; provided, however,
that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such
loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in
any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or prospectus contained therein or in
any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with
written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Initial
Purchaser or Participating Broker-Dealer specifically for inclusion therein;
provided, further, that (A) the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify or
hold harmless any Exchange Offer Indemnified Party in respect of any loss,
claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that any such loss, claim, 
damages, liability or action arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement
or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in a
preliminary Registration Statement or preliminary prospectus if the applicable
Initial Purchaser or Participating Broker-Dealer failed to deliver a copy of a
final prospectus or an amended or supplemented Registration Statement or
prospectus that was made available by the Company to such Exchange Offer
Indemnified Party prior to the applicable sale to the person or persons
asserting the claim which is the basis of indemnification and such final
prospectus or amended or supplemented Registration Statement or prospectus cured
such defect and (B) this indemnity agreement will be in addition to any
liability which the Company may otherwise have to such Exchange Offer
Indemnified Party. The Company will not settle or compromise or consent to the
entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or
proceeding in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether
or not such Exchange Offer Indemnified Party or any person who controls such
Exchange Offer Indemnified Party within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act is a party to such claim,
action, suit or proceeding) without the prior written consent of such Exchange
Offer Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld,
unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release
of such Exchange Offer Indemnified Party and each such controlling person from
all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding. No Exchange
Offer Indemnified Party will settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any
judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in
respect of which indemnification may be sought without the prior written consent
of the Company (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld).


                                      -11-
<PAGE>

          (c) Each Holder of the Notes or, if applicable, the Private Exchange
Notes, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company,
each director, officer, employee or agent of the Company and each person, if
any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities
Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee or
agent of such controlling person from and against any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities or any actions in respect thereof, to which the Company or any such
director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person may become subject
under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a
Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto
or in any preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out
of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in
each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of
such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; and, subject to the limitation
set forth immediately preceding this clause, shall reimburse, as incurred, such
indemnified persons for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the
Company or any such director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person in
connection with the investigating or defending or preparing to defend against or
appearing as a third-party witness in connection with any loss, claim, damage,
liability or action in respect thereof. This indemnity agreement will be in
addition to any liability which such Holder may otherwise have to the Company or
any such directors, officers, employees, agents or controlling persons. 


          (d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section
5 of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including a
governmental investigation), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect
thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 5,
notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the omission so
to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from any liability
under paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above unless and to the extent it did not
otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the
indemnifying party of substantial rights or defenses and (ii) will not, in any
event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified
party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a), (b)
or (c) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party,
and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the
indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent
that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified,
to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such
indemnified party; provided, however, that if the defendants in any such action
include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the
indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be one or more
legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are
different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the
indemnifying party shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action
on behalf of such indemnified party or parties and such indemnified party or 
parties shall 



                                      -12-
<PAGE>


have the right to select separate counsel to defend such action on behalf of
such indemnified party or parties. After notice from the indemnifying party to
such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof and
approval by such indemnified party of counsel appointed to defend such action,
which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, the indemnifying party will
not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 5 for any legal or
other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently
incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof,
unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in
accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood,
however, that in connection with such action the indemnifying party shall not be
liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to local
counsel) in any one action or separate but substantially similar actions in the
same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or 
circumstances) or (ii) the indemnifying party has authorized the employment of
counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party.

          (e) In circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in
the preceding paragraphs of this Section 5 is unavailable or insufficient to
hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (other than by reason of exceptions
provided in such Section 5), each indemnifying party, in order to provide for
just and equitable contribution, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable
by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the indemnifying
party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other from the
offering of the Notes or (ii) if the allocation provided by the foregoing clause
(i) is not permitted by applicable law, not only such relative benefits but
also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and
the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or
omissions or alleged statements or omissions that resulted in such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof). The relative
fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things,
whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information
supplied by the Company on the one hand or such Holder or such other indemnified
person, as the case may be, on the other, the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement or omission, and any other equitable considerations appropriate in the
circumstances. The Company and each indemnified party agrees that it would not
be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or
per capita allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take
into account the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of
this paragraph (e). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5(e),
the Holders of the Notes or, if applicable, the Private Exchange Notes shall not
be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net
proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the Notes or, if applicable,
the Private Exchange Notes pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the
amount of damages which such Holders have otherwise been required to pay in
respect of the same or a similar claim, and no person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was 


                                      -13-


<PAGE>

not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph
(e), each director, officer, employee and agent of any indemnified party and
each person, if any, who controls such indemnified party within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have
the same rights to contribution as such indemnified party and each director and
officer of the Company, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within
the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange
Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

          (f) The agreements contained in this Section 5 shall survive the sale
of the Notes, the Exchange Notes or, if applicable, the Private Exchange Notes
pursuant to a Registration Statement and shall remain in full force and effect,
regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any
investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

          6. Additional Interest Under Certain Circumstances.

          (a) Additional interest at a rate of 0.5% per annum of the principal
amount of the Notes (the "Additional Interest") shall be assessed as follows:

          (i) if the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not filed with the
     Commission by the earlier of (x) 90 days after the Issue Date and (y) the
     date of filing of a registration statement in respect of an initial public
     offering of common stock of the Company (other than a registration
     statement on Form S-8), then, commencing from and including the earlier of
     such dates, Additional Interest shall be assessed on the Notes;

          (ii) if the Registered Exchange Offer is not completed and a Shelf
     Registration is not declared effective by the Commission by the Completion
     Deadline, then, commencing on the Completion Deadline, Additional Interest
     shall be assessed on the Notes; and

          (iii) if (A) the Company has not exchanged Exchange Notes for all the
     Notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Registered
     Exchange Offer on or prior to 30 business days after the date on which the
     Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective, or (B) if
     applicable, the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective
     and it ceases to be effective prior to two years (or such later date if
     such two year period is extended pursuant to Section 3(j) above or such
     shorter period as is provided in Section 2(b)) from the Issue Date, then,
     Additional Interest shall be assessed on the Notes, commencing on (x) the
     31st business day after such effective date in the case of (A) above, or
     (y) the day such Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective in the
     case of (B) above;

provided, however, that (l) upon the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement or the Completion Deadline in the case of (i) above, (2) upon
completion of the Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf
Registration Statement in the case of (ii) above, or (3) upon 


                                      -14-
<PAGE>


the exchange of Exchange Notes for all the Notes validly tendered in accordance
with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer, or upon the effectiveness of
the Shelf Registration Statement which has ceased to remain effective prior to
two years (or such later date if extended pursuant to Section 3(j) above or such
shorter period as is provided in Section 2(b)) from the date of original
issuance of the Notes in the case of (iii) above, Additional Interest on the
Notes as a result of such clause (i), (ii) or (iii) shall immediately cease to
accrue.

          (b) Any amount of Additional Interest due pursuant to clauses (i),
(ii) or (iii) of Section 6(a) above will be payable in cash semiannually in
arrears on each Interest Payment Date (as defined in the Notes), commencing
with the first such Interest Payment Date occurring after any such Additional
Interest commences to accrue. The amount of Additional Interest will be
determined by multiplying the Additional Interest by a fraction, the numerator
of which is the number of days such Additional Interest rate was applicable
during such period, determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of
twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is 360.

          (c) If the Company effects the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company
will be entitled to close the Registered Exchange Offer provided that the
Company has accepted all the Notes theretofore validly tendered in accordance
with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer.

          7. Miscellaneous.

          (a) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not
be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from
the provisions hereof may not be given, except by the Company and the written
consent of Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes,
determined in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

          (b) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or
permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, first-class mail,
telex, telecopy, or air courier which guarantees overnight delivery:

          (1) if to a Holder of the Notes, in accordance with Section 10.02 of
     the Indenture, with a copy to the Initial Purchasers as follows:

              c/o Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
              245 Park Avenue
              New York, New York 10167
              Attention: Michael L. Offen

with a copy to:

              Latham & Watkins


                                      -15-
<PAGE>

              885 Third Avenue
              New York, New York  10022
              Attention: Roger H. Kimmel, Esq.

          (2) if to the Initial Purchasers, at the addresses specified in
     Section 7(b)(1);

          (3) if to the Company, at its address as follows:


              Building Materials Corporation of America
              1361 Alps Road
              Wayne, New Jersey 07470
              Attention: General Counsel

          All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly
given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three business
days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when
answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged by recipient's telecopy
operator, if telecopied; and on the day delivered, if sent by overnight air
courier guaranteeing next day delivery. All such notices and communications to
the Holders shall be deemed to have been duly given if given as provided in
Section 10.02 of the Indenture.

          (c) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the
Company and its successors and assigns.

          (d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together
shall constitute one and the same agreement.

          (e) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

          (f) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to
any provisions relating to conflicts of laws.

          (g) Severability. If any one or more of the provisions contained
herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such
provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained
herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.


                                      -16-
<PAGE>


          If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon
this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement
between the Initial Purchasers and the Company in accordance with its terms.



                                        Very truly yours,

                                        BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION 
                                          OF AMERICA 

                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                             Name:
                                             Title:


Confirmed and accepted as of
the date first above written:

BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.

By:
    -----------------------------
Name:
Title:

CHASE SECURITIES INC.

By:
    -----------------------------
Name:
Title:


                                      -17-



<PAGE>

             BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA                EXHIBIT 12
                      RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
23-Dec-98                       (Unaudited)
01:24 AM                (Thousands, except ratio data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             Nine Months Ended    
                                                         Year Ended December 31,            --------------------  
                                          ------------------------------------------------  Sept. 28,  Sept. 27,  
                                             1993      1994      1995     1996      1997      1997       1998     
                                          --------  --------  --------  -------   --------  ---------  --------- 
<S>                                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES                $ 32,982  $ 27,819  $ 16,549  $ 27,864  $ 42,771  $  38,172  $  14,739  

ADD:
 INTEREST EXPENSE                            2,045    13,149    24,822    32,044    42,784     30,494     37,675  
 INTEREST COMPONENT OF RENTAL EXPENSE        2,091     2,366     2,329     2,769     3,058      2,294      2,408  
                                          ========  ========  ========  ========  ========  =========  =========  
EARNINGS AVAILABLE FOR FIXED CHARGES      $ 37,118  $ 43,334  $ 43,700  $ 62,677  $ 88,613  $  70,960  $  54,822  
                                          ========  ========  ========  ========  ========  =========  =========  
FIXED CHARGES:

INTEREST EXPENSE                          $  2,045  $ 13,149  $ 24,822  $ 32,044  $ 42,784  $  30,494  $  37,675  
ADD:
 CAPITALIZED INTEREST                          178       413       499       381       581        383      1,245  
 INTEREST COMPONENT OF RENTAL EXPENSE        2,091     2,366     2,329     2,769     3,058      2,294      2,408  
                                          ========  ========  ========  ========  ========  =========  =========  
TOTAL FIXED CHARGES                       $  4,314  $ 15,928  $ 27,650  $ 35,194  $ 46,423  $  33,171  $  41,328  
                                          ========  ========  ========  ========  ========  =========  =========  

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES            8.60      2.72      1.58      1.78      1.91       2.14       1.33  
                                          ========  ========  ========  ========  ========  =========  =========  
<CAPTION>




                                                            Pro Forma
                                              -------------------------------------
                                                               Nine         Nine      
                                                 Year         Months       Months     
                                                 1997          1997         1998     
                                              ----------   ----------    ----------
                                              <C>          <C>           <C>                                                   
<S>                                                                                              
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES                    $   42,055   $   36,797    $   18,445    
                                                                                       
ADD:                                                                                   
 INTEREST EXPENSE                                 48,568       36,155        36,063    
 INTEREST COMPONENT OF RENTAL EXPENSE              3,058        2,294         2,408    
                                               =========    =========     =========    
EARNINGS AVAILABLE FOR FIXED CHARGES          $   93,681   $   75,246    $   56,916    
                                               =========    =========     =========    
FIXED CHARGES:                                                                         
                                                                                       
INTEREST EXPENSE                              $   48,568   $   36,155    $   36,063    
ADD:                                                                                   
 CAPITALIZED INTEREST                                581          383         1,245    
 INTEREST COMPONENT OF RENTAL EXPENSE              3,058        2,294         2,408    
                                               =========    =========     =========    
TOTAL FIXED CHARGES                           $   52,207   $   38,832    $   39,716    
                                               =========    =========     =========    
                                                                                       
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES                  1.79         1.94          1.43    
                                               =========    =========     =========    
</TABLE>




<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1

 
                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
Building Materials Corporation of America:
 
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our reports
and to all references to our Firm included in or made a part of this
registration statement.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Roseland, New Jersey
December 24, 1998



<PAGE>

================================================================================


                                    FORM T-1

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                            STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
                   UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
                    CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

                      CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
                      ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
                             SECTION 305(b)(2) |__|



                           -----------------------

                             THE BANK OF NEW YORK
             (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)


New York                                       13-5160382
(State of incorporation                      (I.R.S. employer
if not a U.S. national bank)               identification no.)


One Wall Street, New York, N.Y.                  10286
(Address of principal executive offices)       (Zip code)


                  BUILDING MATERIALS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
             (Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)


Delaware                                       22-3276290
(State or other jurisdiction of              (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization)             identification no.)



1361 Alps Road
Wayne, New Jersey                                  07470
(Address of principal executive offices)         (Zip code)

                            ----------------------


                        Series B 8% Senior Notes due 2008
                       (Title of the indenture securities)

================================================================================

<PAGE>



1.      General information.  Furnish the following information as to the
        Trustee:

        (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which
        it is subject.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Name                                        Address
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

        Superintendent of Banks of the State of      2 Rector Street, New York,
        New York                                     N.Y.  10006, and Albany, 
                                                     N.Y. 12203

        Federal Reserve Bank of New York             33 Liberty Plaza, New York,
                                                     N.Y.  10045

        Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation        Washington, D.C.  20429

        New York Clearing House Association          New York, New York   10005


        (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

        Yes.

2.      Affiliations with Obligor.

        If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such
        affiliation.

        None.

16.     List of Exhibits.

        Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission,
        are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to
        Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the "Act") and 17
        C.F.R. 229.10(d).

        1.     A copy of the Organization Certificate of The Bank of New York
               (formerly Irving Trust Company) as now in effect, which contains
               the authority to commence business and a grant of powers to
               exercise corporate trust powers. (Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to
               Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-6215, Exhibits
               1a and 1b to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No.
               33-21672 and Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration
               Statement No. 33-29637.)

        4.     A copy of the existing By-laws of the Trustee. (Exhibit 4 to Form
               T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-31019.)

        6.     The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the 
               Act.  (Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement 
               No. 33-44051.)

        7.     A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published
               pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or
               examining authority.


<PAGE>


                                    SIGNATURE

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the Trustee, The Bank of New
York, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New
York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of New York, and
State of New York, on the 17th day of December, 1998.



                                            THE BANK OF NEW YORK

                                            By:     /s/THOMAS C. KNIGHT
                                                 -------------------------------
                                            Name:   THOMAS C. KNIGHT
                                            Title:  ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENT

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       Consolidated Report of Condition of

                              THE BANK OF NEW YORK

                     of 48 Wall Street, New York, N.Y. 10286

                     And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,

a member of the Federal Reserve System, at the close of business June 30, 1998,
published in accordance with a call made by the Federal Reserve Bank of this
District pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ASSETS                                                                                        Dollar Amounts
                                                                                               in Thousands
<S>       <C>
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
   Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin.                                           $7,301,241
   Interest-bearing balances..........................                                            1,385,944

Securities:
   Held-to-maturity securities........................                                            1,000,737
   Available-for-sale securities......................                                            4,240,655
Federal funds sold and Securities purchased under                                                   971,453
   agreements to resell...............................

Loans and lease financing receivables:
   Loans and leases, net of unearned
     income............... 38,788.269
   LESS: Allowance for loan and
     lease losses............632,875
   LESS: Allocated transfer risk
     reserve........................0
   Loans and leases, net of unearned income,                                                     38,155,394
     allowance, and reserve...........................
Assets held in trading accounts.......................                                            1,307,562
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized                                                    670,445
   leases)............................................
Other real estate owned...............................                                               13,598
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and                                                      215,024
   associated companies...............................
Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances                                                    974,237
   outstanding........................................
Intangible assets.....................................                                            1,102,625
Other assets..........................................                                            1,944,777
- -----------
Total assets..........................................                                          $59,283,692
- -----------
- -----------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>       <C>
LIABILITIES
Deposits:
   In domestic offices................................                                          $26,930,258
   Noninterest-bearing................................                                           11,579.390
   Interest-bearing...................................                                           15,350,868
   In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement                                                       
     subsidiaries, and IBFs...........................                                           16,117,854
   Noninterest-bearing................................                                              187,464
   Interest-bearing...................................                                           15,930,390
Federal funds purchased and Securities sold under                                                 
   agreements to repurchase...........................                                            2,170,238
Demand notes issued to the U.S.Treasury...............                                              300,000
Trading liabilities...................................                                            1,310,867

Other borrowed money:
   With remaining maturity of one year or less........                                            2,549,479
   With remaining maturity of more than one year                                                          
     through three years..............................                                                    0
   With remaining maturity of more than three years...                                               46,654
Bank's liability on acceptances executed and                                                      
   outstanding........................................                                              983,398
Subordinated notes and debentures.....................                                            1,314,000
Other liabilities.....................................                                            2,295,520
- -----------
Total liabilities.....................................                                           54,018,268
- -----------
- -----------

EQUITY CAPITAL
Common stock..........................................                                            1,135,284
Surplus...............................................                                              731,319
Undivided profits and capital reserves................                                            3,385,227
Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on                                                           
   available-for-sale securities......................                                               51,233
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments...                                          (    37,639)
- -----------
Total equity capital..................................                                            5,265,424
- -----------
Total liabilities and equity capital..................                                          $59,283,692
- -----------
- -----------
</TABLE>


                                     -2-
<PAGE>


         I, Robert E. Keilman, Senior Vice President and Comptroller of the
above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been
prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System and is true to the best of my knowledge and
belief.

                                                             Robert E. Keilman

         We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report
of Condition and declare that it has been examined by us and to the best of our
knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions
issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and is true and
correct.

                  --
                    |
J. Carter Bacot     |
Thomas A. Renyi     |         Directors
Alan R. Griffith    |
                    |
                  --


                                      3



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission